>^ 






















r "^ 




Snv. 






















































. 










. 




































ANTHROPONOMY 

or 

» pfoitoai m& pjptaif gaw tit pan 

A NEW SYSTEM, 

On the Magnetic Constitution of Man, 

AS EXPRESSED BY 

PHYSIOGNOMY BLENDED WITH CRANIQLOGY, 

And maintained by Moral and Physical Hygiene, 

and Medicinft. 

according to the rules of Physiology, Therapeutics, Metaphysics and present 

experience, improved from the systems of Messmer, Puy Segur, Gall, Lavater, 

Spur zheim, etc. 

With a dictionary of the diseases of the soul and of the body. 

AND AS ESTABLISHED, 

BY REV. J. J} s £- ZENDSR, M. i>. 

Member of several medical and scientific societies, among which, the Phreno- 
logical Society of Tans and the old Society ot New York; Author of ths Alma- 
nach Frangais des Etats Unis, Guide des lois et des voyages des £tats Unis, French 
and English Pictorial Primer, Phrenological Charts, etc. 



This work is also adapted to the Medico-Physiognomico-Craniological delineation 
©f the character, talents, dispositions, both moral and physical (health, diseases 
and remedies), of persons. 



Wisdom shineth in the face of the wise ; but the eyes of the foola are in U** 
ends of the earth. Proverbs xvii. 24. 
Iiudi aeavrcv. Know thyself. Chilo. 
The proper study ot mankind is man. Pope. 

The art of knowing men is as necessary and natural as language. Campanella. 
The outward man is only the shell of the man within. Dupaty, 
Res, non verba, quo93o. Horace — We want the facts more than the wo*4s. 
Know thyself, and tnereby reform thyself. The Author. 



4th- Edition Enlarged and Improved from that of 1843. 

„ W 4^> 



NEW YORK: 

For Sale at the Author's Office. 

Price of the Book75cts. Price of the Examination & Writing p to %% 

1869. 



NEW SCHOOL, IHEDiCO-PERElYOLOCilCAL CHART. 



For M 

%W Examination numbers are read thus : 1, very small ; 2, small • 3, rathe 
small ; 4, moderate ; 5, fair or passable ; 6, full or good • 7, rather large'* 8 lar^e r 
9, very large. Ab. abused ; n. u. not used much. For the French treatise, 1 , 2, & 
petit ; 4, 5 6, modere ; 7, 8, 9, grand. Those numbers answer also in proportion to 
[the degree of abuse mentioned in the book, when not otherwise marked 



Art. 1. receiving the impressions 

The Sight, p. 22,96 

The Hearing, p. 22, 9G 

The Smell, p. 22,96 

The Taste, p. 22, 90 

The Touch, p. 23, 96. . . . 

Art. 2. Elaborating those impressions 

1. The Lymphatic, p. 25 

■Mucous, p. 25 

Sanguine p. 25 

2. The Sanguine, p. 25 

— Muscular, p. 26 

—Genital, p. 26 

—Bilious, p. 26 

— Lymphatic, p. 26 

— Nervous, p. 26 

— Bilioso-atro-nervous, p. 26 

3. Bilious, p. 26 

— Sanguiue, p. 27 .. 

— Nervous, p. 27 

—Lymphatic, p. 27 

— Atro-Nervous, p. 27 

4. The Nervous, p. 27 

—Pure, Mild, p. 28 

—Lymphatic, p 28 

— Bilious, p. 28 

— Sansruine, p. 2S 

The Melancholic, p. 23 

Art. 3. Reaction of the Brain 

§ 1. Physiognomy. 

Comparison with animals, p. 49 

The Head, p. 52, 99 

The Face, p. 54 96 

The Forehead, p. 55, 96 

The Eyes, p. 22, 29, 56, 90 

The Eyebrows, p. 56 

The Nose, p. 57, 96 

The Mouth, p. 57, 97 

The Chin, p. 5S 

The Neck, p. 58 

The Muscles, p. 51, 62 

The Wrinkles, p. 51, 56 

The Hair, p. 55 

The Bones, p. 50 

The Voice, p. 24,60 

The Motion, p. 60 

§ 2. Craniology. 

Industry, p. 70 

Vital Force, Cerebellum 

Physical Sensibility, Medul.-Oblong.. 

I. Vitativcness, p. 70, 89 

I. Alimentiveness, p. 70, 89 

3. Acquisitiveness, p. 71, 90 

4. Destructivenes, p. 71, 91 

5. Combativeness, p. 71, 91 

f*. Secretiveness, p. 72. 91 

7. Constructiveness, p. 72, 91 

8. Cautiousness, p. 73, 91 

* Watchfulness, p. 73, 92 

Sociability, p. 73 

9. Amativeness, p. 73, 92 

10. Philoprogenitiveness, p. 74, 92.... 

II. A. Concentrativeness, p. 74, 92 

11. B. Inhabitiveness, p. 75, 93 

12. Adhesiveness, p. 75, 93 

13. S <p lf-esteem, p. 75, 93 



14. Approbativeness, p. 76, 93, 

Jforality 

15. Conscentiousness, p. 76, 94 

16. Firmness, p. 77, 94 ...Y.V.' 

IT. Benevolence, p. 77, »£ ...III! 

18. Veneration, p. 77, 94 ....!!"] 

19. Marvellousness, p. 78, 94 

20. Expectativeness. p. 78, 94 

Perception of objects, p. 56, 79* 94.' 

21. Individuality, p. 79, 94.. 

2>. Configuration, p. 79 .'.*"" 

23. Measure, p SO 

24. Weight, p. 80 '..'.'.'.'. 

25. Colouring, p. 80 !!!!!!!!!! 

Observation, p. 81, 95 .......'/ " 

26. Order, p. 81 

27. Num.cr, p. 81 

23. Music, p. 81 

29. Time, p. 82 '**" 

30. Localit}', p. 82 ..'. 

31. Eventuality, p. 82 

32. Ideality, p. 83 

Reflexion, p. S4, 95 

33. Comparison, p. 84 

34. Causality, p. 84 

35. Philosophism, p. 84 

Communication, p. 85, 95 

36. Imitation, p. 85 

37. Wit, p. 85 

38. Onomasophy, p. S6 

39. Articulated language, p. 86 

§ 3 Medical Phrenology 

The Brain, p. 87, 95, 97 

The Tongue, p. 97 

The Pulse, p. 25, 52 

The Contractility, p. 88, 96 

The Extensibility, p. S3, 96 

The Lungs, p. 87, 99 

The Heart, p. 87, 9!) 

The Stomach, p. 87, 91) 

The Kidneys, p. 99 

The Skin, p. 51, 52, 99 

The Nerves, p. 6. 27, 88, 99 

Physical Health, p. 33 

Sleep and Dreams, p. 9 . ?T . 

Liability to Disea?^ 

Prevention, p. 25, 

Food, p. 93 

Drink, p. 98 . 

Cure, p. 34, 9S 

Moral Health 

Predominant Passion, 

Moral Diseases, p. 31, S. 

Moral Hygiene, p. 34, 89. 

The Soul, p. 3, 15, 64, 65. 

Charity, Liberty, p. 33, 39, 

Special Talent 

Intellectual Diseases, p. $5 . .. 

Mania, p. 95 , 

Remedy, p. 36, 95 

Choice of Profession, p. 41, 45 

m u friends , 

** *' Inmates , 

" " Spouse , 

" " Country 

Probability of Life, p. 62 



ANTHROPONOMY 

OR 
THE SPIRITUAL A3VD PHYSICAL. LAW OF JJXAN. 



Anthroponomy (anthropos nomos, the law of man), 13 the science ol 
man, derived from his constitution, — which being founded on magnetic 
principles and giving out an outward expression as the indication of the 
inner man, has to be analyzed by Phrenological rules ; hence we may 
call this science: Magneto-Phrenology* and -Somatology 

Magnetism, (Magnesium, the city where the loadstone was found 
first), is the great principle which gives motion and entertains the vitali- 
ty of the human body Somatology is the science of the human body 

Phrenology (Phrenos logos, treatise of the mind) is a science, which 
treats of the knowledge of the inner Man, by the developments of the 
body, and particularly by those of the Face and of the Cranium. Hence 
two divisions: Physiognomony and Crauiology. 

The end of that Science is to know our present dispositions and 
capacities as well as those of our fellow men, in order to make the best 
of them, to correct and improve them, to discover our vocation, to judge 
as it were and with some probability of our future destiny, to manage 
the education of children, to select friends and inmates, to shun the 
wicked, and to know how to deal in all circumstances with all men. 

We shall speak therefore 1st, of the magnetic constitution of man; 
2ndly of Physiognomony ; 3rdly of Craniology ; 4thly. Of Medicine 

PART I. 

The Magnetic Constitution of Man. 

The Magnetic Constitution of Man may be examined, first as regard 
to its qualities and properties, secondly as regard to its phenomena, 
and thirdly as regard to its ultimate import. Hence three chapters. 

Chapter, 1. 
Magnetic Qualities and Properties of Man, 

Man the most perfect of all earthly beings consists as every intelli- 
gent person admits, of a soul and of a body, which have been created to 
1 act conjointly in one personality. 

There are two parts of the Universe, spirit and matter; so likewise 
there are two parts in man, soul and body. We may call, by figure of 
speech, all the existing and possible material worlds, the body of God ; 
and all the intelligence and power displayed in the creation, contrivan- 
ces, harmony distribution of vitality, the spirit of God that creates and 
moves all that matter inwardly and outwardly. God forms a unity of 
intelligence and power; but man whom God created in his ownlikeneas 



4 MAGNETIC CONSTITUTION OF MAN. 

is only finite. Now the soul of man has been popularly taken into two 
meanings; as an intelligent substance and as a living principle. In the 
first place the soul is a spiritual, simple substance,, a breath or an eman- 
ation from God, Gen. 1; 26, and 2; 7, St. Paul calls it a spiritual 
body, alter it has left the physical body, 1 Cor, 15 ; 44 ; and as a 
living principle it may be defined ; an odic and electric organization of 
atoms giving rise and growth to an aggregate of tissues, common 
to all animals of any kind, but diversely modified among them, and 
which serves as a link of communication between the soul and the body 
The soul affects the body and is affected by it, through the link of an 
odic and electro nervous system, f like electricity which is the nervous 
system of the world.) The soul is present to the body and chiefly to 
the brain. It possesses two faculties, the understanding and the will, 
alias the mind and the heart. 

The Body is a material, extended, divisible substance made up of di- 
vers primary elements. It is endowed with a two-fold life, viz : the veg- 
etative, nutritive, organic or interior life residing in the viscera, ( the 
6tomach being the principal organ, and among the least animated beings 
the sole organ to maintain that life ). The other life residing in the 
brain is called the animal sensitive or exterior life, (the external senses 
with their nervous system being the principal organs to maintain that 
life in alianimalsj. The conjunction of the soul with the body makes 
man possess a third life called the intellectual, moral or spiritual life of 
the soul through the bodyj in study with itself and in contemplation 
with its Creator, 

All impressions from the external world going through the senses 
of the body affect the brain, that is, are daguerreotyped in it, and are 
called sensations. Those sensations like the food in the stomach, are 
elaborated in the brain. The understanding perceives and observes 
those that belong to it, and reacts by reflection upon them; the rest 
that belong to the satsfaction of the body, remain under the control of the 
will with the names of feelings, because they prompt the soul to 
action, with or without liberty, that is with or without the approbation 
of the understanding. Those feelings form the power of the will as 
we will see hereafter, that has so much influence over the body. 

In order to excite that three-fold life above mentioned, the Almighty 
Maker had previously given his fiat and the Lux, Light or Electricity 
was made. 

That primary light, the first created being, nothing else but electricity, 
or the electro magnetic caloric, is the cause of all the phenomena of the 
universe, the principle that explains motion, vitality, magnetism, absorp- 
tion, expansion, heat, galvanism, gravitation, cohesion, attraction and 
repulsion. The electrical force works by polarized currents, like atom- 
ic moleculce, penetrating the moleculce of matter^it pervades all substan- 
ces, establishing harmony among them and among their integrant 
parts. Indeed we see in man all the phenomena of electricity or to 
speak technically the most complicated galvanic battery. 

Those material moleculce have all a centrifugal tendency, that is, a 
fugacious force or impulsion which would make them move onward 
forever, were it not for a contrary force or centripetal tendency in the 
atomic or electric moleculce which absorbs the material moleculce, and 
forces it to a rotation upon its axis. Hence the two contrary forces 
are called : absorption and expansion— or; absorbing force of the elec- 



QUALITIES 1ND PROPERTIES. 5 

trie moleculce forming a positive or north pole, and expanding or ex- 
haling force of the material moleculoe, forming the negative or south 
pole. It is thus we explain the motion of planets by expansion or 
onward motion in the space, and the action of the sun, acting by ab 
sorption on them, checking their onward motion and forcing them to 
a circular motion about itself; and for the reproduction of moleculceand 
matter, there are two kinds of material, the oxygen moleculce emauating 
from the sun which is positive and male, and the hydrogen moleculoe 
emanating from the earth which is negative and female. Then the ox- 
ygen moleculce by combining itself with decomposed moleculoe or mat- 
ter, forms the nitrogen moleculoe; we are waiting for more experiments 
in science to explain this subject. 

The famous theory of the odic light and odic force of Von Reichenbach 
comes to give more elucidation to some phenomena. He termed it od, 
we mentioned it before. It is distributed, says he, throughout the mass 
of matter and over the whole universe, and shows itself more or less like 
an aura or flame or phosphorescence, secreted from the most refined elabo- 
ration of the human body. This odic light is felt and seen by sensitive 
persons principally in those in whom the spiritual predominates over 
the sensual: it warns the most sensitive or spiritual person of the ap- 
proach or contiguity of external objects by attraction and repulsion, 
and it is the cause o if the phenomena by which some persons are con- 
trolled by, or control animated or inanimated beings. That odic force 
differs from electricity, it does not want insuiation, it traverses spaces 
and bodies more slowly than electricity but quicker than heat, it is 
more permeable and penetrating.. It possesses polarity or a dualism of 
property, warm or positive, cold or negative. The north pole of the 
globe is called od-positive, and the south pole od negative. In the 
human body, the whole right side is od negative, and the whole left 
side od-positive. Positively electrical bodies diffuse odic coolness to 
the senses, negai'vely electrified bodies, odic warmth or diminished 
coolness. Ttiat odic light issues from the poles and sides of magnets 
and of crystals, and is only observable when patients remain in obscuri- 
ty for a long time ; and the odic force is felt, when, by the various dis- 
position of external objects, principally of metals, some sensitive person 
who receive some electrical currents are found within the sphere of 
their electrical action. 

Now let us examine the magnetic constitution of the human body. 
It has all its organs lined with a muco-serous membrane, mucous or 
positive on one side and serous or negative on the other. Being sur- 
rounded by the atmosphere, It receives in the lungs the oxygen with 
electricity, the nervimotor agent; the gas is distributed in centrip- 
etal and centrifugal currents ; that first action is called electro-chemical 
incitation Then nervimotion takes place either with or without-con- 
science: it is a perpetual motion of the organs under the control of the 
nervimotor electricity, or agent producing inervation. 

Now, the impressions of external objects, upon the senses of the body 
control directly or indirectly a double system of nerves called the 
Great Sympathetic or Ganglion nerve, and the cerebrospinal axis. 

The great Smpathetic nerve which is out of the influence of the Will, 
resides in the chest or viscera, and constitutes one sphere of activity 
having its two poles in the pelvis and forming besides the great pulo 
with the brain. It ramifies from its centre every where into many 



6 MAGNETIC CONSTITUTION OF MAN. 

nerves, till they go and lose themselves in the brain, thus exciting the 
vegetative life, such as the heart, liver and stomach. 

The cerebrospinal axis which is under the influence of the Will, and 
which presents more especially the phenomena of inervation, resides in 
the spinal marrow for the excitement of animal life, and ramifies down 
to the extremities of the body. The brain forms another sphere o i 
activity, having its two poles, and forming besides the^ other great pole 
with the pelvis, the spinal marrow acting as a reservoir, and the spinal 
nerves as conductors between the brain and the pelvis. 

The spinal marrow contains two kinds of nerves, the encephalic or 
sentient nerves for the service of the external senses and of the under- 
standing, and the spinal or motor nerves for the mandates of the Will ; 
then the brain, where the sentient nerves reside, is exercised with the 
operations of the understanding, whilst the spinal marrow holds under 
its control all the contractile organs and thereby is a link uniting the 
interior life of the sympathetic nerve with the exterior life of the brain. 

The nervfts, the natural conductors of the currents of electricity which 
the external objects radiate, convey to the brain only the materials of 
ideas (nihil est in intellectu quod non prius fuerit in sensu, ) by the 
molecular motion operated by the nervous secretion which takes place 
from that radiation of electricity, and thus the brain is the instrument 
or organ of the soul. This electric impulsion coniing from the galvanic 
currents in the body, also called inervation is greater as the nervous 
centre is more voluminous, and as it produces thereby more sensibility ; 
on the contrary, irritation or unfelt impression predominates more as 
the cerebral nerves are less numerous. 

That inervation is the cause of the vital energy of individuals, I would 
say, is the vital force itself, it is the union of the odic intensity with el- 
ectricity, and is the cause of many other phenomena, such as those sparks 
of light which shine in the eyes of lively or angry persons ; those also 
in the eyes of lions, snakes etc., on the body of insects, from the hair ol 
men, horses, cats. etc. Inervation, at last, is the cause of the exaltation 
which takes plade in madness, delirium, tlights of fancy, and all pas- 
sions, etc. 

The limits I prescribed to me in this little book hinder me from ex- 
patiating at large in that vast field of intellectual philosophy in which 
we gain daily ground, I will content myself with what I can take with 
the subject. 

The senses of the body being continually struck and influenced by 
the surrounding objects, have thereby a tendency to be blunted and to 
be attacked by atrophy and death ; then the antagonists are food and 
sleep. Food makes up for the material parts ot the body wasted by its 
exertions, sleep makes up for our vital force wasted by its exertions, 
the absence which is felt by the sensation of fatigue. During sleep, 
atmospheric air is inhaled in the lungs, caloric or electricity is disen- 
gaged and animalized, the process of the human galvanic battery (be- 
tween the brain and the pelvis) takes place for the generation of a new 
supply of oxygeno electro nervous fluid which accumulates itself in the 
brain as in its proper reservoir. 

The brain is a soft pulpy substance, like a big nerve added to the 
medulla oblongata and expands iself in fibrous bundles, consisting of a 
series of lamina folded on each other like coils, the more proper form 
for the accumulation of electricity ; then there is no w T aste of fluid, 



QUALITIES AND PROPERTIES. 7 

because all the external senses were insulated or shut up, being in a 
negative state or in a stale of irritation and exhaustion, although there 
is always a little of that fluid spent for the voluntary motion during 
sleep. When the brain i3 sufficiently charged with electricity during 
the period of six or seven hours, the body awakes, that is to say, the 
nervous fluid or secretion has reached the extremities of the nerves and 
the galvanic generation being completed, the spending of that fluid or 
of the vital action begins with the sensibility and contractility of the 
nerves with regard to external objects, so that our communication with 
the physical world is a continual spending or breaking of the current 
ol our electricity. 

The Sensorium commune is at the aboutissant of the cerebral masses 
and of the five sensitive organs, ending with the Pineal gland. That 
gland secretes and excretes probably the electro-nervous fluid, half 
spiritualizing it so as to communicate with the soul. Those micro- 
scopic or infinitely minute atoms of the nervous secretion electrified and 
polarized, that is, set in motion by the electrical force, represent the 
.images or materials of our ideas, as well as their relations and combi- 
nations ; they are perceived by the intuitive power of the soul. The 
soul being as it were in contact with that electrical force, has conscious- 
ness of those ideas, of their relations and consequences ; which existing 
independently from our mind, but dependency upon our cerebral or- 
ganization, explains the word perception as the action of attending to or 
observing one object, judgment as a perception of two objects and of 
their relation, reflection as a perception oi judgments, The soul wills 
by itself, and immediately its mandates are obeyed by its electric con- 
tact with the motor nerves which stand ready, as it were, to receive 
the electrical shock. 

Chapter 2. 

Magnetic Phenomena of Man, 

Having analyzed the constitution of man, a3 regard to its magnetic 
qualities, we will now view it as regard to its magnetic phenomena. 
All beings in the universe bear some relation to each other from God 
the Almighty, in a descending scale to the lowest creature, or the grain 
of sand.That scale of relation is maintained by a regular system of ab- 
sorption, and expansion. God the Creator absorbs them all, and all 
creatures expand towards him. There is, then, a magnetic action, 
1st, among inanimated objects ; 2ndly, of man with those objects ; 3rdly, 
of man with animals ; 4thly, of man with man ; 5thly, of man with him- 
self; 6thly. of man with spirits and angels ; 7thly, of man with God. 

$ 1. — Magnetic action among inanimated objects. — We have little to 
say here fbr our general subject about that magnetic action among min- 
erals and metals. It is called mineral magnetism, terrestrial magnetism. 
The loadstone and iron are the principal objects which show attraction 
and repulsion, the north pole of the earth exhibit the attraction of mapnet, 
needles — acids and alkalies are the principal tests for chemical affini- 
ties, composition and decomposition, absorption and expansion. 

§ 2. — Magnetic action ot man with minerals. — Man can be ac<ed 
upon by a loadstone kept in his hand, or placed on his body, because 
the loadstone being an absorber and a reservoir of electricity, keeps it 
leady for use on any body approaching it. Man can again be acted 



8 MAGNETIC CONSTITUTION OF MAN. 

upon, by getting himself in contact with an electric machine, or an 
electro-magnetic machine, or a galvanic apparatus. This magnetic ac- 
tion is powerful from the mineral upon man. Though man cannot control 
electrical bodies, still he can control other bodies through his odic force 
by means of electrical bodies, We could write a treatise on the use of 
electricity and electro-magnetism, as we have practised it from 1840 ; 
but it does not apply to our subject, and we only can point out tho 
diseases in whicli it is very useful, such as : Faintnes, Rheumatism, 
Scrofulous disease, Benumbness, irregular action in the body, etc. 

The first modern magnetism was that of Messmer. He kept a large 
tub in the bottom of which there was spread broken glass and other 
pieces of metal ; there were several iron bars branching out from the 
tub, and each patient would take bold of an iron bar : then some would 
be cured of their disease, some would fall into convulsions, some into 
fits of laughter, etc. That magnetism is the only mesmerism, and through 
mistake, English writers have called mesmerism all kinds of magnetism, 
such as somnambulism, etc. Some physicians used only iron bars, 
then at last they used their hands, and Puy Segur is the only one who 
gave publicity to the magnetic sleep, by using his hand ; see the next 
paragraph. Now, the electro-magnetic apparatus and electrical machines 
are used but sparingly, even as a substitute to mesmerism. 

The various attractions or repulsions, sympathy or antipathy which 
man exhibits for certain substances, are to be accounted for, by the cor- 
responding chemical affinities of the component parts of those substan- 
ces which are existing in more or less quantities in every man, for his 
organic equilibrium Thus, for instance, a man of a dark complexion 
possesses more iron, carbon, etc., than calcium, acids, etc., and will 
have an attraction for those substances that contain them, such as bread, 
lemon, etc. / but when his body is exhausted in iron, carbon, etc., by 
fatigue, he will have a taste for meat, and alkaline food ; thus also, a 
person of light complexion has more calcium, or magnesia, a person 
with red hair, more phosphorus, and the attraction is for the missing 
substances. In this way we explain why people like contrasts / why 
a person of dark complexion has a sympathy for one of light complex- 
ion, and vice versa. 

There is another magnetic action of vegetable or minerals on man, 
very remarkable, it consists in putting some medicine in the hands of 
a patient and making him keep it a long time. The medicine will ae?t 
by absorption and will produce the same effect as if it was taken into 
the stomach, principally if it has an aroma — also if we put a medicine 
dry or liquid in contact with the stomach, by means of an electro-mag- 
netic machine, the patient will feel the effect of the medicine, as if he 
had taken it into his stomach. This would be a beneficial practice. 

§ 3. — Magnetic action of man with animals. — 

It is called animal electricity. Man is more powerful than animals 
in the intensity of the vital force and electricity ; therefore he controls 
all creation, except the electrical bodies as we have seen, and the elec- 
trical animals, such as the torpedo the electric eel, some marine insects, 
and sometimes the snake, and the cat; All electric substances absorb, 
therefore the snake absorbs by its eyes, or magnetizes (fascinates) 
weak men, and could not fascinate strong positively electrified men. 
So a cat sleeping on the lap of a woman, if she is sick or weak, will 
absorb her atmosphere and cause her to be more sick and even die, in 
diseases of the lungs, but it woul^ cure an eruptive disease. 



PHENOMENA. 9 

Persons in health can magnetize a cat. a dog, any animal except the 
electrical ones, by looking into their eyes, till they sleep or become 
stupefied. 

$ 4. — Magnetic action of man with man, or human electricity. 

It is either an absorption of his brain by the magnetiser, and it is 
called brain magnetism, or vulgarly, electro-biology, psychology; or 
it is an absorption of his whole body at once, and it may be called 
body magnetism, vulgarly animal magnetism. In other words it is 
either a partial or a total magnetism. 

1. — To produce electro biology, a magnetizer makes a whole assembly 
of persons attend to the desire of putting themselves in that state, he tells 
them to stay quiet in their chair, to press the thumb of one hand be- 
tween the thumb and index of the next hand, and to shut their eyes 
for sleep ; also he may put a piece of zinc into their hands making each 
one hold it fast, and concentrate their mind. After a quarter of an hour, 
the magnetizer who was quietly sitting down, rises and examines every 
person. He acts as if they were magnetized, for inst : he will make a 
pass over the eyes of one person and .will say to that person : I order 
you to open your eyes ; that person opens them, (unless the person 
was magnetised by himself or a spirit^). Then he says: I order you 
to shut your eyes, and you shall not open them till I want it, try if you 
can. If the patient can open his eyes after that trial he is not magnet- 
ized, and the magnetizer calls upon another one far experiment. 

In the above case, the patient was striving to concentrate his brain 
without feeling the atmosphere of any magnetizer, and when thus 
magnetized, he can see, hear, taste, smell and feel as in the ordinary 
state, as long as the magnetizer does not control him, but as soon as the 
magnetizer wishes to do it, his atmosphere absorbs the brain of the pa- 
tient at once by one word, and the patient obeys him like a slave, or a 
blind man. The magnetizer can then control the soul of the patient 
by making him believe what he likes, and he can control his body by 
making him act and say what he pleases, and producing rigidity in his 
limbs at will. 

2. — Human magnetism or animal magDetism having been known for 
so many years, we will dwell a little more on it. 

It is a sympathetic absorption of the magnetizer over a patient, pro- 
ducing either a stupor or a profound artificial sleep. 

The natural sleep is produced, as we have stated before, by the ex- 
ternal objects having wasted the electro-nervous secretion or fluid, out 
of the sensitive and motor nerves, occasioning a rushing of oxygen into 
the lungs to generate a new supply; the magnetic or attracting sleep 
is produced by the magnetizer pumpingout as it were, with his eyes or 
hands, that nervous fluid from the nerves, rendering the body insensi- 
ble and inducing the negative state whilst he stands in the positive; and 
as that state (if the patient was not demanded by the want of a new 
supply of fluid in the brain, the nervous secretion of the motor nerve 
is not wasted and is good for action, (the brain continuing to send 
the fluid,) whilst the galvanic generation will take place but little 
owing to the supply of vital nervous fluid, furnished by the mag- 
netizer. 

When the magnetic state has been once induced, the brain has re- 
ceived from the magnetizer a certain polarization or direction by poles 
in the moleculoa of tho nervous fluid, by which the magnetizer over- 



10 MAGNETIC CONSTITUTION OF MAN. 

powers his patient, and turns him and his ideas very nearly as he pleas. 
es, excitiag various molecular actions on his nerves and producing often 
unwilling illusion upon his manner of seeing objects, in the same way as 
when we magnetize metals, we polarize them and we can change their 
polarity as we please. The patient in his turn can fall again by himself 
into that state of magnetism or of ecstacy by only concentrating his 
mind, at first with, and then without the aid and the thought of his ope- 
rator; then, as soon as the patient wants to sleep, the galvanic process 
of generating the flaid begins again, and, as the brain does not send any 
vital fluid to the sensitive nerves, the latter are soon wasted or disen- 
gaged of their electricity and the sleep is induced, 

the rapport or communication exists between the operator and the 
patient as long as the polarization has not been changed by the opera- 
tor. In natural somnambulism or rather, somnolency, the sleep is pro- 
duced by the natural organization of the individual, according to the same 
theory as above, and the rapport is established with every person that 
falls particularly into their sympathy or affinity and someiimes only 
with that fall into the views and processes of the actions they want to 
perform. They awake when the brain is done making its supply, or 
by accident, when a negative substance, like water for instance, is 
thrown at them to oblige their previous relative positive state to 

rush out. The awakening, in animal magnetism, either by the opera- 
tor or by any one he has polarized with the patient, is performed, either 
by interrupting the nervous polarization, (as in the waving or making 
passes backwards, J or by commanding the patient to make the efforts 
himsftlf for awaking ; then the belief of the patient gives him strength 
and makes the brain overcome tho barrier, return to his usual polariza- 
tion and pass its fluid into the sensitive nerves, which awake. 

The subjects for magnetism, are persons of a very sleepy disposition, 
who have weak sensitive nerves although their motor nerves be strong. 
Nervous constitutions are seldom fit for sleeping, because the sensibility 
of the whole nervous system is to vivid, to be concentrated. 

Every person possesses more or less positive electricity, heat, or vital 
force : therefore the positive will magnetize the negative. One is said 
to be positive who has a stronger mind, a more cultivated brain, a great- 
er faith and charity and the formal intention to produce the act for 
the good of the patient. The process is of various ways. We have done 
it fascinating the eyes of the patients, with our eyes, with or without 
the contact of the legs. In other patients we have laid our hands upon 
their heads, or pointed some of our fingers between the two eyes. In 
other patients we have made the passes, from head to shoulders, from 
the shoulders to the extremities of the hands, the latter were often 
raised by attraction before the patient was sleeeping ; passing again 
from the head over the face, then to the breast, then to the knees, then 
down to the feet : all those passes were made slowly. 

Our vital power employed generally five minutes to put subjects to 
sleep for the first time, and the next time, it was the business of one 
minutue more or less. Sometimes, our word or command to sleep at a 
certain hour being uttered, we would absent ourselves purposely, to 
show the assembly that the patients could and did go to sleep without 
our presence. 

The electrical force being constantly attracting and repelling every 
moleculce in any matter or object, all matter must be in a continual state 



PHENOMENA. 11 

of vibration ; accordingly the nerves may be compared to the strings 
of a violin that possess more vibrations as they are more frequently 
used; when they are exercised to one kind of sensation, they acquire 
for that sensation a certain number of determined vibrations of electri- 
cal or polarized moleculce. So all the sensations are as many series of 
polarized vibrating molecular Then one of those nervous series may 
be called to action, either by the will sending a nervous secretion on 
it through the brain, or mechanically by some remnant of nervous se- 
cretion, or by the maguetizer striking or exciting that nervous chord 
as in Phreno-magnetism, where we have frequently exhibited the phe- 
nomena of it in persons totally unacquainted with Craniology, by 
magnetizing or making passes on the craniological organs. The mag- 
netizer can thus excite all the organs at pleasure — he can make a per- 
son like to be religious, if the latter it not so, he can make him bo 
cross, proud, desirous to sing, to fight, etc. 

As all matter radiates light or caloric, the magnetizer's atmosphere 
radiates still more powerfully on his patient, so that the patient can 
recognize his operator by that new electrical or nervous feeling, and 
is easily attracted by him. Sympathy is produced by the greater quan- 
tity of electro-nervous fluid flowing from the magnetizer into the patient, 
and hastening into the currents existing between the brain and the 
great ganglions or sympathetic nerves. 

By that radiation of the atmosphere of the magnetizer, the sound of 
his words, his actions, his touch, smell and taste of objects are nothing 
else but as many various series of electrical or polarized moleculce sent 
forth with their strong polarization into the senses of the patient, to con- 
trol their weak polarization or nagative state ; even the magnetizer'a 
own ideas and thoughts with which his atmosphere is, as it were im- 
bibed, are willed out by his soul and combining themselves with the 
half spiritual substance, electricity, (or the electrical force producing 
the currents ,) all of them are vibrrted from the magnelizers radiating 
atmosphere, by his electro-nervous fluid into the magnetized patient's 
atmosphere through his skin, mouth, nose, etc. Then the soul of the 
patient perceives the electrical sensations, is conscious of them and will 
recollect them when it is brought again in the same state of ecstacy. 
The end of magnetism is to effect the cure of diseases, to make it act 
as a tonic or a stimulant, to inspire us with an attractive union, not 
only with our creator but with all men. The cure is caused by the 
heat or electricity of the magnetizer absorbing and polarizing the body, 
concocting the humors and fluids, and re-establishing their circulation. 
The operation consists only in the imposition of the hands being in state 
of heat, without any necesity of putting to sleep: the intensity of heat 
or of vital action being a positive electrical state. Amongst the fol- 
lowing diseases, animal electrictiy can cure some partially with the aid 
of medicines, and others completely without any medicine: rheu- 
matic and neuralgia diseases, abscesses, asthma, gout, dyspepsia, tic 
douloureux, palsy, St. Vitus' dance, weakness from contusions and 
sprains, insanity, epilepsy, pains In the head or breast, diseases of the 
spine and complaints incident to females, also deafness and blindness, 
etc. We operated several cures, we use mineral electricity in cases of 
sluggishness to prepare to animal electricity, and employ all kinds of 
medicines allopathic as well as homoeopathic, according to the acute 
or chronic diseases, age, constitution, etc. of the patient. 



12 MAGNETIC CONSTITUTION OF MAN. 

Space and time being only a co-ordinate succession of actions of the 
material organs of sense, are null with the soul. The soul will commu- 
nicate at any distance with a m:ignetizer and as rapidly as the lights fol- 
low each other; the soul forsakes as it were the body in this case, and 
then it is present to the maguetizer and wherever it thinks to be. 

Lucidity, Clearsight or Clairvoyance, often spoken of, is a perfect 
state of unison, quietness, sympathy and polarization between the mag- 
netizer, and the magnetized ; so that the least irregularity of feelings, 
the least fear, etc, will disturb that state, and influence the patient ac- 
cordingly. It 13 seldom perfect, but when it is so, the patient can see 
at any distance, any object whatsoever, he can sometimes read accord- 
ing as the polarization is perfect. 

Dreams in natural sleep are produced by some remnant of nervous 
secretion on the sensitive nerves, which was not disengaged or wasted, 
then that secretion movea the nerves, whose impressions go and reach 
the brain, awaking any cerebral organs on their way, and vibrating a 
series of nervous moleculce for the formation of an idea, which is per- 
ceived by the soul and which the latter recollects when the body is awake: 
but the words and actions are not recollected, because they were not 
elicited by the consciousness of the soul acting from impression in the 
brain but by the habit of motion, some motor nerves being excited by 
a remnant of nervous secretion, which had not yet been wasted out- 
wardly. 

The thoughts, words and actions performed during the state of ecstacy 
are not recollected in the waking state, because they had no relation 
with the sensitive organs, and therefore left no sensitive impression in 
the brain, but they are recollected in the repeiition of the magnetic 
state by the various series of electrical moleculce produced in the former 
sleep, and excited again. 

A magnetzer can then make his patient talk, sing, walk, dance, play, 
think, smell, taste and feel like himself, He can excite the sympathet- 
ic nerves of every member of an assembly, as some kind of preachers 
do upon their hearers, principally the methodists, and produce at once 
the state of ecstacy partial or complete in almost all of them, their faith^ 
imagination, and desire of imitation working towards that effect. 

Faith, (Murveilousness, No. 19) can work miracles as far as to remove 
mountains, says our Saviour, i. Cop*. 13, 1 ; but faith may exist without 
charity and then it is nothing else but a mere sounding cymbal. That 
faith so great in the primitive ages of Christianity, has produced at all 
times and in all places and especially among the first christians, extra- 
ordinary magnetic phenomena, (called then miracles) of all kinds : 
these wonders proved the faith or good intention of persons who tes- 
tified for their religion, 

ISF 3 We can speak ex professo on the whole subject. First, Phre" 
nology, we began to examine heads in 1835, made charts and gave lee" 
turesfrom the north to the south of the United States, ever since. Sec" 
ondly. Magnetism, we have performed numerous experiments since 1838» 
in private and public exhibitions ; we have produced wonderful pheno" 
menain electro-biology and animal magnetism (^s they are vulgarly term" 
ed), as far as any magnetizer could do, and the history of our experi- 
ments would fill a volume. 

The autbor uses the first person plural, here, because he has done it 
in all his works, although he never had any co-editor, in any of them. 



PHENOMENA. 13 

The power of the will being a determination of the will to believe in 
the expectation of possessing the object that we love or long for, as God 
and future blessedness made one object of love and of course of hope for, 
so their faith (or assent of the understanding) to believe in God and future 
blessedness, grounded on that hope, was worked by that love. 

Thus we read not only the superior wonders of our Saviour, those of 
his apostles and holy personages, but other wonders mentioned in the 
next sections, to which we add, the cures operated upon patients, by 
certain prayers, ceremonies, bread pills, sugar pills, amulets, talismans, 
that were imposed upon them by physicians or persons in whom they 
bad faith and confidence. We perceive then, that the imagination of 
persons can be impressed in such a way as to make them exercise their 
will about the object they desire, so that faith can work without spirit- 
ual charity, and he abused, and still, obtain its object. 

Let us bear in mind that this power of one individual upon another, 
so well known by the Egyptian priests, by the Pythoness of Apollo, 
revived by Paracelse in the 13th century, completely established by 
Puy Segur and continuing to be improved by others and by us, is the 
most sacred thing left by providence to a certain constitution of men 
chosen, as it were, for the good of humanity It is a sacred deposit not 
to be abused in vain, because it can exhaust the magnetizer, and its 
dispensation must be made according to the need of men. Fortunately, 
experience shows that it has been very seldom abused, owing to the 
combination of circumstances hindering that abuse, and that the magnet- 
ic power is greater in more benevolent and learned men than in others, 
on account of the power of their will. But ecstatic subjects ought seld- 
om to indulge in magnetic influence, for fear of deranging their brain, 
except it is turned timely tow r ard God, Then the soul leaves as it were 
the body and the earth, to put itself in a state of vision, ecstacy, or in 
communication with God and the angels, like Francis Xavier and others 
are said to have done ; for, the more the body is withdrawn from ter- 
restrial objects, the more the mind and heart strive to know and love 
God more and more, and thereby the soul approaches nearer to the 
deity, 

Imagination (Ideality, No. 32) which means the power of the soul to 
to perceive and form ideal pictures of objects whether true or fantastical, 
has been very much misapplied for faith and conception. The latter is 
distinct from imagination, and means the intuitive pow T er of perceiving 
the reflected intellectual objects which cannot be described by any 
image, such as mathematical and metaphysicial reasonings, principles 
and conclusions. 

Faith or belief may exist either with imagination or with conception. 
Scarcely ever do the metaphysician and the mathematician abuse their 
imagination, they may abuse their conception, that is; they may con- 
ceive false conclusions and then believe or have faith in them ; whilst, 
on the other side, persons who have the nervous temperament predom- 
inant, being more susceptible to be struck by external objects, are more 
apt to abuse their imagination, that is; to form fantastical pictures of 
things and then have faith in them. The association of fanciful ideas is 
generated by the hurriedness, number of polarized sensations coming 
in too promptly from every part of the nerves; then begins the exalta- 
tion of the nervous gystem? when it is carried on too far. it produces a 
derangement in the polarization and a disorder in the nerves. 



14 MAGNETIC CONSTITUTION OF MAN. 

Insanity is nothing else but that derangement of polarization or of 
equilibrium between the brain and the pelvis, by which some diseases 
ensue either in the brain or in the viscera. Insanity may be partial, 
when confined only to one or a few cerebral organs. 

§ 5. — Magnetic action procured by man on himself. 

It is called also state of ecstacy of natural somnambulism, of trance, 
of vision, and happens to very nervous and studious persons. 

Man cannot magnetize or absorb himself, but he can call out the 
cause o^ a magnetic action upon himself, by the power of his will, that 
is, of his faith, of his imagination of his love, as stated above. Also the 
magnetic or trance state may happen without his will, as it is in natural 
somnamhulism, when a person will either walk on the roof of a house 
or study, etc. Then if the phenomena are of an intelligence superior 
to that of that man, we may predicate them as coming by inspiration of 
God or of the Spirits. If they are efforts of memory by which a man will 
recite long pieces learned many years ago, they come from an automat- 
ic action of the brain, produced by an over excitement of it ; if they are 
low and disorderly, or even repeated actions or words, they may be the 
symptom or crisis of disease, and we may call that case, hallucination 
or insanity. A person that has been already magnetized, may obtain 
by the power ol nis will to fall in the same magnetic state from the 
same influence he received before. 

But the most noble use of this power of the will is to exercise it in 
the cure of diseases, and principally on ourselves, without the use of 
any medicines. Thus: if we sit quietly on a chair, pressing the first 
finger, between the thumb and the index of the uther hand, we equal- 
ize the circulation of the blood, through a circuit of the whole body; the 
general supply of electricity from the atmosphere will be made only 
with less waste as w T e concentrate our faculties more, by that kind of 
insulation from external objects. That concentration will consist in 
collecting all the faculties to desire continually for and to expect the 
cure, that is, to believe in and hope for the cure of any disease like 
dyspepsia, fever, etc, and it will often operate the cure : also we might 
sometimes before, sometimes after, eat or drink some special food, 
but we must try to avoid taking any medicine, unless we do not suc- 
ceed otherwise, neither by our magnetic supply, nor by the spiritual 
influence of God or of the spirits, as discussed in the next sections. 
§ 6. — Magnetic action of man with departed spirits and angels, ecstacy. 
We may call it spiritual magnetism, possession or spiritual communi- 
cation. Those ecstatic subjects or mediums are possessed or abosrbed 
by good or bad spirits, through the electrical affinities and odic sensibility 
ot their body expanding toward those objects. The possession of dev- 
ils was very prevalent in Judea, as we see in the New Testament, and 
the devils were expelled by the magnetic word of Christ ; but in the 
primitive church, Ihe patients were exorcised or unmaguetized from the 
devil's power by the magnetic action of the pious exorcisers, appointed 
for that purpose. That possession is a variety of the state of ecstacy. 

The next variety of ecstacy is that of convulsions, shaking, jumping, 
moving in every direction, and after being settled, preaching or exhort- 
ing with an explosive -utterance of voice, and by stumping so as to 
produce a state of ecstacy on the assembly, through the power of imita- 
tion. Thus we have examples of that magnetism, among the Shakers, 
the Methodists, principally in their camp meetings, the Trembleurs dea 



PHENOMENA. 15 

Cevennes, etc., also some of the nuns of Loudun were thrown int) 
convulsions by that power of imitation. Indeed, a whule army like 
that of Napoleon could be turned towards any direction of victories by 
the will and voice of that great man, that is, through his magnetic in- 
fluence. 

Another variety of ecstacy is that not only of the super-exaltation of 
the intellectual and affective faculties, as it is found in the other states 
of ecstacy, but, what is more wonderful, of the great insensibility of the 
human body, and its extraordinary resistance to suffering and death, as 
it happened to the Convulsionnaires de St. Medard, who for the cure of 
their disease, inflicted upon their bodies, without being hurt, the most 
deadly knocks and shocks, sufficient to kill thein. As the tomb of 
deacon Paris, a pious jansenist, had been frequented during sometime, by 
a rush of people who had obtained their cure by faith in him, the for- 
bidding of the French government to visit that tomb, gave rise to that 
new way of cure by the Convulsionnaires. 

The last variety of ecstacy is that of spiritual communications, prop- 
erly speaking, that is the speaking and acting of some mediums through 
the magnetic influence or the possession of a spirit, of an angel, and even 
of the Lord himself. In order to obtain a communication, a circle of 
any number of persons is formed arouiid a table, and they prepare 
themselves by hymns and prayers, to solicit the communication with 
any spirit, according to the will of God. Sometimes they receive an 
answer, by the tipping, raising or turning;of the table, which is made 
then to indicate the letters of the alphabet,* when they are called out by 
the medium, in order to make the answering sentences. 

No deception, nor any automatic action of the brain have been proved 
to exist in the general facts, although some cheat, or illusion might 
have existed with some pretended mediums. The other way of spiritual 
communications is possession, as we mentioned it in the first variety of 
ecstacy, by w hich some are possessed by good or bad spirits, and make 
speeches accordingly. 

Christians who believe in the Bible, have no excuse for not believing 
in spirits in their intercourse and in a future life. The Bible is full of 
spiritual intercourses from the beginning to the end. Thus, the angels 
appeared and spoke either externally or in vision to Adam, Abraham, 
Jacob, Peter, John, etc., who in their turn answered them. The 
Pvthoness of Endor, (I Sam. 28, 1), made the departed soul of Samuel 
appear to Saul and converse with him. Now, although we could not 
understand a grain of sand, still we have made progress en ougli in Phil- 
osophy to perceive that nothing is illogical in all those facts, nothing^ 
convincing has been proved against them although our little sphere of 
knowledge cannot comprehend them. Let us come to the proof of the 
departed spirits, and of future life by plain philosophy, without the aid 
of revelation. 

Nothing is lost in nature, whether spirit or matter. The parts of the 
dead matter being decomposed into their elements, assimilate 

themselves to their original substances ; fo also with the spirit, when 
quits the body, it returns to God or to its spiritual element, as a spirit- 
ual body, (1 Cor. 15, 44 J, that has been growing and maturing itself 
through the nourishing action of God, within the shell of the material 
body. There is no reason for losing its identic personality; on the 
contrary, that physiognomical identity is a glory to God, and exists for 



16 MAGNETIC CONTITUTION OF MAN* 

ever as a dualism with God, as the result of his creation, which he can- 
not annihilate or separate from himself, without making a deception of 
man, whom he has attracted toward him by so many ties of conscience, 
of faith, hope, chanty and expectation of unlimited blessedness after this 
life. In fact what is the advantage for man to know good and evil, 
to be honest and upright, to have any honor and conscience, to observe 
the laws, to pity, to give good advice and alms to his neighbor; and 
above all to cultivate his spiritual faculties that make him conceive and 
long for an eternal happiness beyond this life in the Creator, to endure 
for that purpose the persecution of the wicked, and to live poor and 
virtuously. Would it not be a great deception of God upon poor men 
to lead them to the idea of a future happiness without gratifying that 
desire ? Would it not lead men to cheat and kill each other like brutes 
to satisfy their appetites ? What a beautiful idea on the contrary, is that 
of a soul aspiring to God by prayer, raising its faculties towards God 
and being in a state of ecstacy with God. Therefore the soul survives 
the body and can enjoy an eternal blessedness in a spiritual world. 
As to the wicked of this world, of course they have to expect some 
punishment. But says some critic; if you desire to go to that blessed 
state, why do you take medicine when you are sick ? why do you not 
hasten the end of your life? why are you afraid? We answer that: 
a worm cannot desire to hasten its decomposition, in order to become 
a butterfly ; you perceive that it flies dangers as if it wanted to live 
always ; so the love of life is implanted in man by the Creator, in order 
that he may preserve himself for the regularity of the human evolution, 
from the beginning to the end of an earthly career that must have 
some significance for the preparation to the other world ; otherwise it 
would be another deception of the Creator, if men wanted to kill 
themselves for the purpose of getting into the other world, that decep- 
tion or sport of man, would extinguish all conscience among men. 
Philosophy tells us that death is only a passage to another life, we 
ought then to view it as a consolation when it comes, and it is only 
in weak and wicked persons who are afraid of the judgment of God 
that we find a fear of death. 

As regards the morality of spiritual communications, enlightened and 
charitable persons, free from superstition, prejudice and fanaticism, and 
of a sound body, may and can form circles or meetings of spiritual com- 
munications or entertainments not only with the Lord, as it may be 
said to be done in some Quaker meetings, but even with angels and 
spirits. Then they try the spirits 1 John, 4, 6, if there are any, they 
summon them in the name of God, either to answer right or to depart; 
or if any person calls himself inspired, he cannot enforce his opinion 
nor prove it, unless he performs extraordinary actions, as we stated 
before; the members of a circle, then inform their mind with the phe- 
nomena, investigate them, and instruct people about them when there 
is need of it, in order to save them from deception: they, thus, cultivate 
the feelings of the heart of the assembly, and procure mental edifica- 
tion by prayers, and exhortations on the eternal blessedness of the 
world of spirits. But for ignorant and weakminded persons, for those 
of an exalted imagination, and of a nervous debility, it is wrong and 
even dangerous to their health and brain, to form circles with the in- 
tention to consult familiar spirits as it is termed in the scriptures, Deut. 
18 ; 10, 11, to believe in fortune telling, and to ask questions bordering 



PHENOMENA. 17 

on impiety, The reason of the defence made to the Israelites was that, 
as that people was ignorant, idolatrous, and superstitious, they wuuld 
have left the true God, they would have placed their sole confidence 
in, and worshipped the Spirits who told their fortune, and they would 
have been deceived, and led astray from their duties by their false 
predictions; because, although the spirits have a superior and ever in- 
creasing knowledge over us, still they are fallible, as no being is per- 
fect but God. Now-a-days, the intelligence of mankind is too superior 
to that of the ancient people, the circumstances are changed by so many 
human evolutions, consequently certain laws have no force on us, except 
on persons that present the same ignorance, prejudice, fanaticism and 
superstition ; still, as that ignorance of the electrical action on the brain 
and on external objects misleads too much, and there has been little ben- 
efits accrueing to society, it is better in general to abstain from those 
experiments. 

§ 7. — Magnetic action of man with his Creator. 

It is the highest and most beneficial state, exclusively of any other 
that man can aspire to, upon this earth. We had to hint at the subject, 
often, in the preceding paragraphs, on account of its correlative ideas, 
still we could never be grateful enough to add more to it. The most 
special manifestation of our faculties towards God, is the general wor- 
ship at church, There, we can pour out our soul in love to God, by 
prayers, supplications, exhortations, meditations, and instruction. But 
we must humbly acknowledge and grieve for our sins, beg and hope lor 
pardon, through Christ, and implore his grace, that we may amend our- 
selves and observe our duties toward mankind. There we may fall, 
as it were, in a state of ecstacy or concentration, by continual aspira- 
tions and longings for God. We may beg for inspiration and speak 
out, according to the kind of religious discipline we have adopted, like 
the Quakers, the Methodists, and others do in their churches, or prayer 
meetings. We may also pray to God in our closet, in solitude, and 
have less to do with mankind, and God will listen to us; Matt. 6 ; 6, 
Prayer is a magnetic, attractive or expansive action of the heart, toward 
God, which is to the soul what food is to the body* God knows our 
needs, still we wish for spiritual assistance by prayer as we wish for 
physical assistance by food, Prayer strengthens us in sanciity, 
food in health. We have to feel our dependance upon God in any 
way by our humility, "Ask and you shall find, * knock and it shall be 
opened unto you;'" Matt. 7 ; 7. We have to work towards our 
moral improvement as we have to work toward our physical health. 

The history of churches is full of internal and external communications 
with, or inspirations from God, the angels, and the spirits, beginning 
from Adam, the patriarchs, the prophets and the Apostles, down to 
many holy personages of the latter times, and especially among the plan- 
ters of the cross, the founders of churches, and the pioneers of civiliza- 
tion. Finally we will say that our greatest consolation in this valley of 
tears, is to raise our faith, hope and love towards God, evidenced by 
too love of our neighbor, as the most sure preparation for the etern- 
al blessedness of the spirit world. 

Chapter 3. 

Magnetic Constitution of Man as regards its ultimate import. 
Man may know that he can work wonders with his being; but the 
knowledge of those wonders will not make him know and improve his 



18 MAGNETIC CONSTITUTION OF MAN. 

dispositions and capacities without previously studying them. There* 
fore this chapter is a prolegomenon for the two next parts, Physiogno- 
mony aud Craniology, and will treat of the functions of the brain, in 
regard to the magnetic mechanism of the cerebral organs, and the 
features of the face, as indicative of the inner man. 

Having previously discussed the magnetic action of the brain, we 
will add now that the brain, besides being the organ of the soul, is 
an aggregate of organs, each of which has a peculiar function to per- 
form. 

Those organs correspond to as many primitive faculties or fundament- 
al and innate powers of the soul, the latter principle being proved by 
the difference of genius in all men for every kind of arts and sciences. 

The exercise and development of those functions depend upon mgan- 
ic conditions and extraneous circumstances, such as : the size of the 
organs, the temperament, the age, the air, the place, the time, etc. 

The use and abuse of those faculties depend upon the will, and then 
their expression comes out on the Physiognomy of the body and es- 
pecially on the face by the repeated actions of the motor nerves. 

The brain gives directly the form to the skull, and we ascertain by 
its measurement the quantity of the brain, or the amount of evrjry 
craniological organ, and we call that part Craniology. 

The brain gives indirectly to the face a form adapted to the action of 
the cerebral organs, and we ascertain by those features the quality of 
the brain or the use we have made of the craniological organs. That 
assertion is proved by the fact that a great many people in the country 
or among the Indians, have been found to possess the organ of music, of 
mathematics, of painting, or of drawing without having any'knowled^e 
of those arts, and therefore without the requisite physiognomies. Those 
organs show only that they could have studied those fine arts with ad- 
vantage in youth, asleris paribus; but they were neglected. On the 
other side, people have been found to possess a knowledge of arts and 
sciences, the organs of which were rather small or appeared to be 8>»), 
and the soit-disant phrenologists, whom I call craniologists pronounced 
those people incompetent, when their very physiognomies proved the 
contrary. 

The craniological or cerebral organs, whether large or small, can be 
stimulated, as we have seen, by phreno-magnetism, and consequently 
can also be stimulated by other external objects, so as to come to a cer- 
tain sphere of perfection in proportion to their size cceleris paribus. 
That stimulation of the cerebral nerves takes place by the rules of 
inervation. 

The size of craniological organs, is a measure of power in their func- 
tions and those organs for rather their nervous system, ) are increased 
and strengthened in electrical intensity and sometimes in size, by re- 
peated stimulation and exercise which influence their sensibility and 
activity, (c&teris paribus,) the oth-r circumstances being equal. These 
circumstances are health, temperament and physiognomical features, so 
that a large head, a small head, a large brain, and a small brai^ may 
happen to have the same degree of understanding and feeling whether 
in a great or a small amount. 

A good health is necessary for the good performance of vital functions, 
disease is an obstacle to that end. The temperaments as another ch> 
cumstance , are treated of in the second chapter of Physiognomony, 



ITS ULTIMATE IMPORT. 19 

Tho physiognomical features are spoken of more particularly in the 
4th chapter ot Physiognomuny. So we sei that Physioguomony is the 
necessary concomitant of crauiology, and puts people to their right 
standard by expressing what use they have made of their faculties and 
what really they are. 

It is a general fact that every one judges of his neighbor physiog- 
nomical ly and even craniologically without any knowledge either of 
those technical names or of the rules of those sciences ; the cause of it 
is a natural instinct, like that of music or of mathematics, which is pos- 
6esed more or less by every animated being and which we call physi- 
ognomical tact. The latter consists in a more or less susceptibility of 
tiie nerves to be stimulated and acted upon by the various forms of 
external objects, and especially in a more or less sensibility of the optic 
nerve of one individual to attraction or repugnency when he looka at 
the eyes of another. We might attribute the perfection of that tact to 
individuality, form and philosophism (crauiology, Nos. 21,22, 25) whilst 
oue views at once a whole vast subject such as the works of nature and 
arts, human nature, etc. 

Indeed, if we consider Man, all is homogenius in him, the form, the 
stature, the color, the skin, the voice, etc. ; Man constitutes one whole 
wherewith all the parts ought to harmonize: for no part can be con- 
ceived in a state of insulation from the rest; every one is made up in its 
own piece, with a relation to the surrounding ones, and then to the 
whole, and with developments influenced by more or less actions of 
the brain. Every indication from the body being partial, has to be 
combined and summed up in order to know the result or judgment of 
the whole. 

Since the craniological organs grow with the brain, it follows that they 
are all innate and are more or less developed in every individual, 

Notwithstanding that innateues3, Man through his moi or individual 
consciousness, is free in his actions, that is to say, he can deliberate, 
choose, reject, act or not to act, use or abuse those craniological organs 
or faculties, and therefore he makes his own physiognomy which is 
nothing else but the expression of the use or abuse of the craniological 
organs; in a few words, Man builds himself his own physiognomical 
house or appearance upon the crauiological foundations or organs given 
to him by Nature. 

The different signs of Phrenology are distinguished into passive and 
active which both are divided into natural and acquired. 

The active natural s gns belong to pa;hognomy or language of action; 
the active acquired be ong to mimic or pantomime ; the passive natural 
belong to crauiology and semeiotics, and the passive acquired belong to 
physiognomony and sometimes serneio ic and crauiology. 

As the human machine is, with regard to external objects, constantly 
receiving, working and giving out, it leads to the division of its organs 
into receiving, elaborating and giving. The receiving, organs are the 
senses of the body, the elaborating ones are in the temperaments and 
the giving out organs are the phrenological organs or the physiognomi- 
cal features and the craniological faculties. Since the receiviug and 
the elaborating organs as well as pathognomy, semeiotic, mimic, etc., 
are branches of Physiognomony, we will include them accordingly. So 
we will treat of those two parts ; rhysioguomony and Crauiology. 



20 PHYSIOGNOMONY. 



PART II. 



Physiognomony. 

Physiognomony f Phuseos gnomon, nature's indication J is the science 
of the Physiognomy (Phuseos nomos, nature's law) or features of man, 
results of the qualities of the brain or of the soul, expressed on the 
body of man. It is the true science of sentiments. 

Physiognomical sensation or tact, and daily experience of facts teach 
us the following principles: 

1. Each individual brings into the world from his parents a prototypic 
form, concealed, as it were, under the minutest electrical atom, which 
has its regularity of growth and perfection assigned by an electrical 
force or movement belonging to that atom or adapted to that form. If 
he studies that nature and follows it, without being debarred by sick- 
ness or averse circumstances of life, he has attained the perfection of 
his sphere or the end of his creation for the greatest glory of his Almigh- 
ty Maker. If on the contrary, he ha3 received a bad education or none, 
or if he ha? imbibed corrupt manners, or has been afflicted with dis- 
eases, his features become deformed ; then, it is the province of the 
Phrenologist to ascertain that primitive form, and to judge of the devia- 
tions frornit, in order that man may correct himself. 

2. As the existence of an individual is nothing else, for us, but the 
incessant external manifestation of various affections, under the influence 
of which he is domineered, and which are succeeding to each other in 
him, either in his needs or in his growth ; and as we naturally are all 
more or less Physiognomists, judging each other upon those manifesta- 
tions, there must be a law in the organism upon which we can base our 
judgments. 

3. We see that each affection of the heart and each reaction of the 
mind are expressed and manifested externally by different signs; the 
same faculties are constantly expressed each one by the same parts of 
the face or by the same particular motions of those parts, therefore there 
is a particular physiognomony for every faculty; hence also the face is 
the mirror of the soul. 

4. The expression of those affections and reactions is powerfully 
modified by the constitution or temperament of each individuality, that 
is by the elasticity or the rigidity of the living fibre of which the organs 
are composed, and chiefly hy the play and flexibility of the muscles, 
vessels and nerves, which form the soft parts of the face. The vital 
energy and the nervous sensibility, especially, vary considerably in the 
diverse individuals of the same species ; hence, the same objects or the 
same impressions are far from producing identical sentiments among 
human individuals : hence, there is a peculiar physiognomony for 
every species and every temperament. 

5. The divers traits or features of the face do not concur equally nor 
in the same manner to the expression of our capacities and dispositions ; 
the forehead, for instance, predominates more for the understanding, 



GENERAL PRINCIPLES. 21 

the nose more for delicacy of feelings, the mouth and chin more for 
sensuality, etc. 

6. The expression is still more susceptible of a certain progressive 
improvement by which it acquires more or less correction, gravity, 
delicacy, elegance or gracefulness, in proportion as the individual who 
exhibits them, has received a n'cer and more careful education, and as 
the circumstances and society in which he has lived, were of a nature 
to give to his manners more civilized and refined forms. 

7. The habit of falling again into certain thoughts, or in the excesses 
of some passions, or of being domineered by certain sentiments, or cer- 
tain affections of the soul, or of performing always the same actions, 
impresses at last upon the physiognomy, or even upon the whole 
body, a certain manner of being from which it is difficult to refrain. 

8. Then every profession, trade, situation in life, every capacity, dis- 
position and passion, have their proper type or physiognomy, peculi- 
arity of action, habits and features, which are indicated by the convul- 
sion, expansion, contraction, oppression, size, functions, color, strength, 
etc., of the muscles, nerves, skin, etc., of the organs. 

Therefore the quality of the brain will be, its more or less capacity, 
according to the more or less good condition of the nerves, blood, mus- 
cles, skin, integuments, bigness or smallness of the external organs, etc., 
1st. to receive more or less well the impressions of bodies made on 
the nerves of the external senses ; 2ndly. to elaborate more or less well 
those impressions into sensations and ideas (by more or less activity of 
the temperaments,) for the intuition of the understanding; 3rdly, more 
or less well, to act externally or to express out by signs or by actions the 
decisions of the will upon those elaborated sensations. We will treat 
then, first, of the external senses; 2ndly, of the temperaments; 3dly, of 
generalities in Physiognomony ; and 4thly, of special Physiognomony. 

Chapter, 1. 

Physiognomony of the External Senses, 
They indicate the primary power of the brain to receive the impres- 
sions of bodies, conveyed to it by the nerves, bnd thereby they estab- 
lish a communication between the soul or interior life with the world 
or exterior life. Their bigness gives their greater capacity and want 
of receiving, length gives continuity or indurance in the action, breadth 
gives activity. The external senses emanate all from the sense of touch 
or feeling, are modifications of it, and may be divided into lour kinds 
accordingly : 

1. The sense of breathing or of motion, residing in the lungs. 

2. The senses of Intellect, such as the sight, the hearing and the speech. 

3. The senses of industry, such as the smell and the taste. 4, The 
senses of sympathy, such as the sexual apparatus, pain, pleasure, hung- 
er and thirst, and the touch. 

In all living beings, larger organs require more substance to spend 
their action upon, larger lungs require more air, otherwise the subject 
would die for want of supply, larger stomachs require more food, larger 
eyes more sceneries, larger ears more sounds, etc. 

The animals has the same quantity of senses as man has, except the 
sense of speech which is limited. They have also nearly the same 



22 PHYSIOGKOMONY. 

quantity of craniological organs, but of a smaller size and with a de« 
pression of the reflective organs, so that when they receive the external 
impressions which act upon them as upon us, those impressions are 
adapted to them according to the smallness of their organs and the 
more or less excitation of their nervous system. Their body is also like 
a galvanic battery and the electro nervous fluid plays its part for their 
vitality. The rules of inervation are observed in the system of those 
inferior beings which act by an electric instinct The certain sphere 
of acts which they perform, and the sameness of those acts, show how 
involuntary or even mechanically the animal fulfils the end of its crea 
tion. Jts physic al wants are its only guides ; they do not deceive it, 
they are in proportion to the higher or lower scale it occupies in the 
creation, that is, they are adapted to the quantity and quality of organs 
they possess, and no education can improve or change them; whereas 
man who enjoys reason, besides, »tan multiply his wants continually 
and indefinitely by artificial means of adaptation and improve himself im- 
mensely by education. Man differs from the animal by his soul, whose 
reason wants and hastens to know more and more, and whose will 
6hows its liberty and all kinds of affective actions, loving more and 
more, and never being satisfied upon earth till the bodily habitation is 
dissolved in order to unite with the Creator. 

We will follow the common division for the sensitive organs, 

Section I. THE SIGHT. — The eye is the organ of it. It receives 
on the semi-transparent tissue of its retina, the impressions of light, 
radiated from surrounding bodies, modifies and transmits them by the 
optic nerve to the brain. There, the mind forms its imagination and 
conception of the figure, color, and distance of those objects. The eyes 
are the seat of language by their power of receiving electricity, there- 
by they fascinate and magnetize any living animal, as we have proved 
in our experiments. A good sense of sight is generally known when 
we find black, thick, straight eyelashes, large bushy eyebrows, concave 
eyes, contracted as it were inward ; short sighted people have a stern, 
earnest look, small eyebrows, large pupils, see on the eyes the 3rd 
chapter, and 4th chapter 2nd article. 

Section II. THE HEARING.— The ear is the organ of it. It has 
an intimate connection with the moral sentiments. The meatus audit- 
orius receives the impressions of sounds, or the undulatory vibrations of 
the air caused by the percussion of bodies. The tympanum analyzes 
them, and the auditory nerve conveys them to the brain. The sense 
of hearing is good in those who have ears well filled with gristles, well 
channelled and hairy. Notice that the mere hearing of 6onnds is dif- 
ferent from the craniological organ of music or the power of perceiving 
the relations of those sounds. (See Music, No. 28. ) 

Section III. THE SMELL.— The nose is the organ of it. It is 
the seat of moral taste and delicacy. The gazeous substances with 
which all bodies are impregnated and surrounded as by an. atmosphere, 
come out radiating from the caloric, and go through the nose of the 
olfactory nerve which conveys to the brain the impressions thereof, and 
their agreeable or disagreeable sensations are perceived by the soul. 
The sense of smell is excellent in those who have large noses descend- 
ing very near the mouth, neither too moist nor to dry, 

Section IV. THE TASTE.— The palate and the tongue are the 
organs of it, and they produce the sensations of physical taste alone. 



THE EXTERNAL SENSES. 23 

They are covered with fine terminations of nerves (called papillae on the 
tongue, which receive the impressions of bodies and convey them to 
the brain. The sense of taste is nice in such as have spongy pores, 
soft tongue, well moistened with saliva, yet not too moist. 

Section V. THE TOUCH OK FEELING.— It is the elementary 
sense. The whole body is the organ of it, and chiefly the lingers. It 
is excited by the surrounding objects on the line terminations of nerves 
spread over the surface of the body, and their impressions are convey- 
ed to the braiu. It informs us of some qualities of bodies such as the 
temperature, form, weight, consistency, elasticity, etc., and corrects the 
errors of other senses. The sense of touch is delicate in those who 
have a soft skin, sensible nerves, and nervous sinews moderately "warm 
and dry. 



* Let us bear in mind that all action or motion in the human system is 
produced by the combined influence of muscular contraction and 
expansion, the effects of positive and negative influence, attraction and 
repulsion, the natural influence of the two countervailing properties that 
constitute motive power, and these two properties are connected with 
different modifications of matter (by their molecular and electrical 
affinity,) and are imparted to the human body through the secretory 
and excretory system: Therefore if they are not reciprocally balanced, 
there must be an increase or diminution of action in the whole or some 
part of it. Increase or diminution of motion is synonymous with mor- 
bid action, or non-equilibrium of action* 

If, in an organ, the attractive impulse or positive influence exceeds 
the repelling or negative, then undue contractions ensue, which will 
lessen the dimensions of that organ. If it be general over the system, 
there will be a general wasting away of the body, as in old age. If, 
the excess ol positive influence is very'great in an organ, there will be 
an increase of action to fever in that organ, because the vital action, 
making by itself efforts to restore its polarized currents, becomes more 
violent and wants a substance of a negative influence to spend its ac- 
tion upon, such as acids, water, vegetable substances, and there must 
be an excretion of the positive substance or bile from the liver. If the 
repulsive or negative influence exceeds the attracting, undue expansion 
must follow, producing local or general enlargement If it exceeds 
very much, dimunition of action ensues as in cold, it requires the appli- 
cation of positive substances, such as stimuli, sleep, animal food, sweet 
salt and bitter substances ; exercise and there must be an excretion of 
the negative substances of urine from the kidneys, etc. 

In the homoeopathic system (similia similibus curantur), an infinitely 
minute particle of mediciue is like an excess of positiv e or negative 
electricity (according to the quality of the medicine and the case of the 
patient,) added to procure increase or diminution of the vital action on 
the nerves, through the body, in order to have the disease go through 
its stages and hasten the crisis of the disease upon the feelings of the 
sympathetic nerve. All those medicines operate on the nerves particu- 
larly, and succeed in chronic diseases when a diet is kept accordingly, 
by which no acid and nothing but a simple and nutritious diet is observ- 
ed, thereby giving time to the vie medicatiixnaturoeto operate the cure. 



24 niVSIOGNOMONY. 

Section 6. THE EXTRA SENSES*— So I call the additional 
senses mentioned at the head of this chapter, 

1. The sense of Breathing or of motion. It is the first sense or the 
first receiving organ. The lungs are the organ of it. It is well con- 
ditioned in those who have a large chest and broad shoulders, but they 
must keep against asthmatic diseases, it is badly constituted or near 
consumptive diseases in those who have the chest retreating and small 
shoulders. The lungs receive the oxygen of the air for the galvanic 
process of the vital action. (See note on the 23rd page.)* 

2. The Sexual apparatus as giving a peculiar sensation of sympathy 
and pleasure, is generally in proportion to the size of the cerebellum, 
See Amativeness, (No. 9, of Craniology) and the temperament sanguine 
genital, in the next chapter. 

3. Hunger and Thirst. Two modified sensations of the organs 
of the stomach, produced by the negative state, wasting or irritation of 
the organs which require substance in a positive state to re-establish 
the equilibrium, by repairing the wasting. The proper substances 
being introduced and assimilated into the stomach, for the sus- 
tenance of the body, become moderators of the vital force which spends 
its action on them, that is to say, they counteract the vital force of the 
oxygen on the lungs, which has a tendency to become more aud more 
violent, and wants an object to spend its action upon and to keep the 
equilibrium; hence the great principle of vis medicatrix naturae. 

4. Pleasure and Pain. Two opposite modified sensations of 
the organ of touch, affecting every organ of the body and every faculty 
of the soul. The great sympathetic nerve is the main organ of them. 
All substances posess according to our theory a variable specific amount 
of caloric or electricity according to time, place, essential or accidental 
qualities ; all have towards each other a positive or a negative influence, 
sympathy or antipathy, attraction or repulsion ; in other words they 
have an electrical affinity or repugnancy to each other. So we receive 
or reject objects for our benefit according to that theory, by pleasure or 
pain. It is a benevolent design of God for our preservation, which 
requires also contrasts and no monotony on this earth. 

Then all impressions affecting the body externally or internally are 
shared by the sympathetic nerve, its sensibility is affected by pleasure 
from agreeableness, good scent, savor, harmony, truth, goodness, beau- 
ty, etc., it the sensation contains a greater amount than usual of positive 
and negative influence, and possesses besides a small excess of the 
positivei A small excess of the negative predominating over a greater 
quantity of positive and negative, will produce a breaking of currents 
or of equilibrium, aud therefore pain from disagreeableness, bad smell, 
disgust, disordance, falsity, wickedness, ugliness, etc. Hence, happi- 
ness is the pleasure felt by the satisfaction of the desires not only of the 
external senses, but but also of the mind and of the heart ; and thus 
every creature has its sphere (high or low) of happiness according to his 
deaires based on its more or less limited needs, 

5. The Speech. The organs are the mouth, the teeth, the tongue, 
the palate, the larynx and the trachaea. The larynx is the principal 
organ, the 6ize and form of those organs influence the voice accor- 
dingly. 



TELITLKAKENTS. 25 

Chapter, 2. 
Physio gnomony of the Temperaments. 

They express the degree of sensibility of the vital action, and thereby 
the degree of activity and strength of the brain receiving the nervous 
impressions and elaborating them into sensations. They answer 

to the vulgar query: What is my temper? There are four kinds of 
temperaments or organic constitutions, recognized by the ancients on 
the score of the four principal humors, elements and other qualities. 
They are 1st. The lympathic, spring, water, cold, childhood. 2ndly, 
The sauguine, summer, air, moist, youth. 3dly. The bilious, autumn, 
fire, hot, virility. 4thly. The nervous, winter, earth, dry, old age. 
We will follow that division because they represent the predominance 
of large organs over the others ; and in the predominance of any of 
those temperaments, w r e must place the individual mode of existence 
or personal idiosyncracy, which depends on it as on a centre of sensi- 
bility, (arising from the various proportions and sympathetic relations 
among the parts that make up that organization, different among all 
individuals J. The qualities and properties of the temperament of a 
man are the attributes and must be added as adjectives to hi3 craniol- 
ogical organs. 

Section i. THE LYMPHATIC. The Lymphatic, phlegmatic or 
pituitous temperament prevails generally in the spring of life or in child- 
ren. It is caused by an excess of the veinous blood, by the assimi- 
lating organs, the secreting glands and the repletion of the cellular 
tissue, increasing in bulk for want of a proper strength to excrete ; the 
sensibility is weak, the body is cold, moist, fat, soft, fair and hairy ; 
there is a whiteness or wanness in the face and skin ; little thirst; soft, 
rare and slow pulse, blue eyes, fair hair. Indolence, love of rest and 
ease, laziness, actions slow and dull, languid circulation ; weakness in 
the intellectual faculties, though, greater endurance, in the animal 
functions, without activity ; it possess more lime, sulfates, etc. ; sleep 
much and frequent, plumpness and soundness of forms; dreams of 
white things, floods and all incidents belonging to water. This temper- 
ament is opposed to the bilious, is very vivacious, can bear any climate, 
though belongs to the cold, gives a liability to catharrs, suffocations 
cutaneous diseases which are cured by a phlogistic regimen, such as 
stimulants end all substances of the positive influence, and by residing in 
hot countries. 

Lymphatic Mucous. A variety of the lymphatic caused by the 
mucosine, a kind of sweat sometimes oily, very abundant in youtn. 
That mucosiue is produced by living in wet and shady places, by a 
plethoric habit, eating much and drinking beer, cider, clear wine, etc., 
and it is the cause of verminous affections and moral disorders, 

Lymphatic Sanguine. Pleasantness, affability, fondness for society 
and parties, not much application of the mind. 

Section 2. THE SANGUINE. — The sanguine temperament is the 
summer of life, that is to say, it prevails generally among adults from 
fifteen to twenty-nine years of age. It is caused by the remarkable 
developments of the exterior capillary vessels, by the predominance of 



26 PHYSIOGNOMONY. 

arterial blood, and by the large size of the organs of blood; those organs 
su h as the lungs, the heart, the arteries, and the vein vapidly perform 
iheir resp'rato y and circula'orv functions. The sensibili y i; moderate, 
the hod v is mois , hot, resh, fleshy, fair, fof,haiy; the hair light or 
chestnut <olor; we find lively red face, natural blush, targe bre st nnd 
a d :-h ulders, soft, n oist and fall pulse, spittle sweet, low voice, blue 
or ! r wn eyes. Activity, energy without much endurance, inc >ivtao- 
cv, levity, affability. pleasantness liveliness, mirth andhughter; actions 
quick and sometimes violent, dre ms of red things, beauty, feastin , 
pleasures; the chief aim of this temperament is love; sickness < f the 
ii fl mmatory kind, 6uch as fevers, hut not very dangerous, cure I by 
antiphlogistic regimen such as bee ling, (only in apopletic symptoms,) 
the use of acids, cathartic*, the use, of free air, substanu s of the 
negative influence. It is more liable to intemperance, insanity or 
consumption, and will sooner be sick than any other temperament, and 
in that »:ase wants animal food, and substances of the positive kind, it 
possesses more iron, etc. ; it is opf o ed to the melancholic or nervous. 
^anguine Muscular or Athletic. It takes the middle way 
between the sanguine and the bilious, en account of the locomotive 
apparatus (the nus^les and the fibrous system ) being greatly exerted 
by labors in men of cithers nguine or bilious temperament. It pos- 
sesses hard hones, strong nerves, rigid fibres, solid hips, muscles harsh- 
ly expressed, prominent breast, small head, no sensibility, obtu-e feel- 
ings, little application, considerable appetite, predisposition to tetanos, 
and little resistance to diseases; it aims at taking every thing by storm, 
and belongs to temperate climate. 

Sanguine Genital. It takes the next rank after the muscular be- 
tween the sanguine and the bilious, on account of the hairy body, much 
beard, sensual love, cerebellum prominent. Its abuse is known by 
emaciation, a particular discoloration of the skin, a voracious and insa- 
tiable appetite, abatement of the understanding, little memory, little 
disposition to work, eyes dull and weak, dilatation of the pupils, bluish 
circle and retreating orbit. 

Sanguine Bilious Pure. Zh> best combination of temperament 
for men. Subcutaneous veins apparent, middle plumpness, boldness, 
courage, indefatigable constancy, capability for the greatest achieve- 
ments, dark complexion. 

Sanguine Lymphatic The best combination of temperament for 
women. Amability, mildness, health, longeviiy. 

Sanguine Nervous. Although the sanguine is opposed to the ner- 
vous in poii.t uf diseases and cures, it is not in other respects, and they 
can be united with each other ; this temperament gives inconstancy, 
shortness of action, smartness. 

Sanguine Bilioso-atro-nervous. Irascibility, hastiness and liabil- 
ity to the greatest exces&es in virtues or in vices, eccentricity caused by 
passions. 

Section 3. THE BILIOUS. — The bilious or choleric temperament 
prevars generally more in the autumn of life, that is to say, anvng 
persons of perfect virility from the age of 29 to 63. It is caused by 
the predominance of the veinous blood together with the sensibility of 
the digestive organs, such as the stomach, the duodenum, the intestinal 
canal, the spleen, the larger size of the liver for the secretion of a larg- 
er quantity of bile. The sensibility of the nerves is rather quick, and 






TEMPERAMENTS. 27 

the irritab'lity is great, the body is hot, dry, lean, hard, hairy, has a 
yellowish or brown skin, black hair; Arm muscles; dry tongue and 
mouth; spittle litter; bird, soft and often beat ng pulse; eyes of 
every color, dark generally and more inclined to green; f*reat appe ite 
of the stomach, whether good or depraved; projecting bones. Ambi- 
tion is ihe chief aim; the brain is active. It has decided activity, 
strength, ambition, perssverauce, actions quick, energetic and constant, 
inquietude, hatred, jealousy, irascibility, premature development in 
yon h of the moral faculties, susceptibility; it possesses more iron, 
caibon, etc., it has dreams of yellow things, of brawls, fights and 
quarrels; diseases of the liver and stomach cured by exciting proper 
excretions, by using evacuant-*, by purging and by observing more reg- 
ular 'y in the diet than by taking medicines. It is opposed to the lym- 
phatic ; it agrees better with cold countries, although it belongs to the 
hot. 

Bilious Sanguine. Activity determined and a longer time sustain- 
ed than in the sanguine bilious, with well combined and executed 
plans. 

Bilious Nervous. Great mental power, perspicacity in various 
achievements. 

Bilious Lymphatic. Strength of mind and body with indolence 
and heaviness. 

Bilious Sanguine Atro-Nervous or Atrabilart. Extreme 
susceptibility, irascibility, aptness to eccentricity caused by determina- 
tion to act. 

Section 4. THE NERVOUS OR MELANCHOLIC— The ner- 
vous or melancholic temperament prevails generally in the winter of life, 
that is to say, among old people. It is caused by the excessive sensi- 
bility and delicacy of the nervous system affected principally with ihe 
black acrid bile ; the excretions of the latter as well as of other organs 
are performed 100 strongly in proportion to the secretions, and tie 
mucous membrane is more subject to be irritated, and the cellular tis- 
sue to become more thin and worn out. That predominance originates 
f om the abuse either of the sanguine or bilious temperament; although 
be'ng thereby, the Pr>t stage ota disease*, it is a real confirmed temper- 
ament, as being both the last stage of them, and the highest state of 
vital seiiribility. The effect of the acrid humors produces an insensible 
consumption coming with age, hastened by too much exertion of the 
body, either in sensual pleasures, or by too much exposure to cold.; 
it may be accelerated by obstructions in one of the organs of the abdo- 
men, by an undue proportion of strength, sympathy and relation 
between the noli ! s, the liquids and the fluids, by the great influence of 
the soul over the body, indulging in intense studies, in griefs, in all 
moral passions concentrated, good and depraved, and by whatever 
tends either to raise the spirit in contemplation with God, or to deject 
it down so as to cause a forgetfulness of the ca~e of the body; all those 
derang^me ts produce a disorder in the polarized currents of the body 
and in the dispensation of the eleciro-nervous fluid for its vital action. 

In this temperament, the body is dry, cold, lean, smooth ; it has 
fine thin I air, gloomy and leaden colored face; vivacity in the sensi- 
tion, the chest narrow and compressed, the abdominal muscles constrict- 
ed ; spittle little and sour; hard, rare and little pulse, general emaci- 
a i' n. Delicate health, tmall muscles, irritability, actions quick and 
short; 1 it' le endurance, fondness for vivid sensations, §tab:lity in cog- 



28 PHYSIOGNOMONY. 

itations, constancy in ths achievement of the thing intended, love of 
study, intent on gloomy objects, greatly oppressed by fear ; amourous 
passions excited more by the effects of th^ imagination, which is often 
generally vivid, than by need and capability ; great susceptibily, imag* 
iiiation, faith, hope, charity, all passions good and bad easily excited; 
dreams of black and terrible things, ghosts, beasts, choaking, etc. It 
is opposed to the sanguine. It possesses too little iron, carbon, lime, 
etc. The diseases are of two kinds ; the nerves are either overstimu- 
lated by some agent, such as lightning, eager expectation, any 
passi n, or they are tending to a torpid state such as atrophy, paralysis, 
etc. In the former case, (as we have mentioned in the note on page 
23,} there is an increase of action and we use antispasmodics such as 
water, etc., with air, light diet, etc. In the latter case there is a dim- 
inut on of action, then we use stimuli, such as electricity, magnetism, 
(animal or mineral,) spirits, camphor, friction, etc. and in general in all 
nervous diseases, we use magnetism, (animal or mineral,) the stimulus 
of imagination, faith, hope and charity. 

Nervous Pure, Mild. It is the first division of the nervous, a 
deranged state from the sanguine, the sensibility of the nervous s\stem 
ptays the greater part. It produces emaciation, smailness of muscles, 
Boftness ike in atrophy. It is the first descending scale of the nervous 
temperament. 

Nervous Lymphatic Vaporous. Absolute will without tenacity and 
a mobility and versatility in judgments and determinations. 

Nervous Bilious. Great power and activity without great brilliant 
cy, but shining in proportion as it is called into requisition. 

Nfrvous Sanguine. Extreme intensity of action with brilliancy, 
but for want of strength, the activity is too intense and the the operations 
are rapid and flashy. 

Melancholic or Atrabilary Pure. It is the second division of 
the nervous, a deranged state from the bilious. There is a particular 
habitual constriction of the abdominal organs, the proportion of humors 
to solids is small, the secretions of the bile like in the bilious are not 
in proportion with the excretions, (which mny be cured either by the 
• removal of the bile from the bodv, or by proper time or substances to 
let the bile take its course,) the circulation i3 slow, the heat weak, the 
functions of the nervous system deranged and irregularly performed, 
the breast narrow and compressed, the abdominal muscles constricted ; 
the skin takes a deeper hue, looks gloomy, the organs badly fed, dried 
op fib es (which constituted vigorous inuscl^e, now) attended with a 
general stiffness, (in the exercise of the functions of lifej increased by 
the extreme sensibility cf the nerves. In a high degree of intensity, 
every desire is a passion ; continual erotic desires, determinations full 
of hesitation and anxiety, feelings a long time entertained which finish 
thro gh more or less crooked paths, extraordinary sickness, austere 
morality, ecstacy, superstitions, supernatural and visionary circumstan- 
ces. 

Melancholic eilioso-morbid or hypochondriac and atrabil- 
ary. Aptness to resentment, perfidity; fearfuln ss, fanaticism, love 
of S' litude. 

Melancholic maniac. Pulse and process of organic functions irreg- 
ular, lucid instants followed by hasty and violent passions. 



TEMPERAMENTS. 29 

N, B. t There is another constitution called the temperate, admitted 
by Physiognomists to exist, when there is no predominance of any sys- 
tem of organs, but all the powers are reciprocally ballanced, so as to 
exhibit in the living economy a perfect equilibrium. It is taken for the 
type of the health of soul and body, 

Chapter 3. 

Physio gnomony considered in the general kinds of Pyhsiognomies. 

Physiognomony gives only general rules of Physiognomies ; but the 
special rules for the different and extensive modifications of the human 
form, must be made up by the Physiognomonical tact which is our 
last judge, which Providence has given to all living beings to guide 
themselves by, and which we must cultivate by studying a book of this 
kind and by exercising that tact after the rules. The eyes are the 
proper organs of that tact and the different electrical sensations that the 
eyes of one individual receive at viewing either an object, or the eyes of 
another individual, are indescribable: one of the two individuals often 
overpowers the other by his looks, either naturally or forcibly; the 
looks in both cases may be hard, bold, mild, or indifferent, and the 
effect, for both or any of the two individuals, is : indifference, antipathy, 
or sympathy. In those three sensations are contained all the modified 
combinations of all other sensations. Read about the eyes; Chapter 1, 
Article 1, Section 1, and Chapter 4, Article 2, Section 8. 

As Physiognomies are the express'ons of sentiments in individuals, 
those sentiments cannot be perceived or observed except by the eyes 
alone, the eyes are the judges of sentiments by action, as the ears 
are the judges of sentiments by words. Those actions in the eyes, 
consist ia the more or less absorption or expansion of the optic nerve, 
and in the play of the surrounding muscles, (see Chapter 4, Article 2, 
Section 8 ) and the exchange of sentiments is thus given by the electrical 
currents of the eyes of one person to those of another. The difficulty 
of delineating by writing a silly look, for instance, and the difference 
of opinions in physiognomical judgments on one object, caused by 

the different sensations in some individuals from the same object, accord- 
ing to the affinities with that abject, or the antipathies against it, have 
always been a great obstacle to improvements in Physiognomony, and 
require to reckon only as Standard of Physiognomies those that come 
from the majority of observers. The best judges are those who have 
studied nature classically, that is, the proportion of the human body and 
especially the face, and have frequented and observed all kinds of socie- 
ties and people, by which they have formed their taste and opinion, 
without any prejudice. In order to read well the face of a man, we 
must avoid disturbing his natural state by any impression of ours, as the 
reaction of the sentiments of the latter, might turn hypocritical, then 
and after that first reading, it is time to impress and excite him, in 
order to study the reaction on his face and eyes. 

Let us bear in mind that all nature tends to an equilibrium, or to 3n 
equiponderation, and that we are naturally attracted toward the general 
harmony of the universe, and toward the harmony of special being«, 
around us as the drop of wine is equally absorbed or distributed through 



30 PHYSIOGNOMONY. 

a whole tumbler of water, by the system of God op God's nature ; 
absorption and expansion of all beings to each other, from him and to 
him, in a regular scale. So we naturally distribute our sentimeats to 
mankind for our happiness and the happiness of others, and «zive a little 
to every being. Therefore our judgments on general ideas must be 
based on what is true, good, and beautiful, upon the whole, (which is 
called the rule of harmony). 

As there is so much difference in the minds of men, we must study 
the standard truth, the standard good, and therefore the standard beau- 
tiful from the majority of opinions and tastes, and then we will be able 
to discern a true physiognomy from an hypocritical one, a good one 
from a wicked one, and therefore a beautiful one from an ugly one. 

Let us attend also to the following rules. The primitive and natural 
talents and dispositions must be discerned from those that are acquired 
by education or circumstances; and the possession of knowledge 
and sentiments must be distinguished from the savoir-faire, or the 
practical use made of them. Then we must distinguish the solid, fixed 
and permanent features which represent those natural qualities as we 
see them on the cranium, and some parts of the face ; from the soft 
flexible, mobile and fugitive parts which represent those acquired qual- 
ities, as we see them in the lace. See the iirst page of Crauiology. 

We must exercise our eyes by looking up often into the eyes of per 
eons till we elicit some action from their eyes ; (we do not give this ad- 
vice to children who must have a modest look when dealing with 
senior persons). We must excite the laughing, which is very ex pre-sive 
especially in the manner of contracting the mouth (hypocrisy), or ex- 
panding or stretching the mouth (silliness, boldness); the gentle smile 
being the principal character of goodness and frankness; beware of 
your neighbor ; always take a serious appearance in examining, etc. 
See rules for examination, Chapt. IV, Art. 2, Sec. 2. 

We can also study the various airs by assuming them ourselves, and 
examining ourselves in a looking glass, for instance : a proud air, a 
graceful air, a silly air, a trickish air, etc., which could not be described, 

Each one of the Physiognomical descriptions mentioned, in the next 
articles, must be considered as containing in-each one a series of divers 
particulars, that may be related either conjointly or partly to one same 
physiognomical portrait; so that it is not necessary that a whole de- 
bcription should coincide entirely with an individual in order to apply 
the physiognomical portrait to him; but some features of it are enough 
when they coincide with the other preliminary conditions of Crauiolo- 
gical organs, temperament, etc. The physiognomical tact being the 
principal judge that must come in aid to discern what must be taken or 
rejected in the physiognomies. 

ARTICLE, 1. 

Physio gnor.iony of Passions* 

Passions are the highest degree of activity of every faculty; or they 
are the faculties themselves which want to be satisfied to their utmost 

* Ti e study ot human passions ought to be for U6 a capital atlair of 
investigation, in order to understand the springs of action of the soul. 



PASSIONS. 31 

and which are given to man for the safety of his existence and as indis- 
pensable to the satisfaction of his wants, when they are all well directed. 



Had we discovered the laws which regulate their actions, we could 
have deduced from that law a social system adapted to their greater 
satisfaction, and better than the one under which the present state of 
society is so much grieved, and afflicted with evils and abuses. As 
there is unity of system in the universe, that is, as the physic al world 
is an image of perfect unity and harmony, so must the moral world be, 
which is the effect of the actions coming from the free will of man. 
As mankind is fast advancing in civilization, the experience of the past 
and a higher degree of science will teach our descendants better laws 
suited to meet the exigencies of the passions, by a system of universal 
attraction, by which they will be able to establish harmony, unity, and 
a happy conflict of interests, tending to the good of the individual, and 
at the same time, to the welfare of the community. The community, 
for its safety has to choose for itself, or consent to some form of govern- 
ment whether monarchical, aristocraticai or democratical. In alt cases 
St. Paul warns us to submit ourselves (Rom xiii, l t ) to the superior 
powers; for all power comes from God. Now, the people are not 
obliged to have so much probity to sustain themselves in a monarchical 
government, because the force of the laws and the arms of the chief can 
easily correct the abuses; then the aristocraticai government is subject 
to too much division, change, partiality, and injustice; but in the 
democratical government, there is something more than the force of 
laws, it requires more force of virtue, which makes democracy the 
most perfect stale bat without virtue the community is lost That 
principle of democracy is well understood in the United States and 
it wiJl improve. The power of the community is the ordination 
of God. or the voice of the community is the voice of God, whenever 
tl;e community deliberates : and in all cases, a community will never 
make laws against its welfare, although some laws may be contrary to 
the interests of only a few individuals. That democratic principle may 
be corrupted not only when people lose the spirit of equality, but 
when they imbibe the spirit of equality to vulgarity, for instance, in 
losing obedience to the power or the office of the magistrates, and in 
coupling the good and the bad, virtue and vice together, by which the 
execution of laws fails for want of virtue. 

In all kinds of societies, the first evils are the abuses of the satisfac- 
tion of passions in individuals, and the second evil is the tacit sanction 
of those abuses from the chiefs who could easily repress them, or from 
the community which wants more viitue in its agents, in order to 
check them, 

The most pernicious abuses of all the dispositions of man, may be 
reduced to three sorts : cupidity, pride and sensual pleasure ; the abuses 
of the mind are not, so pernicious to morality, although they are so to 
health. 

Cupidity is money making (auri sacra fames), pursued to its utmost 
decree by all kinds of speculations upon every thiug and upon ihe 
labors ot every person $ the consequences are: deceitful bankruptcies, 
unjust monopolies, useless speculative brokerage and commercial 
parasitLm cr wasting of goods by the too much competition of retail 



32 PHYSIOGNOMONY. 

Then, a close and continual exercise of aiy of the faculties (or craniolo* 
gic il organs) performed unduly is a disordered want, and becomes a 
passion. There are three kinds of passious. 



merchants. The force of money, we may say, rules society thro ugh 
alt its members generally, and it produces assumpttor, pride, aristo 
cratical spirit, and love of those honors and distinctions which belong 
only to virtue and talent. 

Pride the abuse of self esteem (No. 13 of CraniologyJ , is the greatest 
disturber of rights and peace among men. 

Sensual pleasures are abused according to the exposition of our 
theory, (see the two principal organs of sensuality, alimentiveness No. 
2, and amativeness No. 9.) and degrade humanity on a level with the 
brute. 

The second evil above mentioned is the tacit sanction of abuses 
from the officers of the government especially in a Republic ; that 
evil is the consequence of the first abuse. Cupidity and sensual 
pleasure in the chiefs of a government make them unfaithful to their 
duties, in the administration of justice, they give a bad example to 
their families and societies £ the result is bribery in votes and exag- 
gerated ideas of liberty, for want of a proper definition of it. As 
regard to voting, there ought t> be only one poll for all parties, and 
a neutral person to receive the tickets; So that no bystander knows 
the choice of any voter, in order to avoid quarrels; and no one ought 
' to vote who has no education, no morality, and who lives under tutel- 
age, etc. 

As regard to exaggerated ideas of liberty, many children in minority 
by reading newspapers inform themselves of all the scandals of society, 
and unfortunately do not find any food adapted to their position, on obedi- 
ence, modesty and submission to their parents ; so they tbmk ihey are as 
much as men, and then form militia bands, political associations, game 
clubs, or parties of their own, without the advice of moral parents; forget- 
ting that they ought to be presided by senior persons whose instructions 
they are in need of. Parents ought not to separate ages in amuscmei ts, 
and exclude their children fram their own amusements, or themselves 
from their children's amusements, in order to teach them how to play 
with modesty, nor to allow daughters to walk seperately with a young 
man, asthese abuses create a flirting which degenerates in perversity. 
All passions will always increase by habits. Prostitution when it 
comes in the last stage, for girls is worse in America than in Europe, 
for want of not being regulated by visitors as in France ; it undermines 
the general health of the country, by bringing bad diseases into so 
many families . Such is the result ot a false liberty. Is there any 
absolute liberty? No. Liberty is only relative, it is the faculty of 
doing whatever we please, except what is against the laws, against tho 
morals, against the right of others that we have to recognize and re- 
spect, or against the advita and instruction of parenls fcr minors; we 
are linked to each other by so many various relative duties, that we 
are not free from those duties, and children must be taught that those 
that obey tho best are the best commanders hereafter, and at last 



PASSIONS. 33 

The organic or bodily passions which act by contraction or dilatation. 
They are the external senses, among which, gluttony, drunkenness and 
sensual love may predominate. 

The passions of the mind, which act by tension, such as too much 
attention, memory, fondness for muse, for order, for books, fanatcism. 

And the passions of the heart which are divided into convulsive, op- 
pressive, expansive and mixt. 

The convulsive passions are expressed by a bluish or livid taint of 
veiny blood, protuberance of the muscles, ot the lip for instance, of tho 
nose, etc; extreme agitation, hard breathing, spasmodic circulation, 
certain physic al wants not satisfied, anger, fury, delirium, bad humor, 
violence, hatred, fright, the furies of love, convulsive laughter, sobs, 
suflbcations, griefs, asphyxia, apoplexia. 



instead of an aristocracy of money which is reigning, we ought to have 
an aristocracy of virtues and talents to look up to for rulers. 

In order that the community may succeed in lessening if not extin- 
guishing the culpabilities of those abuses, it might make laws accord- 
ingly, and create means for a greater satisfaction of the faculties of 
industry, such as ambition, in the distribution of lands and business, 
giving to every one an equal right or equal means to obtain in society 
a rank based upon his merit, talent and sk'll. There must be laws for 
a greater satisfaction of the faculties of sympathy, such as physical love 
and charity, which tend to social pleasure, equality and the levelling of 
ranks in education first and then by exciting to virtue ; there must be. 
laws in fine for a greater satisfaction of the intellectual faculties by 
stimulating arts and sciences ; and as long as money shall subsist as the 
lever of the World and will stain the conscience, of men, all the etTor s 
of society must turn especially towards checking its abuse by imposing 
more duties on passional industry, and on those that have more money, 
and by establishing generally a passional attraction of industry to 
make money circulate. As regards the checks of moral passions, 
the institution of the temperance societies have done much good to 
suppress the improper use of spirits ; let us have now a money temper- 
ance society, in this sense, that people bind themseves not to use more 
money then their regulations allow for their wants, giving the overplus 
to the poor or to a literary or beneficial institution. Let us have a love 
temperance society by which people bind themselves to observe the 
morals. Let us have houses of agriculture and of industry, to train up 
vagrant boys and girls, at the support of the government. We may 
have also societies of beneficence and all kinds of institutions and com- 
munities to promote economy, industry and virtue. And after all, if 
perfection is not obtained, if men will always abuse their faculties and 
show their wickedness, let us conclude that their passions or desires 
are too great to be satiated here below, and that ibis world is a valley 
of labors and tears, in which we have to do penance, and try to conquer 
our enemies ; let us be comforted by the hope that, as we ennnot reach 
perfection upon earth, we are still proceeding in the immense f eld of 
virtuous improvement, and that we can prepare ourselves to make us 
worthy of the eternal enjoyment of all our desires in the bosom of our 
Creator in another world. 



34 PHYSrOGNOMONY. 

The oppressive passions are expressed by the oppressions of the 
prGBcordian organs, the heart, t e lun^s, the diahpragm and other en- 
terian organs. They shake or achate the body more or less, and we 
see the effects thereof by the discoloration of the skin, the heat, the 
cold, the perspiration, the pulse small and contracted, the breast feels 
a weight or a suffocation, and the feelings are concentrated in the epig- 
astric region. They again produce sighs, inquietude, sadness, timidity, 
dejectedness, melancholy, resignation, concentrated jealousy or envy, 
dissimulation, repentance, fear. 

The expansive passions are under the control of the will, and are 
remarkable for a sort of extension and light phloorose on the face, 
caused by the lively red or sherry taint of arterial brood. They pro- 
duce smiles, hope, love, tender feelings, sweet friendship, benevolence, 
contemplation, ecstacy, innocence, intuitive beatitude, joy. 

The mixt passions are formed by the simple passions, where two or 
more different sentiments dominate in an individual, and they exhibit 
indignation, pride, vanity, contempt, disdain, irony, shame, candor, etc., 
which are described in the forehead by a more or less vivid coloration. 

The idea of passion has been improperly applied to virtue ; for as we 
mean by it the highest degree of activity of a faculty, that degree is a 
disordered need which prevents the cultivation of other faculties 
toward the perfection of manhood, and when it is not a moral sin, it is 
at least an organic evil, which can be diminished. The limit which 
neparates need from passion is duty ; we must then moderate our pas- 
sions, in order to fulfil our duties. Everybody possesses more or less 
one or more expansive disposition in his soul, and the one which 
ought to predominate is charity, which cannot be called a passion, 
because a passion always expresses an abused disposition. Passions 
are developed by all kinds of circumstance*, we must study them, and 
we must have severity for ourselves and indulgence for others. There 
is a perfect parallelism between passions and diseases, as regards 
their beginning, progress and end. The result of passions are insanity, 
prematured death, misery, suicide, crimes, etc., not only among indi- 
viduals, but among nations: their constant play abridges life. 

Pathological facts lead to the following rules : — When there is in the 
body any diseased part, the domineering passion makes itself known 
in that part. When there is a complete harmony among all the func- 
tions, the gay passions will shake in preference the thoracic organs, the 
sad passions will disorganize the abdominal viscera, and the mixt passions 
will affect the abdomen first, and the thorax next. Among individuals 
whose constitution is strongly defined, the morbid effects vary accord- 
ing to the diverse temperaments, which are always a true predisposition 
to the diseases mentioned in their sections. Any suffering organ, being 
in a state of negative electricity, is absorbed by the electricity of the 
surrounding parts with which it sympathizes the most, and thereby the 
irritation or congestion is diminished. In the most vivid passions, the 
reaction of the thoracic and abdominal viscera takes place principally 
toward the encephalou, which in its turn, shaken by that morbid reflux, 
sets reason in perturbation and makes it the sport of hallucinations. 

As regards the treatment of passions, there are three kinds, the med- 
ical, the legislative and the religious. 

The medical treatment consists in the following rules; to study well 
the temperament, or organic predominance and influence on the 



PASSIONS. 35 

over-excited need ; to neutralize that influence by a dietetic regimen ; 
to remove the occasional causes of passions, as for instance in love, 
by forbidding children to Btay either aloue or with a suspect per- 
son ; to impress a new direction to the ideas of the patient, in order 
to distribute in an equal manner the over-excitement of the domineer- 
ing need; to break up the periodicity of the passion, especially of the 
animal propensities; at last to bring up to a normal state, the organs 
which maintained the passion, or upon which the passions preyed, and 
which in their turn, would react upon it, and would thereby increase 
their intensity. The calm of man is not inaction, but a harmonious 
and mild equilibrium for his happiness and that of society, which 
consists in health for the body, virtue for the heart and reason for the 
mind; above and below that scale we find disease, passion and folly. 
A cooling diet, cold baths, abstinence from meat and heavy food for 
a time and especially from alcoholic drink and wine, are the sure 
remedies. 

The legislative treatment consists in punishments. When any 
passion in any man becomes a public nuisance, or an object of scand- 
al, bad example and evil to society, like drunkenness, fighting, liber- 
tinism, etc., it is time to denounce that man to the proper authorities, 
that they may coerce him by some fine, or some reparation of honor, 
some sound rebuke, and sometimes by confinement, when necessary, s 

The religious treatment consists in calling up the feelings of men 
towards God, and especially to their last end. This means must al way 
be preached, as the legislative fail often in the object, and makes 
men often worse than before when they have left a prison. Then, by 
prayer, exhortations, and impressions from the judgments of God, the 
attendance to holy ordinances, together with fasting and abstinence, 
and a hygienic regimen for the reduction of stimulus in the body, we 
can arrive to a peifect cure of passions. 

K"ow for an explanation about the checking of passions ; we have 
stated in the last note how vices or wicked .passions could be checked 
in the improved system of society, let us say how an individual can do 
by himseif to check his own passions in any state of society, whether 
he be in a country where the legislators do not give the means or 
the liberty to satisfy one's passions, or he be in another country 
where almost all the vices of the country above mentioned are made 
virtues in the latter. 

A general answer is, that a man may live according to the laws of 
the country where he resides; si Romam venias romano vivitomore; 
that is, If thou comest to Rome, live after the Roman fashion, pro- 
vided those laws do not contradict the great evangelical precept which 
is also philosophical: "Love thy neighbor as thyself," which is an 
evidence of the love of the Creator, and the summary of the laws and 
the prophets. Thus, theft, if allowed in a country, is no more reckon- 
ed a theft, because the action becomes a common and reciprocal right 
of skill, whether for play or for need, acknowledged by mutual consent 
and sanctioned by law, as it was existing once among the Spartans. 
Also, polygamy, which, as a remedy to prostitution and debauchery, 
is practised by some uncivilized nations, is universally reckoned to be 
a means of expediency not a virtue, tolerated by Providence in the 
course of human imperfections as a transition to better times; there- 
fore, a man going to reside in Turkey must m-ke these questions to 



36 PHYSIOGiNOMONY OP 

himself: Is there any mutual consent both between me and the women, 
and between the women ; which ought to be the basis of the law? 
Does tbc woman feel happier or more benefitted or less a slave in 
polygamy than in monogamy? Does a polygamist do to a woman 
what he would like her to do to him, were he a woman ? Does po- 
lygamy lessen prostitution and debauchery in the country itself in 
proportion? Does a man benefit society by procreating many chil- 
dren, like the Chinese do. where we can see the evil of too much popu- 
lation? We answer for all-— no But if the ignorance of the polyga- 
mist makes him think he is making his women happy, and if ic is the 
less of two evils for him to fall into, with the sanction of the law, he 
may feel justified to live at Rome as at Rome, according to our saying; 
still he must not forget that as soon as he feels that he is doing wrong, 
he must quit a practice which is not countenanced by civilized na- 
tions. If he would employ his time in some regular labor of body 
which would occupy the mmd also, moderate his appetite for food, 
and meditate oa the Christian doctrine, he could by prayer, be con- 
verted. But we lack the provision of the law which ougnt to favor 
early marriage and impose a tax on those who have attained their 
majority and are marriageable, for monogamy; and as the legislators 
have found no remedy against concubinage, prostitution and debauch- 
ery, nor against other established evils, we must attend to the follow- 
ing rules : it is certain that all the cranio! ogical organs or faculties want 
to be satisfied to their utmost, and naturally come in crowds for that 
purpose ; then the natural rule is to let them be moderately satisfied all 
in turns, and to vary their exerci-e according to time, place, etc , for 
fear that any passion may go too far by itself and take the lead to the 
detriment of virtue and to the loss of health, and of the rest of the 
individual. 

When all the faculties of the soul concentrate themselves a long 
time towards the idea of the satisfaction of only one domineering or 
excited passion, it produces monomania or partial insanity, only for the 
time of the concentration. If the soul enjoys either in itself, or in its 
body, the idea or sensation of any physical pleasure, as if it were real, 
we call it a concentrated passion. It becomes so much more furious 
on the body, when the reality takes place, as it was concentrated a 
longer time. If there be an extinction of almost all the faculties either 
for not being exercised, or on account of the domineering passion seek- 
ing always its satisfaction, it produces complete insanity or idiocy in all 
actions. So, in any state of society, it would be an injury to the indi- 
vidual to let his passions grow as he pleases, because he would at 
last adhere to one that would prey upon his brain, and would torture 
him as it were to his destruction both of soul and of body. 

Then the abuses of bodily passions, such as sensual love, hunger, 
thirst of alcoholic drinks, can be counteracted by the cultivation of the 
faculties of industry in exercising the body to the tilling of the land 
and to hard manual labors, and by the cultivation of the faculies of 
morality and religion, in attending to preaching, temperance, religious 
and literary meetings, and especially by the treatment mentioned on 
p. c5, also by a serious appeal to his rerratatioTi. welfpre and common sense. 

The abuses of the passions of the mind, which come by too great 
and a close tension, or by too long an application of the mind in per- 
ceiving and reflecting, undermine the organs of the brain, cause the 



MORAL AND PHYSICAL QUALITIES. 37 

orbicular mus< les of the pupil of the eyes to retreat, burn the blood 
according to the old saying, bring on the melancholic temperament, 
and at last the death of the individual. Those abuses are corrected 
by the exercise of the body, diet spare and nutritious, good rest and 
sleep : for, a sound body will give a sound mind ; the cultivation of the 
faculties of the heart are secondary and of good effect. 

The abuses of the passions of the heart, such as jealousy, envy, pride, 
<fec, are counteracted by the cultivation of the faculties of the mind, 
which reason upon the feelings and give them such a turn as to make 
them grasp upon some branch of learning. The cultivation of the 
faculties of industry are secondary and of very good service, according 
to the predominance either of the mind or of the sensual appetites. 

ARTICLE II. 

Vhysiognomony of the Capacities, Feelings and "Physical 
Qualities of Man. 

Physiognomies are distinguished into organic, spiritual, moral and 
mixt, and each one is again subdivided into secondary groups, etc., 
(see them in the passions, Art. 1.) The Physiognomies in the tem- 
peraments give the dull aspect for the lymphatic, the fluctuating for 
the sanguine, the ardent for the bilious and the fixed for the nervous. 

Phy siognomies are divided also into ideal and antique, into factitious, 
imitative, poetical, allegorical, hypocritical or pharisaic, comic, relig- 
ious, assimilating (tell me whom thoufrequcniest, and I will tell thee who 
thou art,) natural, degraded, deceitful, etc. 

There are conventional or fictitious physiognomies, that is, a visage 
of turn out, of fasion, of uniformity and convention, like those of the 
cour tiers, officers, of many professions, religions and trades, who are 
obliged by duty, or who find to satisfy their cupidity and pride, by 
assuming an appearance of modesty, of dignity, of affectation and some- 
times of arrogance ; those appearances give an habitual stiffness, where- 
as the appearance of modesty is natural and often follows the con- 
science of the individual. There are physiognomies made up by 
imitation or conformity of conduct to a superior or chief, whether a 
president, mayor, captain, schoolmaster, or a father, and according to 
the good or bad qualities of the chief, it will instil either good or bad 
effects on the subordinate. Thus is the proverb right ; such a father \ 
such a son. 

The physiognomy of the hypocrite shows itself, when we find 
decisive features of weaknes and vanity, with an amiable and pre-pos- 
sessing exterior, insignificant traits of manners, with a sort of affecta- 
tion or grace in the motions, and a sort of coldness in the vivacity, 
which are all marks of inconstanc}^, and when, especially, they do not 
correspond with the size of the craniological organs. It is easy to recog- 
nize a disguise by the constraint, the efforts of the mind, and the disti ac- 
tions and confusion. The voice of truth is more energetic than that 
of falsehood, and the looks of the innocent more open and frank than 
those of the hypocrite. A quick eye, often shining, concave and 
small, or small sunken eyes, or arch knowing looks are all signs of 
hypocrisy. 



35 PHYSIOGNOMONV. 

The physiognomy of bodily strength is known by stiff hair, large 
bones, tirm and robust limbs, short muscular neck, firm and erect, the 
head broad and high, the forehead short, hard and peaked, with 
bristly hair, large feet, rather thick than broad, a harsh, unequal 
voice and bilious complexion. 

r lhe physiognomy of the weakness of the body is exhibited by 
a small ill-proportioned head, narrow shoulders, retreating breast, 
narrow neck, soft skin and melancholy complexion. 

The physiognomy of long life is distinguished by strong teeth, a san- 
guine temperament, middle stature, large deep and ruddy lines in the 
hands, large muscles, stooping shoulders, full chest, firm flesh, clear 
complexion, slow growth, wide ears, and large eyelids, 

The physiognomy of short life may be represented by a thick 
tongue, the appearance of grinders before the age of puberty; thin, 
straggling teeth, confused lines in the hand, quick but small growth, 
except when proper remedies are taken to compensate the defects. 

The Physiognomy of a person who is endowed with great capacities 
and feelings, or who uses well his craniological organs is generally 
exhibited thus : a striking conformity among the three principal parts 
of the face, the forehead, the nose and the chin, a forehead standing on 
a base almost horizontal with eyebrows straight, compressed and 
boldly expressed, eyes of a clear blue or clear brown which appear 
black at a distance, and whose upper eyelids cover about the fifth part 
of the eye-ball, appearing languishing or sentimental, when more dis- 
posed to morality ; a nose whose back is large and almost parallel on 
both sides with a slight convex inflection ; a mouth of a horizontal 
cut and whose upper lip comes down softly by the middle ; a round 
projecting chin. 

The physiognomy of a person of close study, is exhibited by his 
eyebrows cast down or ready to cast themselves down, so that the 
eyes appear sunken,the iris is projecting, and there is a pale taint 
sometimes bilious or yellowish on the face; clear eyes announce 
perspicacity; precision is shown by eyes exactly drawn, and depth by 
eyes sunken (if they are not contradicting the rest). 

The physiognomy of a person of middling dispositions and capacities 
is exhibited, when we discover nothing that strikes us, nothing that 
attracts or repels us, alleviates or troubles us, excites our desire or 
our hatred, when that person has not energy enough to take away 
from us or is not rich enough to give us, etc., when there is about 
that person nothing projecting, nothing fine, nothing coarse, etc. 

The physiognomy of a person who is devoid of capacities and 
feelings, or who does not use well his craniological organs, is exhibited 
by the following features ; The foreheads are almost perpendicular or 
too long, or retreating too much or harshly, or too prominent, either 
on the upper or on the lower part ; noses which are strongly bent 
below the half of the profile ; a shocking distance between the nose and 
the mouth ; a lower lip loose and hanging ; the loosening and folding 
of the flesh and jaws ; very small eyes of which one scarcely perceives 
the white, especially when they are accompanied by a great nose, and 
when all the face below is heavy and furrowed with deep wrinkles ; 
heads drawn backwards and disfigured by a double glandulous swel 
ling near the cheeks ; an oblique and awkard smile ; which one cannot 
suppress, and which is a sign of folly or of a foolish malignity, 



CONDITIONS OF MEN. 39 

The forms too rounded and too plain give the man the air of a simple- 
ton. The blunt noses whose nostrils are too narrow or too large, 
which are too long and out of proportion with the rest of the face, show 
ordinarily the dejection of mind. Noses which cause too much con- 
cavity or too much convexity to the profile, etc. ; large open promi- 
nent mouths, chins which form the handle or which retreat too much; 
the involuntary contortions and the convulsive motions of the mouth, 
the vibrations of llesh, their too much stiffness or softness, the flatness 
and the rounding of the outlines, too much tension or relaxation, 
features too much or too little expressed, a fantastical mixture of 
delicacy and coarseness, are all as many imperfections ; even the hair, 
the hat, the coat, and the dress in general by their fantastical arrange- 
ment will betray foolishness. 



ARTICLE III. 

PJiysiognomony of the Conditions of Men. 

The conditions of men are : religion, profession and trades. They 
constitute a peculiar state of life, which causes the predominance or at 
least the permanency of certain physical or moral habits, certain 
directions of the mind, whose deep and incessantly renewed expression 
gives to all men of the same condition an air of family. We will speak 
of religion first, and then of professions and trades. 

Section 1. REL1GIOX. — We are bound to our creator by a com- 
mon tie or religion which is one, visible, holy, catholic, etc., and 
which is based upon the charity to God and to the neighbor, (Matth. 
xxii. 37, 38, 39.) — Men practically, and rationally agree upon the feel- 
ings of that charity which is the true religion, the religion of the 
heart, because they understand that it concerns each one's interests 
reciprocally ; but, in their minds, they disagree in the understanding of 
that charity. Those do not understand it who make it rest or depend 
upon their own opinion or mind, without any spirit of humility, or 
any respect for the common sense of mankind, which measures every- 
thing by the good will of charity ; for, in spite of their doctrinal rea- 
soning, experience shows them that they are mistaken, in maintain- 
ing a religion of doctrines, a sectarian spirit, which will only be done 
away with, when ministers will preach more charity and the man- 
ner of practising it. Because charity will reveal the necessary and 
fundamental doctrine to a soul humbly resigned to listen to God's 
inspiration, and the conclusion will be that God has left to man the 
choice of his religious discipline or church organization. 

Now, in order to judge of the conscientious fulfillment of religion, 
it consists in believing a doctrine and practising it through charity, 
and the abuse will consist in believing without charity, (1 Cor. xiii. 1 
etc.,) or in suiting that belief and practice to the undue satisfaction of 
our passions, such as : pric\e and concupiscence. Then, we can know 
a tree by its fruit, says the saviour (Matth. vii. 20,) and we will know 
by his actions the conscientious man, the man of that charity which 
embraces all virtues. St Paul gives us the portrait of charity (1 Cor. 
xiii. 4, 5, 6, 7, 8) ; " charity is patient, kind, envieth not, dealeth not 
perversely, is not puffVl up, is not ambitious, seeketh not her own, i3 



40 PHYSIC GNOMONY. 

not provoked to anger, thinketh no evil, rejoiceth not in iniquity, but 
rejoiceth with the truth; bearoth all things, believeth all things, 
hopeth all things, endureth all tilings, and never faileth." The charit- 
able man has a mild countenance, he only smiles, scarcely bursts in 
laughter and submits to his task upon earth with noble fortitude ; he 
" beareth" or is tolerant with the creed of others, as St. Paul says ; be- 
cause the spirit and practice of charity lead to uniting only in 01 
adopting certain fundamental creeds or doctrines, admitted by the 
majority of Christians composing the spiritual kingdom and tribu- 
nal of Christ, and to lay aside the rest as unnecessary to salvation. 
Thus, the true christian who is a peace-maker, relieves the dis- 
tresses, tolerates the imperfections, pities the sufferings, shows his 
liberality to the poor and renders service to every one. Cautiousness, 
simplicity, justice, (conscientiousness), humility, modesty, (secretive- 
ness,) piety (veneration), faith (marvellousness), hope and benevolence 
charity are very large, his head is high at the coronal region (facul- 
ties of morality.)* 

Now, in point of doctrine, a person may be characterised by the spirit 
of obedience (conscientiousness,) self-denial, humility, (secretiveness,) 
faith, (marvellousness,) piety, (veneration,) hope and benevolence in a 
branch of Christian disci plinewhere doctrines have been settled by a 
tribunal, so as not to leave men the need of examining. Then, by re- 
signing his liberty to that tribunal as being from God, he acts as obey- 
ing God, practices charity which is the end of the law, abstains from 
judging his neighbor, and thus works out his salvation. But the belief 
in those doctrines without charity may lead to fanaticism, superstition 



* Since we are all agreeing upon points of morality (charity and jus- 
tice,) upon physical objects or anything that falls under our senses, 
upon almost all the transactions of life ; since we are obliged to live 
together and to support each other's burthen and defects ; since, in 
fine, we do live and deal with the same manners and habits, walking on 
the same road of life, in want of each other not only in physical needs 
for the preservation of life, but in spiritual needs for the comfort of 
our soul, and in undergoing the adversities of life, exercising the 
same charity, tending toward the same end which is eternal life, and 
worshipping the same God; constituting thereby the same spiritual 
catholic church or universal kingdom of Christ, under various reli- 
gious disciplines, with the common basis of universal charity, against 
common enemies to fight, viz.: pride and concupiscence; let us, 
then, have that tolerance and charity which are the foundation 
of unity, let us not judge our neighbor's opinions of which God 
will not ask us any account, let us love each other like brethren, and 
like the children of the same God, let us unite in the preaching and 
practice of charity ; then we will soon see that spirit of dispute, of 
intolerance and of unfriendly feelings fall down in time, and we shall 
see united into the same sheepfold, all the scattered tribes of Israel. 
The author is well acquainted with good and pious souls in every Chris- 
tian church, and he made his subject answer for all individuals of any 
church, but particularly for the christians ; so that it may be a mir- 
ror of self examination for the good of their souls. 



CONDITIONS OF MEN. 41 

(raarvellousness abused,) intolerance (combativeness abused,) spiritual 
slavery and despotism, degradation, hypocritical piety, the abuse of 
the organs above mentioned, selfish motives yielding to concupiscence, 
wordly motives, etc. — Another person may be characterized by the 
spirit of universal charity, hope, piety, tolerance, faith, noble inde- 
pendance, in another branch of Christian discipline, where the ex- 
amination and choice of doctrines, and the liberty of conscience are 
allowed to every one. Then as nobody takes the right to enforce 
his opinion upon his neighbor and to judge him, he will feel that 
he must preach to him charity, justice and good works, by his examples 
more than by his words, and thus work out his salvation ; but without 
the spirit of charity, one may fall into dogmatism, quarrels, fanaticism, 
intolerance, libertinism, pride, obstinacy, (causality, combativeness, 
veneration, destructiveness, self-esteem, and firmness abused,) etc. 

Generally, if there is a want of charity either habitual or accidental, 
in an individual : 1st, ceremonies, titles and magnificence, (ideality 
abused,) may make him fall into the spirit of worldly things and 
vanity, (approbativeness adhesiveness abused,) so much opposed to 
the spirit of celestial things to which we should all aspire (marvellous- 
ness, veneration and benevolence very large.) 2ndly, a peculiar dress or 
speech which will make a conspicuous feature before the community, 
may lead a person to pride, assumption, arrogance, vanity and hypoc- 
risy, (self-esteem, approbativeness, secretiveness abused,) so much op- 
posed to the spirit of simplicity, charity and equality, with the rest of 
men. odly, useful practices aided with physical emblems, in which a 
person believes and hopes, may lead into the faith of amulets, talismans, 
witchcraft, superstition and idolatry, (hope, marvellousness and vene- 
" ration abused, retreating or small reflective faculties) ; so much op- 
posed to the worshipping of God in spirit and in truth. 4thly, the force 
of laws, of arms, of fear, of opinion, of money, may lead a person into 
hypocrisy, deceit, defect of conscience, (secretiveness abused,) so much 
opposed to frankness, candor, free w r ill, (conscientiousness,) and hope in 
the future rewards. 5thly, mortification, penance, obedience without 
charity, may lead a person to self-satisfaction, pride, hypocrisy, false 
directions of the heart, servility, meanness, (self-esteem, secretiveness, 
conscientiousness abused :) so much opposed to the spirit of faith and 
humility, (marvellousness, secretiveness.) 

Section 2. PROFESSIONS AND TRADES.— Man acts according 
to his wants ; his first wants have been tasked by his Creator to earn 
his bread at the sweat of his forehead, and to till the land in order to 
get it. He who was in need, was inferior to, or had to obey, the one who 
supplied those needs ; hence, fathers, the first natural superiors of their 
children became patriarchs or rulers over their large families ; then, 
the multitude of patriarchs produced a kind of aristocracy, or divers 
monarchies, with an arbitrary government, where divisions, partiality 
and injustice preyed upon the subjects, till people understood that, 
having been created by the same God, being tied by the same duties 
toward him, they were all equal as members of the human family. 
Some, therefore, raised against their oppressors and like the Greeks 
and the Romans, and in modern times, the United States, formed 
themselves into a republic, showing thus that the power of governing 
themselves was made by their common Creator to reside in them 



42 PHYSIOGXCMONY. 

collectively ; and that any power taken against the will of the people 
was a usurpation.* 

*The power originates in the people, (see page 31,) because in prac- 
tice, it comes out from the people individually, then, (collectively, 
and explicitly or impiicity), and because the good order and welfare 
of the people of which every individual partakes, is the natural in- 
spiration of every one's conscience. It is thus the ordination of God. 
That power cannot be annihilated nor usurped by any pretender, no more 
than any man can sell his liberty or his soul and body ; therefore no 
power has ever been constituted by the Creator, to lord it over man- 
kind, nor over any particular nation, except for tutelage of the people 
for a time, like the mosaic dispensation which was a preparatory 
school for the self government of men for this christian dispensation. 
If there has been an uninterrupted succession of rulers in political 
monarchies, such as in those of France, England, Russia, China, 
Rome, etc. it only proves the prudence, or the weakness and ignorance 
of those people who had to submit to that tutelage for the present, 
through necessity. The power of the people is not abolished in 
theory, but it resembles the case of a boy who will not attain his age of 
majority, until after some time. The boy must have his liLerty 
hereafter. In a republic, the power of the people is explicit and 
formal, it gains ground in constitutional monarchies; but in a despotic 
government or in anarchy, that power is implicit and virtual. We 
mean by implicit and virtual, that the people under a bad govern- 
ment consents, almost every individual in his heart, to let the most 
daring and knowing or the mightiest man take hold of the helm of the 
vessel, (we here compare the nation to a vessel,) otherwise the vessel 
would sink, and to let themselves be governed by any assume r so 
long as he manages the helm well, or he is useful to the people ; 
then, the people confirms his election by suffrage ; or if the assumer 
resists the people successfully, the common sense of the people 
towards a prudent submission is its voice or its implicit consent In 
that sense, might is right, and knowledge is power implicitly consent- 
ed to. But if the ruler abuses his power, the people takes back its 
right by raising en masse against him, to depose him, and make new 
elections, as soon as they can master the position. 

Now if there was any individual or any caste ofnum established by 
the Creator, to lord it over mankind, there would be found no high- 
er tribunal to appeal to, in case of abuse of that sectarian tribunal 
which could abuse men. The congress of mankind or common sense, 
is the only tribunal" for the conscience of individuals ; and for want of 
studying the general will of mankind, sectarian tribunals have plunged 
the world into persecutions and horrors. So let the civil or political 
power which comes from God alone, take its course alone, for the pro- 
protection of the rights of the people. "We have compared a commu- 
nity to a human body, it represents the political side, the soul is the 
religious side — but a church united to a political body cannot act 
together without encroaching upon the conscience of individuals, and 
our Saviour declared it by his words : iJy kingdom is not of this 
world, John, xviii, 36. ReJ 3er unto Ca?sar the things which are 
Caesar's, and unto God the Miings which are God's. Matt, xxii, 21. 



CONDITIONS OF MEN. 43 

A community may then limit the power of the parents over the 
children, to a certnin age, they level all the conditions, establish a 
general system of education and give the same rights to every indi- 
vidual It must make laws to protect individuals from the encroach- 
ment of one another, to supply their wants, to employ them according 
to their character and talents, etc., and to check abuses. Now, it 
commissions an officer or magistrate who will watch for the execution 
of the laws, and will be subject himself to the same laws. The com- 

Still one cannot aspire to political liberty without aspiring to relig- 
ious liberty, they are intimately connected like soul to body, there- 
fore, as the soul commands the body, so the soul must be free first, 
and if the soul is free, it is ready to render the political body free. 
Now the freedom of the soul or religious liberty excludes all imposi- 
tion of burthen in a political state, and places the religious act in the 
intention of justice and charity in all our transactions with our 
neighbor, whilst at the same time it feb.s its duty to render a 
worship to the Deity, each one or each nation according to his genius, 
for the sake of converting the wicked and forming a communion of 
saints for heaven. As no human tribunal could see our conscience, 
it only judges external acts that it sees ; our conscience is always free 
from the reach of any tribunal except that of God ; and the liberty of 
conscience will always exist in spite of laws against it. Therefore, 
also, no particular church can assume a temporal power, as it is a 
despotic lever condemned by the example of our Saviour who departed 
anto a mountain, when the people wanted to elect him a king, John vi, 
15; and by the condemnation put upon the desires for the riches of 
this world in the temptation of Christ by the devil, Matt iv, 3, etc. 

"We must rejoice in the progress of the world : new politcial organi- 
zations take the place of old ones, and so religious organizations do 
the same; the quickness and rapidity of communication between men, 
by railroads, telegraphs and other improvements, will oblige men, by 
60 frequent and rapid a contact, and by so many dear and rapid 
transactions in business and mutual comforts that would defy any 
despotic dogma, to understand how to please each other, and to admit 
the doctrine of tolerance, or christian eclecticism, on the subject of 
which we intend to write a book, if the public patronize our eiforts, 
that book will comprize an analysis of the principal christian denomi- 
nation, and will show that the accomplishment and perfection of the 
law of Christ is charity or love to the neighbor. 

Let us bear in mind that the salvation of man after this life does not 
depend upon the best government, since all governments have only 
been essays, and have proved defective, and that the lord has blessed 
the individual man with a conscience of right and wrong, sufficient to 
guide him for his own happiness, which is in proportion to his amount 
of knowledge, and of course of desires, whether he is an American or 
an European, or a Chinese. But, on the other side the various govern- 
ments constitute various evolutions of the human mind and species, 
which are fast advancing to a higher order of things, till at last we 
may hope that the universal church of Christ, and the only christian 
religion of charity will be acknowledged, hailed and observed by all 
mankind, so as to finish in one sheepfold and one pastor, Christ. 



PHYSIOONCMOW. 44 

munity is tlie superior with regard to its individuals or members, and 
the magistrate is the first servant of the community, (Matt xx, 26, 
27-xxiii. 10, 11) although his rank is the first. A community may 
be compared to the human body, all the members want each other, 
and ought to be equal to each other in point of necessity and useful- 
ness for the good order, improvement, welfare and perfection of the 
community or of the body ; then, that principle being appealed to by 
individuals on the community, every individual owes the community 
his industry, learning, justice, virtue ai d charity ; whatever is con- 
trary to those duties in an individual, renders him inferior in rank, 
before the community, and that contrary or hurtful state is : laziness, 
injustice, lewdness, and wickedness So, that inferiority lays in the 
fault of the individual, who must try to correct himself, in order to 
take back his rank in the community. 

Then the natural rank of superioiity of the father and mother over 
the children is declared by natural and divine law, (Exod. xx, 2. Ephes. 
vi, 1, 2,) after which, there are conventional and relative ranks of 
superiority for the good order of the community. A conventional 
rank is that of a duke, a count, etc as it is agreed with, only in mon- 
archical governments, for the sake of emulation. A relative rank is that 
which establishes a duty of dependency from the person that provides 
on the person that needs, and as the soul is superior to the body, the 
needs of the soul are more noble, must be better appreciated, and 
imply a greater respect than the needs of the bod}'. So the needs of 
the soul call for the clerg} T man, in the first rank of consideration the 
needs of the body, the physician ; the needs of social protection, the 
officers of the government, the lawyers ; the needs of education, the 
teachers. Then come the various trades for the feeding and adorning 
of the body. Then come the merchants who buy and sell the objects 
which have been made by men of science and men of mechanical in- 
dustry and who by their wealth of speculative industry control all 
professions and trades, and constitute a relative rank for the need of 
money only. However, every member of the community must have 
respect for each other, and acknowledge the talents, piety or supeiior 
qualities of others, and give honor to whom honor is due (Rom. xiii, 7.) 
By doing so a man does unto others as he would like them to do to 
himself. At the same time let us remember that whatever we have, 
we receive it from God ; as St. Paul says (1 Cor. iv, 1,) who distin- 
guisheth thee, and what has thou that thou didst not receive ? and if 
thou didst receive it, why dost thou glory, as if thou hadst not receiv- 
ed it ? therefore let us honor our state. A republic which is only for 
the protection of the rights of the people, cannot give any privilege 
to rank. It is our business to honor our station by our merit, and in 
that, our moral worth consists before any community, and before God, 
who will ] udge every one according to his deeds. 

As regards political physiognomony, its general character bears 
some analogy with the religious physiognomony, mentioned in page 39, 
because the intention implies the same actions: to obtain the same object 
which isthe good of the people, only through various means or opinions. 
Let us pass now t ) the physiognomony of the principal professions 
or trades* 

Magistrates must have very large organs of morality, and of intel- 
.ectual faculties, high head and forhead prominent. 



CONDITIONS OF MEN. 45 

Ministers, the married have a fatherly appearance, as understanding 
the paternal feelings for society, and are decisive in their judgment ; and 
they have to resist the temptation of partial charity ; the unmarried 
may be more easily solicitous for the things of God, (1 Cor. vii. 32, 33,) 
by a more easily disinterested charity ; some have a chance to show 
great virtues, but many get into great vices, the physiognomy 
of which bears a forcible evidence. However they all must 
have the head high at the coronal region, that is the faculties of mo- 
rality, with the reflective very large, like the head of our Saviour. 

Physicians must have strong body for enduring ; benevolence, de- 
etructiveness, constructiveness, philoprogenitiveness, cautiousness 
large, and the intellectual faculties very large ; besides there is a 
particular feature at the superior lips (in the surgeons,) caused by the 
efforts which they make upon themselves to resist the impressions of 
the sufferings of others ; they must be good physiognomists. 

Lawyers must have a nervous temperament predominant; they 
have a face large and animated, though a little pale, the eyes bright, 
quickness, very large intellectual faculties; conscientiousness, destruc- 
tiveness, benevolence, wit, combativeness eventuality, self-esteem 
very large, good lungs and voice; 

Teachers must have modesty, self-denial, sedateness of aspect, intel- 
lectual faculties very large, activity, good lungs, sanguine bilious 
temperament predominating, adhesiveness conscientousness, philopro- 
genitiveness, benevolence, firmness, self-esteem, destructiveness^ large, 
and be good phrenologists. 

Musicians, (see at the organ of music,) must have a predominant 
force of intellectual and affective faculties, when the amorous senti- 
ment is affected in preference by the harmony of the sounds ; general 
outlines are rounded ; they must exercise their lungs in singing by 
degrees, in using the dumb bell and eating a raw egg before singing. 

Painters must show themselves good phrenologists ; they have 
large piercing eyes, dark complexion, thick eyebrows, earnest looks; 
they must have a predominant force of intellectual and affective fac- 
ulties, when imagination prevails; they are subject to colic, for which 
they ought to keep lemon syrup, in which they will put a little sul- 
phuric acid. (See at the organ of color.) 

Military men have a stiffness in the walk, the look and the dress ; 
the selfish sentiments are predominant with combativeness which gives 
the head a sloping direction, as if the top was drawn backwards ; 
firmness, self esteem, destructiveness very large; perceptive organs 
large. 

Tailors have their feet turned a little without ; their breast narrow 
and sunken, their body bent before age, difficulty and uneasiness in atti- 
tudes; so are all persons who work at the needle. 

Shoemakers have their breasts still more sunken, with stiff attitudes 
and motions, which bend their body before age, aud an embarrassed 
and awkard gait, especially when coming out from work. 

Engravers, Goidsmith,s etc., have about the same characteristics, all 
the above trades must have configuration, measure and constructive- 
ness very large. 

Bakers have a pale face, body dry and middle ; they must take the 
morning air and sleep in the middle of the day. 



46 rilVSIOGNOMONY 

Butchers hare a re J face, body big and fat fr Dm the nourishment 
they receive by the smell and the gaseous particles of the meat. 

Blacksmiths, and Locksmiths have dark complexion, hard skin, strong 
sinews, although not fat of body, and they have in common with the 
enamellors and glass makers, firm and strong wrinkles around each 
eye. 

Sailors walk with the legs very distant from each other, by the use 
of equilibrium they practice on ships, hard and earnest eyes ; they 
rnu^t have weight and concentrativeness very large. 

Farmers have dark or yellow complexion caused by the tanning of 
the hot sun, negligence in the countenance, large wrinkles and rough 
skin; they must have a muscular athletic temperament, constructive- 
ness, inhabitiveness, philoprogenitiveness, adhesiveness, acquisitive- 
Less and configuration very large. 

Laborers who work in the sun, have an habitual motion of the eye- 
lids ; rough hand and skin, big lips, face sallow and harshly expressed, 
they must have measure, weight and constructive:} ess large. 

Mechanics in general must have constructiveness, imitation large ; 
muscular athletic temperament ; very large perceptive organs ; order, 
calculation and acquisitiveness large. 

Merchants in wholesale, have a light sprightly active body; they 
must have acquisitiveness, hope, cautiousness, approbativeness, ideali- 
ty, self-esteem, adhesiveness, and secretiveness very large. The 
merchants in retail have more approbativeness, a more humble coun- 
tenance and some negligence in dress. 

Incomers, (people living on their income and improperly called 
gentlemen, since that last word is an expression of English aristoc- 
racy,) are plain or coquettish according to their means or views ; if 
they speculate, they are discerned by their close lips, acquisitiveness 
and secretiveness very large and abused ; some have an easiness of 
attitudes, affability, an air of protection* 

To all individuals in general, we advise taking a regular exercise 
in the open air, to use the dumb bells, to feed on a nutritious diet, to 
t ake rest, and diet themselves in case of indisposition, to use as little 
medicine as they can, to comfort themselves in their station, and to 
do all for the glory of God, (1 Cor. x, 31.) And, after having ful- 
. filled our career, we will enjoy the eternal rewards in that heaven 
where there will be no other difference but that of the degree of virtue, 
or of improvement of the talents God has given us. 



ARTICLE IV. 

Comparative T?hysiogno?nony. 

Section 1. SEXUAL PHYSIOGNOMIES ; OR, THE SEXES 
COMPARED — Man is the most firm, woman the most flexible. Man 
is the straightest, woman the most bending Man stands steadfast, 
woman gently retreats, Man is serious, woman is gay. Man is the 
tallest and stoutest, woman the smallest and weakest. Man is rough 
and hard, woman is smooth and soft. Man is brown, woman is fair. 



SEXUAL AND NATIONAL PHYSIOGNOMIES. 47 

Man is wrinkly, woman is even. The hair of man is strong and short, 
of woman long and pliant. The eyebrows of man are compressed, of 
woman less frowning. Man observes and thinks, woman glances and 
feels. Man has the empire of the mind or reasoning, woman that of 
the heart or feelings. Man is strong, woman is beautiful. Man is 
daring and confident, woman is diffident and unassuming. Man is 
great inaction, woman in suffering. Man shines abroad, woman at 
home. Man talks to convince, woman to persuade and please. Man 
has a rugged heart, woman a soft and tender one Man prevents 
misery, woman relieves it. Man has science, woman ta^te. Man has 
judgment, woman sensibility Man is a being of justice, woman of 
mercy. Man is broader at the shoulders and breast, woman is broader 
at the pelvis. Man has most convex lines, woman has most concave. 
Man has most straight lines, woman most curved. The countenance 
of man, taken in profile, is not so often perpendicular as that of the 
woman. Man is the most angular, woman the most round. 

Women are more largely endowed with philoprogenitivenes, than 
men; adhesiveness, approbativeness, veneration, coloring, circumspec- 
tion, secretiveness, ideality and benevolence, are larger ; the basilar 
region is smaller, and the occipital more elongated; combativenes, 
destructiveness, self esteem, locality smaller, heads less wide and voice 
shriller than in men. 

Section 2. NATIONAL PHYSIOGNOMIES; OR RACES 
COMPARED AMONG EACH OTHER.— There are five varieties 
of the human race. 

1. The European race, color white, caused by a moist and cold 
country ; fair complexion, cheeks more or less red ; the head globu- 
lar, the face straight and oval, the forehead slightly flattened, the 
nose narrow and slightly aquiline, the cheek bones unprominent, the 
mouth small, the under lip a little turned out, the chin lull and round- 
ed, the eyes and hair variable, the former generally blue, and the lat- 
ter yellow or brown or flowing ; good and sound teeth. 

2. The Asiatic or brown man, color yellow caused by a cold and 
dry climate, the head nearly square, the cheek bones wide, and the 
face generally flat, the eyes black and small, the chin rather prominent, 
and the hair blackish and scanty. 

3. The American Indian or red man color red or copper-like, 
caused by the acidity of the air, moist and hot or cold climate. 

The eyes are deeply seated, the hair black, straight and thick, the 
cheek bones less expanded and the face less flattened than in the 
Asiatic ; this variety forms a middle point between the European and 
the Asiatic, and this race is generally beardless. 

4. The Australian or tawny man, color brown or mahogany like, 
caused by dry and hot climate, the head somewhat narrower at the 
upper part, the forehead somewhat expanded, the upper jaw slightly 
prominent, and the nose broad but distinct; the hair harsh, coarse, 
long and curly ; this variety forms a middle point between the Euro- 
pean and the African. 

5. The African or black man, color black caused by hot and moist 
or dry climate. The head is narrow, the face narrow, projecting 
towards the lower part ; the forehead arched ; the eyes projecting, the 
nose thick, almost intermixed with the cheeks, the lips particularly 



48 PHYSIOGNOMONY. 

the upper one very thick, the jaws prominent, the chin retreated, 
the hair black, frizzled, and woolly ; a peculiar strong smell ; the 
Hottentot is the lowest scale of humanity, and it approaches the coun- 
tenance of the Chimpanzee, in the monkey tribe. 

From the European varieties, come the principal following nations. 

1. The French, who are characterized by a high forehead, ideality, 
wit and approbativeness very large, by the expression of their nose, 
by their teeth and laughing ; irritability, frankness, affability, liveleness, 
mobile countenance, great sociability, often swinging on tiptoe ; their 
trait not so bold as, and more delicate than, that of the English ; con- 
structiveness, individuality, form, music, configuration, comparison 
very large ; superior manual dexterity. 

2. The Fnglish, who are characterized by a short and well arched 
forehead, eyebrows well expressed, roundness of form, undulated mouth, 
round full medullary nose, very seldom pointed ; a bullying temper, 
self esteem, cautiousness, firmness larger than those of the French. 
1 he Quakers and Moravians are generally thin lipped. The Scotch- 
man have a longer nose and jaw ; the Irishman have generally a more 
ruddy and spotty complexion, thick and more projecting under lip ; 
blue eyes and dark hair generally, and a very combative temper. 

3. The Spaniards, by a lean and small fine size and head, regular 
features, black eyes or fine eyes, teeth well arranged, sallow complex- 
ion. 

4. The Germans by a nose expressive enough, by angles and 
wrinkles round the eyes and on the cheeks ; the faculties of industry and 
sociability are very large, cautiousness and music are chiefly predom- 
inant. 

5. The Du f ch, by the rotundity of the head, the weakness of the 
hair, a high forehead, half open eyes, full nose, coldness and circum- 
spection, their faculties are all equally great. 

6. r lhe Italians, by their nose large and energetic, small eyes, 
projecting chin, dark complexion, noble and mobile countenance, 
coloring and music. 

7. The Portuguese, by their indifferent countenance, dark complex- 
ion, full face, like the Spaniards generally. 

8. The Russians by their snub nose, light color or black hair. 

9. The Jews, by their hawk nose, curled hair, and negligence in 
dress. 

10. The Franco- Americans ; they deviate from the French of the 
old country, according to the climate of America and the other inhab- 
itants, in the north they are whit e, in the south they are dark They 
are more rough, plain and talkative among the American Indians ; 
they are more phlegmatic among the Anglo-Americans, who are more 
numerous in the United States, and they are generally of dark com- 
plexion, more spirited and independent in their colonies. However, 
a great part of the Creoles are remarkable by their thin white face, 
dark hair, and fine shape. 

11. The Anglo Americans ; they also vary frvm the inhabitants 
of the Bri ish Isles according to the climate and the other inhabitants, 
they are plain and crafty with the Indians, they are silent, reserved, 
shrewd and money making people in the United States, the}'- are more 
open, frank and sociable among the Franco-Americans; they have 



ANIMAL PHYSIOGNOMIES. 49 

fenerally bad teeth, and have not such a florid complexion as the 
Inglish. 
1 2. The Ilispano- Americans ; they vary from the Spaniards and the 
Portuguese very little only they are more rough and violent among 
the Indians, they are in general open and lively, suspicious sometimes 
and generous 

Section, 8. ANIMAL PHYSIOGNOMIES, OR MAN COM- 
PARKD WITH ANIMALS.— All the animals beginning from the 
lowest scale, have an analogy of conformation with man, their proto- 
type, the most perfect of all, the centre and the container of whatever 
is good m them ; that conformation is more approaching to that of 
man, as the animal is bigger, and possesses more organs, or more 
apparatus, and thence more similarity in the several kinds of features. 
Therefore whatever several qualities are found in them with their 
peculiar kind of features, the same must be interpreted in man with 
that same kind of feature. Hence; a Face, 

1. Monkey-like, very close eyes, stumped and narrow nose, triano-u- 
lar chin, denotes imitation, skill, thievishness, dissimulation, lewdness. 
2. Aquiline or Eagle-like, or nose curved from the root of the fore- 
head, pride, force, energy, desire of commanding. 3. Cock-like, nose 
concave below the forehead, courage, vigilance, boldness, spiritedness, 
lewdmess. 4. Owl-like, very large head, etc. sensuality, ""cowardice, 
6. Sheep-like, woolen hair, high and retreating forehead, timidity, 
weakness. 6. Ass-like, long ears, round convex forehead, stupidity, 
silliness, impudence, longevity, cowardice. 7, Horse-like, self com- 
placency, patience, gentleness ; if the nostrils are large, anger from 
pride. 8. Dog-like, mild black eyes, hanging ears, attachment, fidel- 
ity, impudence. 9. Hog like, nose big u£ the end, narrow forehead, 
eyebrows drawn towards the nose, big upper lip and jaws; sensuality, 
brutish appetites. 10. Frog-like, big eyes and roundness of forms; 
talkativeness, monotonous chattering. 11. Lion-like, middle size 
head; fierce steady and staring looks, large breast, measured steps: 
prudence, force, generosity. 12. Parrot-iike, nose curved near the 
forehead, under lip projecting, round eyes: memory and talkative 
without any sense. ] 3. Ox-like or Bull-like, large head and neck, 
square form, low forehead : cowardice, brutish appetites more bellow- 
ing than motion. 14. Bear-like, big projecting jaws, a deform body ; 
thickness, stupidity, wildness, gluttony, cruelty, talkativeness. 15. 
Cat-like, small square face with oblique eyes, treachery; the little 
hole between the mouth and nose, denotes greediness and cruelty, 
16. Rabbit-like, the nose forming the edge of the profile, retreating 
jaws and forehead; searching, agitation, nervosity. ]7. Kaven-like, 
nose a little curved at the fore head and forming a triangle : impudence 
thievishness. 18. Fox-like, cunning. 19, Wolf-like, cruelty , vorac- 
ity. 20. Goose-like, foolish air. 

The animals posses largely philoprogenitiveness, inhabitiveness, 
adhesiveness, combativeness, destructiveness, secretiveness, acquisit- 
iveness, constructiveness, self-esteem, approbativeness, cautiousness, 
benevolence, imitation, form, locality, number, language, etc , but no 
causality, they have a fuller forehead as they are more tamed. 

As a general rule, through the wdiole animal series, the species in 
which the nervous system is the most developed, are those which 



11.2: 



50 PHYSIOGNOMONY. 

have more desires, more instincts, and more perfect means of adap- 
tion to obtain those ends, or more perfect senses for investigation. 

We can demonstrate by a triangle that the impressions of feelings 
among animals are carried from the nose to the hearing and from thece 
to the heart, the lower line of which comes to form its angle with the 
line which is on the nose; when that line crosses the whole eye, 
and, the lower line crosses the mouth, it is a sign of cruelty and 
voracity in the animals. Besides there is another triangle formed, 
the point of which is at the external corner of the eye, from which 
place, the line going along the feature of the upper eyelid, forms an 
angle with the one coming from the nose. When the point of that 
angle meets toward the forehead, it is a mark of intelligence, as we 
see it in monkeys, horses and elephants, if that angle falls on the 
nose, it is a mark of stupidity, as we see it in asses and sheep. 

The animals, (see page 21,) have their language and understand 
each other sufficiently to obtain their limited ends, which are to live, 
to help each other, to enjoy and to procreate. There is no reaction 
of spiritual ideas in their brain, their nervous system less corn^ 
plicated, is not made to admit an interior being, or a moi (an I) respon- 
sible for its actions ; like our soul which receives the internal sensa- 
tions, not simply to react by physical action, but in order to reflect 
upon them and create new ideas. Their instinct or judgment is al- 
ways the same, mechanical and electrical, like in the bee and the 
beaver, which never in prove, because it bears only on the satis- 
faction of visible and tangible things ; having no idea of futurity, they 
have no regret of their actions and desires: they have fulfilled their 
end and that electrical spark is vanished from them forever at death. 



CHAPTER IV. 

Special Ph ysiognomony. 

It contains three divisions: 1. The constituents of every physiog- 
nomical part of the body. 2. Those physiognomical parts. 8. Their 
accidental modifications. 

ARTICLE I. 

The Constituents of the Physiognomical parts of the Body, 

The constituents of every main or integrant part of the body are 
distinguished into hard and soft parts . 1. The hard parts are the 
bones, they are immoveable, solid and permanent features; they 
give the quantity of power, or strength in action, and they repre- 
sent the primitive and natural qualities of man, on the cranium and 
on the face. The longer they are, the slower their motion is ; the 
broader, the stronger; the shorter, the quicker; the thinner, the 
more susceptibility a person has ; the thicker, the more dullness. The 
bones grow till about the age of 28, sometimes sooner, sometimes 
later ; those of the head take the form of the brain according to a 






CONSTITUENTS OF THE PARTS OF THE BODY. 



51 



mean proportion arising from the head of the parents and the culture 
of the faculties. 2. The scft, flexible, fugitive, or moveable parts indi- 
cate the use or abuse we make of the faculties of the cerebral organs, 
in this sense, that the will, when it wants to act externally, forces, by 
the nerves, those soft parts to move ; and the facial region is the 
principal theatre of that action of the soul; they represent the quali- 
ties acquired by education and circumstances. The parts the most 
constantly actuated preserve the form and shape assumed, and so we 
make ourselves our own physiognomy. 

The constituents in soft parts are : the skin, the muscles, the nerves, 
the fibres, the vessels, the pulse, the blood, the cellular tissue ; their 
accidences are the color and the form' 

The skin, as well as the flesh, indicates by its apparent qualities 
nearly the same qualities in the soul, cceteris paribus, or provided the 
craniological organs and other accidental signs do not contradict. 



Freshness of the skin. Freshness in feel* 
ings. 



Fairness 


" Fineness " 


Darkness 


" Firmness " 


Coarseness 


" Coarseness ** 


Thinness 


" Privation " 


Sensibility 


« Sensibility " 


Heat 


" Warmth " 


Coldness 


" Coldness " 


Dryness 


" Privation u 


Thickness 


" Dullness " 


Softness 


'• Timidity, weekness. 


Wrinkles 


" Troubles, application 



Tension of the skin. Tension of the soul 
or of the feelings 
Delicacy " Delicacy " 

Dilatation " Dilatation " 
Rigidity " Rigidity " 

Blackness " Strength " 

Redness " Irritability " 

Paleness " Weakness " 

Plumpness " Sensuality a 
Very sandy " Courage • 

Moisture " Sluggishness " 

High colored " Propensity to anger 
and violence. 

The muscles give the intensity of action, as length or slowness ; 
shortness or activity ; breadth or energy and application ; thickness 
or sensuality or dullness; thinness or delicacy, or susceptibility. The 
fibres give activity, their shortness gives shortness of action, their 
breadth or thickness gives energy or intensity of action. The nerves 
exhibit the greatest or the least degree of sensibility or contractility ; 
as we have explained it in the First Part. The blood vessels and 
particularly the arteries, show by the circulation of the blood their 
greater or less vital activity. The cellular tissue indicates the great- 
est or the least weight in the action, according to its thickness or 
thinnes. The exhalations from the body constitute a peculiar smell, 
which varies in all individuals, and which the animals and especiaUy 
the dog knows so well how to recognize. 

\ In the coloration of the skin : the redness of anger on the face is a 
livid and dark color from the veinous blood, a sign of oppression; the 
redness of modesty is a brilliant and lively red color from the arterial 
blood, sign of expansion. The redness of anger begins in the eyes, 
that of love on the forehead, and that of shame on the cheeks and on 
the extremities of the ears. Paleness produced by fear is a simple 
discoloration of the skin; fear withdraws the circulation, and con- 
centrates it to the heart, so as to cause beating and palpitations. 
Paleness of a sickly white comes from anger, and may come also from 
drinking too much or from the dreaming of love or from bad diseases. 



52 PHYS10GN0MONY. 

As to the fairness of the skin, it is a general rule, that the more fair 
or white it is, the more sensible the nervous system is, and that the 
more black, or thick, or hairy the skin is, the less it radiates caloric 
for reaction, and the more blunt, or stupid or sensual the man is : also 
the more the nervous system is complicated and abounding in termi- 
nations, as in the white skin, the more spiritual and active the man 
is. The pulse is the beating of an artery, and of the heart, being like 
the thermometer of human vitality. It expresses the amount of ac- 
tivity in the circulation of the blood, it gives according to age from 
120 to 90 beats in a minute in children, 65 to 15 in adults, and 60 at 
60 years. A pulse may be quick or slow, strong or weak, regular or 
intermittent, etc., a disordered action in the pulse, causes the same 
disorder in the action of man, it will indicate fever or cold, 
strength or weakness, regular or irregular health. 

ARTICLE II. 

TJie Physiognomical Parts of Man. 

Section 1. THE BODY— Some divide the body into three 
regions : the head or the understanding, the breast and heart or the 
moral feelings, and the rest of the body or concupiscence, the body 
contains eight times the length a of the head in a common 

individual, and seven times in the woman. 

"We must study first all the following physiognomies, and then, 
exercise our physiognomical tact by comparing them with the tem- 
peraments and the craniological organs. 

Let us bear in mind that in all circumstances there is always a har- 
mony and unity of action and consequently all the parts of the same 
body, anil especially of the face always concur to the expression of 
the actually predominating moral disposition or passion, 

Now according to observation made, the body inclining forward 
may mean prudence, secret saving, long anger; — inclining backwards, 
stupidity, little memory, strength., mutability; — short and fat: one 
is vain, envious, stupid, credulous; — long and rather fat: one is bold, 
avaricious ;— tall, lean and slender; one is vain, anxious, slow, liar; — 
small, lean and well made: prudence, good judgment. 

Section 2. THE HEAD, — It is divided into two parts, the cranium 
and the face. It has four noses of size in height, and the height com- 
pared with the breadth must be as 12 to 9 or 10.. 

In order to examine the head; observe 1st, whether the head is 
about one eighth of the body. 2ndly, the tempeament, Sdly, the crani- 
ological division into faculties of industry, of sociability, etc., (see 
sections.) 4thly, the measure of the craniological organs with the 
craniometer, to find the length of the radius from the medulla oblougta 
as a centre, and then withthe calipers to ascertain their breadth. 5thly, 
the inspection of the physiognomical signs through all their varieties, 
(the physiognomical tact judging first,) see the 3dchapt. 6thly, thecom- 
paiison of the face with the scull or the brain; if the face is bigger, 
it denotes stupidity of mind; if smaller aptness of mind. 7thly,the 
thickness of the scull which varies from 1-16 to 1-4 of an inch, the 



THE HEAD. 53 

thinner the scull is the quicker the apprehension or the sensitiveness 
is, that thickness is ascertained by the width of the orbicular plate of 
the eye. Sthly. find out the predominant disposition as all the rest 
cluster about it tj help it, and 9thly. make your conclusions from the 
majority of the same physiognomical indications, and the five senses, 
The following methods will help for investigation. 

1. The facial angle. I draw down a vertical line parrallel to the 
inclination of the forehead and face, then another from the end of the 
ear, passing under the no-e and reaching the other line. Then the 
more obtuse the angle J O G is at the intersection, the higher are the 
intellectual faculties, the more acute the angle is, the more the indi- 
vid al approaches the brutes, an angle of 90° is a good measure of 
talents; In the facial angle of Camper, the line is to touch the most 
prominent part of the forehead, and then, the upper teeth ; thus it 
takes an nngle of 80° as the measure of talents, still, the projection 
of the chin in negroes is a measure of roughness and brutish appe- 
tites, although the individual might possess talents, see 6 section the 
measure of the forehead, and the physiognomical cut. 

2. The equilateral triangle, I draw a line G J from the meatus aud- 
itorius, or the external orifice of the ear to the root of the nose, and it 
denotes the understanding ; another line J I from the root of the nose 
to the pimple of the chin and it denotes feelings ; a third line I G 
from that part of the chin to the ear and it is called sensual appe- 
tite !Now when the triangle is equilateral it is the type of beauty ; 
and the understanding, l he feelings, or the sensual appetites will 
prevail, according to the length of the lines. We may measure also 
the angle of the profile of the eye with the profile o the mouth, the 
more obtuse the angle is, the more obtuse the faculties are. 

3. The Silhouettes, or profiles cut out on black paper. Draw a 
horizontal line from the tip of the nose to the organ of concentra- 
tiveness; in a regular head, that line must not exceed in length 
another line drawn from the 1 oo of the head to the junction of the 
chin with the neck. We must exercise the physiognomical tact to 
examining silhouette likenesses, because they exhibit more the nat- 
ural dispositions than the actual state of them ; likewise, we must 
observe the caricatures of physiognomies in pe.sons with convex and 
concave glasses, and imitate those face3 before a looking glass, in 
order to study the impressions they will make on our taste and feel- 
ing-, and understand the deviations from the harmonial proportions. 

In the profile, the height and brealth must be equal for a well 
balanced head, so that an horizontal line drawn from the tip of the 
nose to the posterior extremity of the head must not exceeed in length 
the perpendicular line drawn from the summit of the head to the 
junction of the chin and neck ; in that case a person exhibits either a 
dreadful inflexibility and wickedness if the outlines are rough and 
angular, or weakness and voluptousness, if the outlines are smooth. 
But when the height exceeds the breadth, there is m re moral feeling. 

4. We must be.ir in mind that the facial line may also be drawn 
so as to touch the tip of the nose, as it is in the pictorial cut, th G 
object in measuring the abscisses being the same; that is, to determine 
the proportional advancing or retreating of the various parts of th 3 
face. We may also measure the head by drawing a line from the mos^ 



54 HIYSIOGNOMONY 

prominent part of the forehead, either to the corner tinder the nose, 
or to the edge of the upper lip, and from both points to the orifice of 
the ear, then the more obtuse the angle is in both cases, the more 
talent. 

We must also exercise, ourselves, to look at the profiles of persons ; 
and judge of them. Now a large head with all the craniologica! organs 
very large is more powerful in action, than a small head having the 
same organs very large and being both of the same temperament, 
because the latter is sooner tired than the former in its operations. 
A higher and narrower head will give more activity and not so much 
intensity and a wider and shorter head will give more energy and inten- 
sity. Still the adage is true : " Big he d little wit, small head not a bit." 

The head large with a smal triangular forehead, denotes little un- 
derstanding ; and a shallow mind, if the scull is loaded with fat and 
flesh. If the occiput is compressed with a cavity, it denotes stubborn- 
ness «^nd a weak mind. A head fat, small and round, denotes stupidity ; 
— a little big on a small body, a good mind ; — too big, coarseness, 
stupidity; too small, weakness, silliness ; too round, frankness, activi- 
ty, change ; too much elongated, slowness ; — too broad, violence and l 
brutish appetite. The power of endurance is in proportion to the/ 
size of the brain, especially the posterior part of the coronal, the occi- 
pital and the basilar region. 

Section 3. THE CRANIUM. — The cranium constitute* the form 
of the brain; and although it belongs to Physiognomony, as t ere is 
a difference in the method of treating of it, we will discuss it in the 
3d part of this book called Craniology. We will only mention here 
the six divisions or regions. 

1. The frontal region, the forehead, the understanding, which com- . 
prizes the superior part or reasoning, the middle part or observation 
and memory, and the superciliary parts, or fine arts, 2. The sincipit- 
al or coronal region A B C T>, or morality. 3. The temporal region 
B C G F, or iudustry. 4. The occipital region A B F E, or socia- 
bility. 5- The basilar region or the base E F G H I K, or the region 
of the senses or sensuality. 0. The facial region or the face. 

We must ascertain their bigness or smallness and judge accordingly 
with the other physiognomical parts- 

Section 4. THE FACE. — The face or facial region is the mirror 
of the soul ; it contains the expressions of the use or abuse of the 
faculties of man. It may be divided into two parts by a horizontal 
line crossing the eyes by the middle, the upper part represents the 
intellectual faculties, the under part the affective faculties. 

It is generally divided into three parts: the forehead or the under- 
standing ; the space between the root of the nose to the middle of i he 
lips, or the moral feelings; and the space fromt that middle tothe'end 
of the chin or the animal propensities. Then we ascertain the pre- 
dominance of the faculties according to those proportionate sizes. 

The face or any part of it open denotes franknes3, simplicity, mild- 
ness ; round, simplicity; — square, eccentricity; — harshly expressed, 
choleric, irrsacibility ; — broad, failing in cunning, rashness, violence ; 
— naturally smooth, cultivation of feelings, delicacy ; — accidentally 
smooth, hypocrisy; — small, timidity; — thin, susceptibility, dryness, 
weakness; — fat or fleshy, sensuality, laziness; — conic at the chin, 



THE FACE. * 55 

subtlety, cunning; — flat, coldness, simplicity; — long, perseverance, 
slowness; — firm, firmness; thick, shame; — big, boldness; narrow, 
indocility; — lean or emaciated, privation of enjoyments either by 
conscience or sickness; — soft, delicacy; — any part projecting, energy; 
— retreating, weakress; — close, concealment; — high, fancifulness. 

The contours or outlines arched, mildness ; — rounded, flexibility. 

Angles projecting, energy, roughness; — fine acute, acuteness, perspi- 
cacity. 

Lines angular, stiffness ; — rectilinear, force obstinacy, understand- 
ing ; — curved, weakness flexibility, feelings. 

Section 5. THE HAIR. The hair is the excrement of blood, 
which shows more readily the constitution ; and it is a tube which 
contains a colored oil. Black hair contain more iron and carbon and 
shows strength and love; golden — more phosphorus ; pride, gentleness, 
liveliness; light — more lime or magnesia; smoothness, or slowness; 
red — more phosphorus and carbon ; irritability, excessively good or 
bad, brown or chestnut colored — more iron and lime; regular habits; 
white — more lime, slowness; auburn or ginger — passionate love, jeal- 
ousy. Soft — softness; thin — sensibilty; coarse — coarseness; slankand 
black — energy ; curled — irritability ; standing up on end — fearfulness. 

THE BEARD. — Thin soft, lavishn ess; red — craftiness ; little or none, 
or a small mustachio, ill humor and laciviousness ; — pale, fllegmatic tem- 
per, prudence ; — dark, sincerity, boldness, smartness and melancholy. 

Section 6. THE FOREHEAD It is the measure of the capacities 
of the mind, and the moveable skin which covers it, shows the use or 
abuse we make of those capacities. The breadth of the forehead is 
equal to nine times the breadth of the thumb of the ind vidual. We 
ascertain the advancing or retreating of the different organs of the 
forehead, by measuring the abscisses of the forehead from the facial 
line described above, and it tells for the size of the craniological or- 
gans ; also the forehead must exceed in length the two-third3 of its 
height for talents. A facial line drawn vertically and parrallel, (not to 
the inclination of the forehead as stated b.fore for ascertaining other 
conditions, but) to the natural straight setting of the head on the shoul- 
ders, — must touch the most prominent part of the forehead ; and 
then draw another line from the orifice of the ear passing under 
the upper gums, and reaching the facial line. The right angle of 90° 
is the measure of talents 4. If the facial line leaves too much of the 
lip or of the jaw outside, the individual has his sensual appetites more 
prominent accordingly, although he may have a good understanding, 
as it happens in some negroes. 

Let us now exercise our physiognomical lact. A forehead gently 
arched without a single angle signifies mildness, and sometimes want 
of energy; smooth, open ; peace of mind; — full of irregular protuber- 
ances ; choleric temperament; — perfectly perpendicular from the hair 
to the eyebrows ; obstinacy, fanaticism, deficiency ; — perpendicular 
and arched at the summit; profound, reflecting, cool mind; — rounded 
and projecting, as in children; weak mind; — rounding at the top and 
descending in straight line; great judgment, irritability, a heart of 
ice, melancholy; — narrow; a froward disposition; — inclining back- 
wards witho ,t any jutting of the bones of the eyes ; want of reflection ; 
— high; capriciousness, but if the bones of the eyes project; aptnesj 



56 PHYSIOGNOMONY. 

to mental exertions ;— advancing at the top in adults ; reflecting mind, 
mid in children slowness in learning ; — retreating at the top, reflection 
not so well developed; — advancing over the superciliary region; 
great perceptive faculties ; — shorter in height than the nose ; stupidi- 
ty ; — peaked at the top on both sides ; talents. 

The wrinkles of the forehead mean the cares of the mind ; irregular, 
horizontal and furrowed; stormy passions, perturbation of mind; — ■ 
regular, horizontal, less broken, not so near the eyes i old age ; — per 
pendicular ; energy :, application ; — transversly cut ; laziness, want of 
perseverance ; — only at the upper part ; a look of amazement, approach- 
ing sometimes to folly. 

Lines horizontal at the junction of the nose and forehead : a harsh 
and unfeeling disposition. Deep perpendicular incisions between the 
eyebrows, with all other circumstances ; strength of mind. The front- 
al vein appearing distinctly in the midst of a forehead open and reg- 
ularly arched, denotes extraordinary talent. 

Section 7, THE EYEBROWS AND THE EYELIDS.-- The 
eyebrows have two principal motions, one by which they raise them- 
selves, the other by which they turn down in uniting. Those two 
motions express almost all the passions and are in accordance with 
the two essential appetites of the sensitive life of the soul, viz; the 
concupiscible, such ts the desires for sustenance, pleasure, etc , and 
the irascible, such as melancholy, distress, disdain, etc. The eye- 
brows gently arched denote modesty, simplicity ; — small ; a phlegmatic 
temperament; — horizontal; a masculine and vigorous character;— 
partly horizontal and partly curved ; energy and ingenuity ; — situated 
very high; incapacity for reflection : — angular, discontinuous; inven- 
tive genius; — uneven and disordered; great vivacity; — full, bushy, 
compact, well disposed, and symmeterical ; solidity of judgment, clear 
sound sense. A wide space between the eyebrows; quickness of ap- 
prehension, calmness of soul. The nearer they approach the eyes, the 
stronger is the assurance of solidity and reflection. The eyelids short 
and small mean wisdom, secrecy, contention, and if they are long with 
long hair on the eyelashes, simplicity, presumption, deceit. 

Section 8. THE EYES. They are the light of the body (Matt, 
6 ; 22, 23,) hence such an eye, such a body, (see organ of sight, page 
22, and chapter 3, page 29.) Their physiognomical value resides in 
their situation, form, fixedness, mobility, color and constant reception 
and emisssion of light and electro-nervous fluid. They are the elo- 
quent and faithful interpreters of our thoughts, and declare the emo- 
tions of the soul in an indescribable manner. Every one must exercise 
himself to their actions, and familiarize himself with the following 
expressions ; a single look, an evil look, (Matt. 6 ; 22,) a benign 
look, a mild look, a treacherous look, a silly look, a look amourous, 
languishing proud, rough, frightful, deep, sustained, bold, etc., and 
when the physiognomical tact is sufficiently exercised, it seldom fails 
to find out the conduct of an individual. 

There are six muscles in the eyes that give expression to their 
motions : four straight and two oblique. The four straight musele3 
are attached behind to the bone around the entrance of the optic nerve, 
and before to the sclerotic coat of the eye; the upper straight is to 
elevate the eye and is called, the proud, because it gives f he eye a 



EYES, NOSE AND MOUTH. 57 

proud look. The lower straight turns the eye downwards, and is 
called the modest. The internal straight which turns the eyes to- 
wards the nose, is called the drinker ; the external straight which 
turns the eyes towards the temples is called the disdainful. The 
upper oblique, which is the longest, rotates the eye, and is called the 
pathetic, and the lower oblique is to regulate the motions. 

^Ye must discern the piercing look, denoting vivacity, ardour and 
expansion, from the fiery look or eagle look denoting concentra- 
tion, absorbing or attracting. Near-sighted people are more apt to be 
deceived and corrupted in their imagination than far-sighted people. 

Minerva was called the blue-eyed lass, and Venus the black-eyed maid; 

Now, the eyes blue denote generally a phlegmatic character, know- 
ledge, friendship, often feebleness; — black; energy, las civiousness; — 
grey ; choleric disposition, when the lids are red, drawn back and 
sunken; — hazel or brown; vivacity and affability; — green; courage, 
anger, envy, vivacity; — red; the nature of the cat; — yellowish or 
citron; secrecy, slyness, usurpation ; — blueish grey or saffron color; 
often wickedness; — sleepy, slothfulness, unfaith'ness ; — small; cunning, 
secrecy and wit; — acute at the extremity near the nose; cunning and 
fineness ; — crossed diameti ically at the ball by the upper lid; subtle- 
ty, cunning; — sunken weakness; defect of verbal memory; — deep " 
in the head; great mind; — projecting and big; verbal memory, (see 
organs No. 38 and 39 craniology;) — round; simplicity, credulity; — 
twinkling, squinting or winking ; treachery ; — the lids which incline 
downwards when talking or looking ; wickedness, falsehood, avarice, 
laziness ; — well drawn ; precision ; — staring ; simplicity, boldness, 
irresolution; — dry; great mind. (See page 37, etc.) 

Section 9. THE NOSE. — The nose is very often a great charac- 
teristic. It is the seat of anger or of derision, and its wrinkles that 
of contempt. It was called by the ancients the most honest part of 
face, because its tumefaction and its redness gen'rally betray the devia- 
tions from continency and diet. 

A nose aquiline or roman, or curved at the root ; shows imperious 
temper, ardent passions ; love of commanding, firmness in purposes, 
and ardor of pursuit; — sharp pointed; a passionate man; big and 
well formed ; chance of rising in the world ; — big and red at the tip ; 
nastiness, intemperance, or concentrated passions; — small; one is re- 
gardless of character and appearance ; — middle sized ; sense of one'3 
character; — Grecian or straight with, the forehead; amiability, effem- 
inacy; — cock like ; self conceit, boldness, loquacious and bustling dis- 
position ; — small pointed and elegant ; more judgment than wisdom ; — ■ 
stump ; generally little wit or understanding ; — snub ; one is cunning, 
shaver, of infinite jests and excellent fancy; — hook"** one is sly. insinua- 
ting, unfa thful, roguish; — with a wide ridge; good and solid judg- 
ment, superior qualities; — with small nostrils; timidity; — with the 
sides or nostrils of the nose, or wide open breathing nostrils; sensibil- 
ity; — flexible and perfectly disconnected or turning up at the tip; a 
proneness to sensuality; — arched; spirit of sallies; — blunt; obtuse 
mind and feelings ; — long ; (see the buco-nasal interval, Sec H>). 

Section- 10. THE MOUTH.— The mouth is of all parts of the 
face the only one which expresses more particularly the feelings of the 
heart. A mouth shutting or inclining itself by the sides, expresses 



58 PHYSIOGNOMONY. 

complaint; — whose corners raise themselves; contentment; — carry- 
ing itself forward and raising itself at the middle ; aversion ;— frequent- 
ly shut witn lips closed and strongly marked ; precision, avarice ; — 
closed, concealing the edge of the lips ; application, order, and neat- 
nees ; — closed and turning up at the extremities ; affection, arrogance, 
vanity and malignity. 

When the lower lip projects beyond the upper ; negative goodness, 
the upper lip projecting a little ; positive or efficient goodness ; lips 
firm, firmness ; — compact, avarice ; — weak, and in motion ; weak and 
wavering character ; — full, distinct, and well proportioned lips ; a char- 
acter hostile to falsehood, villainy and baseness, but witii a propensi- 
ty to pleasure. Lips thick and fleshy ; sensuality and slothfulness, a 
characteristic of a phlegmatic temperament; the lower lip with an 
indenture in the middle, liveliness. 

The bucco-nasal interval (between the aperture of the mouth and 
the nose,) if large, shows that the arch of the roof in the mouth is more 
elevated, and has more surface and hence leads a man to sensuality, 
as the taste has more energy, and to impudent and coarse actions. If 
the interval is small, then the nose is longer, and the smell has more 
energy. Now as the impressions of odours have in themselves some- 
thing less brutish or more delicate than those of taste, it follows that 
the taste of such an individual, being less voracious is more delicate, 
still, a long nose is the sign of virile power. If the height of the nose 
depends upon the feature of its root which is as thick as the bone of 
the nose ; it shows the organ of individuality large and aptness to 
appreciate things of taste ; the hole above the middle of the upper 
lip denotes greediness and cruelty according to its size. 

The teeth are the symbols of cleanliness or neglect of it, according 
as one keeps them clean or not. 

Section 11. THE CHIN, CHEEKS, NECK AND EARS —The 
chin is the index of love. A projecting or long pecked chin, (mentonde 
galoche) denotes energy, tenacity of opinion to hatred, and as it pro- 
ceeds probably from the going down of the glenoidal cavity of the 
temporal bone, it gives energy to the craniological organs of the tem- 
poral region such as destructiveness, etc, — if the chin is receding, on 
the contrary it shows the contrary, or carelessness about opinions, weak- 
ness. A chin advancing, and pointed denotes craft ; angular ; a sensible 
mind and a benevolent heart; — flat; coolness of temper; — smooth, 
fleshy, double ; sensuality, lewdness ; — small ; timidity ; — with a round 
dimple ; good nature ; — with an incision ; wisdom, resolution ; — square, 
belongs to man, and denotes courage and strength ; — round and thin, 
belongs to woman and denotes good nature with a little vanity. 

The cheeks fleshy; a proneness to sensuality; — large and coarsely 
furrowed ; ill nature and brutality; — receding, wisdom, though symp- 
tom of disorders in the teeth, in the stomach, or in the lungs ; — with a 
hollow ; envy, jealousy. 

The neck long ; gentleness; — short and thick, especially if the vein? 
should be conspicuous ; a very passionate and sensual man, in danger 
Of apoplexy; — short and small, wisdom. The diameter of the neck 
ought to be the half of a head. 

The ears large and big; simplicity, laziness, although a good mem 
wy; — small; good judgment, secrecy, prudence; — long and thin, 



4 



VARIOUS PARTS OF THE CODY. 59 



jluttony, impudence, pride; well proportioned, wisdom; tliey are tho 
sign of docility, in general. 

Section ] 2. THE REST OF THE PARTS OF THE BODY,— All 
the parts below the head are not so important ; but as they have a rela- 
tion to the vegetative life and constitute wi>at we call pantomime, their 
interpretation may make up for a conclusion by way of majority of 
the same signs. 

Any part big and fleshy ; sensuality ; — thin ; activity o^feelings, 
sensibility ; — large ; strength of body or dullness ; — small ; weakness ; 
— hairy; lewdness; — unhairy; weakness, delicacy, simplicity; — 
regular ; regularity of feelings ; — irregular ; irregularity ; — long ; 
coarseness; — short; solidity, quickness of motion ; — rough and fur- 
rowed ; roughness ; — soft ; delicacy ; — well proportioned ; regularity 
in the harmonious result ; and — badly formed, bad results. 

So, the shoulders, the arms, the hands, the breast, the stomach, the 
ribs, the thighs, the knees, the legs and feet, may be approximately 
interpreted, according to the above rnle. 

A bump on the back shows a man prudent, covetous, deceitful and 
witty by practice. A bump on the breast means a double heart, mis- 
chief, more simplicity than wisdom. 

ARTICLE III. 

Accidental modifications of the Body. 

There are two kinds of them, those which belong to Pathognomony, 
and those which belong to Physiognomony. There is a third modifi- 
cation called semeiotic, which has to do with both, and is the science 
of signs for health and disease, or a medical physiognomony. 

Section 1. Pathognomonical modifications. 

Pathognomony is the science of Pathognomy, or of the laws of 
passions setting the body to action. It is Physiognomy in action, they 
are inseparable in the study of man. On that account, we have mix- 
ed them together, that is, both the active and passive state of the same 
moveable parts of the body, in the physiognomical rules. We may 
compare man to a tree : Craniology is the root and stump or founda- 
tion : Physiognomy is the body and branches grown, according not 
only to the quality of the root, but according to external circumstan- 
ces, such as air, water, culture, neglect, etc. : and Pathognomy is the 
fruit of that tree, hence it becomes - a science of mimick for courtiers 
and flatterers. However, we have called mimick in our French treatise 
the imitation or representation of a cerebral organ by pathognomy 
and physiognomy, and whatever plan we may take in expressing 
our desires or passions, pathognomy reveals it by actions, and the 
repetition of those actions in passions is impressed on the moveable 
parts according to the physiognomical rules laid down, whilst Crani- 
ology which has modelled the solid parts, reveals the dissimulation, 
if there is any, by telling us the primitive dispositions. Those move- 
able parts are the eyes, the eyebrows, tho nose and the mouth, which 
. we have analyzed in the foregoing article. Now the actions of those 
caoveable parts are called pathognomonical modifications, and tht-y are: 



60 PHYSIOGNOMONY. 

speaking, laughing, walking gesticulating, and any moving of the parts 
of the face and of the body. 

1. The Voice which partakes of that of animals, is assimilated to the 
same character. It can be divided into dragged or drawn, forced or 
affected, natural (or articulated without effort or laziness.) Hence we 
may infer the character or the present disposition which is, either not 
near enough the truth, or beyond the truth, or truth itself. The voic3 
may be soit, strong, trembling and exhibits the same epithets. A 
voice that sustains itself in singing, shows either jud ment or hyp crisy. 

2. The Laughing, great foolishness; easy — simplicity; scarce — con- 
stancy, prudenc ', subtlety. The smile shows judgment or irony. 

3. The walking, slow, with large steps: slowness of memory, coarse- 
ness — Quick with small steps : promptness, delicate capacity. — Slow 
with measured steps : judgment, reflection. 

4. The Gestures. They go in accordance with the walking and the 
voice, they are natural or unnatural : that is, they exhibit truth or 
falsity. 

5 .The Moving. All the motions of the body are made according 
to the temperament and the character of the individual. A motion 
made unnaturally or unnecessarily: indiscretion, vanity, inconsistan- 
cy, falsehood. Motion in speaking; either prudence, plainness or 
pride. 

Section 2. — Physiognomonical modifications. 

Physiognomcny considers as we have seen, the mov able parts 
in a state of rest, as regard to the change in the form, tissue, color, 
air, attitude, etc., they are called phenomena of expressions, or physi- 
ognomonical modifications, and these are : the age, the size, the breath, 
the perspiration, the dress, the writing, the style and the human 
works. We will speak of the age in the first §. and of the rest in 
the second. 

§ 1. — The Age. — It modifies the body according t > its period. 
In infancy, the lymphatic and the nervous constitution predominate; 
all is innocence and play. In the second childhood, the lymphatic 
diminishes and the digestive apparatus is more active, with the mus- 
cular system. In puberty, the genital system is predominant, and 
there is a revolution in the mind and in the feel ng- ; all is pleasure 
and enjoyment, whether for good or for evil. In adolescency, the 
sanguine S3'stem predominates. In virility, the digestive apparatus 
is tne most prominent ; ail actions are done through ambition. Old 
age is shown by the languor of the functions a A by the susceptibility, 
dryness and weakness of the body. 

The age or duration of life may be ascertained by the degree of de- 
pression of the temporal bones and the projection of the cheek bones, 
(which are signs of a carnivorous or ferocious appetite, according to 
their development,) and in a skull, by the degree, besides, of the 
bending of the bianches of the lower jaw which form with the body 
of the bone an angle of 90°, in old age ; for, in childhood, the branches 
are scarcely indicated, and are almost parallel to the body of the bone. 

The following table shows the different periods of life (in the male,) 
physiologically considered, for the climate of France, and wi h the lym- 
phatic temperament. The periods run by seventh, because nature's 



DURATION OF LIFE. 



Gl 



Child- 
hood. 



Youth 

or 
adult 



changes have been observed to follow in its evolutions, that mystical 
number. 

flat infancy, 1st period, from 1 to 7 years; the last number 
indicates the climateric or critical epoch of change, or the 
first entire renewing < f the constituting parts of the body. 
2nd infancy, 2nd period, during the 7th year to t e 14th 
year, or to the time of 2d dentition; puberty of some females, 
Puberty, 3d period, from 14 to 21, or to «he 2d climateric 
or critical epoch ; change of voice; beard; enlargement of 
th > breast. 
Adolescency, 4th period, from 21 to 2S; or to the maximum 
of the heigh th and width of the bones; apparition of the 
last grinders, or molar (wisdom) feet), and of the frontal 
sinus, last degree of extension and con istancy of the fibres. 
Increasing Virility, oth period, from 28 to 35, the temporal 
cavities begin to be formed. 

f bth period, from 35 to 42, the maximum cf the 
confirmed humai strength begins and lasts till 49 years. 
or J 1th period, from 42 to 49, or to he 3d climateric 
stationary J or critical epoch, or to the maximum of mid- 
virility, dl - life ; then, cessation of menses, sexual in- 

[ ability, age of return. 
ij 1 ^ f 8th period, 49 to 56, wearing oat of teeeth; the 



Middle 

or 

mature 

age. 



hair turning grey more and more 




] ■>. 'no- ) ^ V er i°d> from 56 to 63, or to the 4th climat- 
ceci easing | ^ Q Q ^ g ranc ] critical epoch; great depres- 
U J ' [ sion of the temporal bones. 

10th period, from 68 to "70, by the loss of teeth, the 
mouth is more retreating, the nose grows more 
aquiline, the chin is more projecting, and its 
distance from the nose is shorter of 1-6. 

(11th period, from 70 to 77, general dryness of 
tha body, great susceptibility, incapability of 
bearing much. 
12th period, from 77 to 84, or to the 5th elimat- 
old age. I eric or critical epoch, general exhaustion, 
(^ last period cf real life. 
p , ., fl3^ period, from 84 to 91, a kind of vegeta- 
uaciucity j tiye life ^ the sens ibility is almost lost 

-, ., -, j 14th period, from 91 to 98, state of imbecility 

b ciecrepituae. ^ &nd infa . cy prece ding the end of life. 
If there were not so many circumstances influencing the course of 
our life, we could ascertain the period of it ; but those periods vary 
in duration in the various hinds of individuals, according to their 
constitution and accidental diseases and circumstances. Therefore we 
must modify the above table in the fo: lowing manner : The period of 
women is 10 years shoiter than that of men; puberty (3d period,) 
which is indicated by a change of voice, etc., arrives at 9 years in the 
hottest climates, at 15 in France, (as in the table,) and at IS in Den- 
mark, Russia, etc; the 3d climateric ejjoch comes at 35 in the torrid 
zone and gives 70 years of life ; at 49 in the temperate zone, (as iu 
the table ; and at 21~ia the glacial zone, and it gives 42 years of life. 



62 MYSIOGNOMONY 

The lymphatic constitution is more vivacious and has 98 years of life, 
(as in the table); the sangunine has 90, the bilious has SO and the 
nervous has 70 years of life. Excesses in pleasures, diseases in their 
acuteness and duration, shorten life, producing either a paralysis or 
an irregularity or a greater degree of sensibility, in the nervous 
system, by which the vibrations become blunted, and the fluid is 
wasting away quicker. Those cases must be taken in account by the 
rule given above the table, upon the supposed age of the present 
appearance. 

if a person wishes to know the period of his life, he must attend to 
all those circumstances above mentioned, and then suppose he is over 
25 and he recollects that his maximum of height was at that age, he 
says : As the maximum of height, marked 28 in the table, is to the last 
epoch or 98 marked in the table: so my maximum of height which 
was at 25 years, is to the number of yea s to live. Hence : 28 : 98 : : 
25 : x. Then : - 9 -~~— = 87 years, 6 months ; and the first clirnateric 
epoch will be: fJ-~^; raB " 6 years, 3 months. Now suppose he changes 
into the nervous temperament after his 25 years, then add 70 years to 
84 years 6 months, it will make 154 years 6 months, which you di- 
vide by the 2 circumstances, and it gives 77 years, 3 months. 
Recollect to allow 14 periods to every calculated or supposed duration 
of life. If a woman wishes to know the duration of her life, and she does 
not recollect any event of her life ; she is living in the torrid zone, 
and she is of a lymphatic temperament, which make 2 circumstances. 
She, then, calculates for every circumstance 10 years less than the man's 
duration, thus; 1st: torrid zone. 70 years less 10, equal 60. 2d: lymph- 
atic temperament 98 years, less 10, equal 88. 60+88=148; then 148 
divided by the 2 circumstances give 74 years of life, and whether she 
has been sick or not, if she appears to be 20 years, and she is 25 ; then 
we have the last proportion : 20 : 74 : : 25 : x. Hence — *~~— =» 
92 years and 6 months; also, if a woman recollects the year "of her 
puberty to be 10. Then as 10 represents 14 in the 3d period, we 
have this proportion: 14: 10:: 98: x. Hence 98 i ^ 1 ° =70 years, 
we suppose here all circumstances to be equal, sound health, and 
good climate. 

§ 2 — The other modifications. 

The Size. A tall size ; proneness to pride and raising above others. 
— Short, a proneness to jealousy, simplicity, eye service; other cir- 
cumstances being equal. 

The Breath strong and violent ; great mind, — weak or short, small 
mind, symptoms ot asthma, (see page 24.) 

The Perspiration which is either sensible or insensible, has a good 
deal to do with our dispositions, being a chemico-animal distillation 
of the food that we take, as seen by the coloring of it; it is a repairer 
of tone or a lubricator against the wearing out or dryness of the fine 
terminations of nerves and a discharger of all bad humors. If the skin is 
too dry, the pores too much closed, there is not enough of insensible 
perspiration, it betokens bad humor, moroseness, melancholy, despon- 
dency, weakness. Perspiration, either insensible or promoted by 
exercise, as seen by the opened pores, has been reckoned to 
be the origin of pleasure, on account of tha harmony there is among 



CRANIOLOGY. 63 

till the minutest parts that perform at once their functions without im- 
pediment, giving elasticity to our muscles, vivacity to our ner.ous 
system and liveliness and joy in our actions and words. 

The Dress. Each fashion, each color, each, cut of a coat has some- 
thing* particular which becomes better such an individual rather than 
another, such form of a i at, for instance, will describe wonderfully an 
individual in his true character rather than another to m. Cleanliness 
and neglect, plainness and magnificence, good anil bad taste, decency 
and shame, modesty and pride, regularity of habits and irregularity, 
are recognized by the kind of dress, the ma mer of dressing, the fixing 
of the hair, etc. 

The Writing. It shows the motions of the hands and fingers as the most 
delicate and the most varied of all the motions of the body. There is 
a national writing, a schoolmaster's writing, an original writing. The 
type of any of them may show either boldness, vacillation, order, clean- 
liness, force, delicacy, slowness, speediness. freedom, beauty, ugliness, 
disorder, symmetry, neglect, laziness, looseness, vanity of ornaments, 
pride, ostentation. 

The Style. Such as we are, such speech and such writing: and s yle 
we exhibit. Style dry and hard with a large perpendicular forehead : 
cut, interrupted, sententious, original, with a projecting frontal sinus. 
Style vivid, precise, agreeable and strong with a middle raised forehead 
regularly arched. Style flowing, light without depth, with a spacious, 
rounded forehead. 

The Human Works. Each work bears the workman's character; 
but it is only a musician who can better judge of the character of 
another by his music ; a painter, by his paintings, etc., each individ- 
ual is the best judge of his own profession or trade. 



PART III 



Craniology. 

Introduction, General Principles and Rules. 

Craniology is the science of Cranioscopy, and Cranioscopy is the 
interpretation of the faculties of man by the measurement of the cra- 
nium, which tells the amo mt of each disposition and capacity, as 
being thus innate ?nd fundamental, without any reference to the use 
or abuse which a person makes, or has made of them; that reference 
being made and determined only by the physiognomy of the indi 
vidual. 

Those faculties are hereafter classified, but for a better discussion 
of them, we will previously explain in the 1st place, the foundation 
of the faculties of the soul, and in the 2d place, we will establish the 
rules of their size and combinations. 

§ 1. — The foundation of the faculties of the soul. 

The theory upon which the classification of the faculties of the 
Boul is founded, rests on this principle : That : as the existence or the 



64 CRANIOLOGY. 

life of man i3 nothing else but the external and incessant manifes- 
tation of what takes place inwardly, therefore what takes place in- 
wardly must come from the needs implanted in the organization of 
man. Man is led by two guides, need and reason, the one solicits, 
expand sand pushes him, the other absorbs, enlightens him, tells him 
his duty and checks the expanding tendency of the sensibilities; there- 
fore, the most useful practical science, is that which teaches us to make 
our n eds constantly agree with our duties. Every organized being 
has needs, as we have seen in the 1st Chapter of physiognomony. Our 
organs have been made to fulfill some functions, and by the rules of 
electrical or chemical attraction or affinity with the congruous substan- 
ces, an electrical shock or a sensation announces it to man, as soon as 
they are in a state of diminished or negative electricity ; that sensation 
or sensibility is the interior voice or need of nature, as it happens for 
instance, to the stomach for hunger, or to the eye beginning to look 
at any object, or to the ear beginning to hear a sound, etc. The need 
of eating, the need of seeing better, the need of hearing better, etc., 
that is, the natural necessity of electrically absorbing and of expand- 
ing for the maintenance of the living being, calls the attentiou and 
causes a desire ; the desire is the attribute of the wjll, and the will 
always acts by those impulses, whether controlled or not by reason, 
because the will must expand, and, therefore bring on passions, if reason 
or the understanding, the help mate, has had no time to perceive, 
observe, reflect and decide. 

The soul then consists of a dualism of the understanding, or the 
absorbing faculty, and of the will, or the expanding faculty. £Tow 
the soul is not the understanding alone, nor the will alone, they 
are two countervailing powers; the understanding cannot exist with- 
out a will as a reactive power, and vice-versa. Their internal action 
with ideas is free; but the external action may not be always freo. 
The external objects move the sensibilities of the nerves (which some 
authors have improperly calle 1 a third faculty cf the soul,) and pro- 
duce electrical shocks or sensations in the brain, often before the 
understanding had time to perceive them thorougly, or to perceive them 
at all. Man must go onward, therefore actions are often elicited from 
the first impulses of the will without reason, or motives of action, or 
freedom, and in that case, those mechanical actions are not attributed 
to the responsibility of the soul, no more than those of brutes. But when 
that breath of life, the soul, is attentive and emploj'S its bodily organ- 
ization, so refined in adaptations for all uses of creation, then, that soul 
is elevated toward God, by its ideas of relief in God, of faith, hope 
and charity in God, and of fulure happiness and everlasting living in, 
God. Therefore we are in a constant need of God and of the creation. 

Our needs implanted in us by Providence are all good, but we must 
govern them, otherwise they will degenerate into passions, (See about 
passions, physiognomony, chapt. 3, art. 1.) 

Those needs, have been found by the experiments of Gall, Spurz- 
heim, etc., to be separately delineated in the convolutions of the brain, 
and to be ascertained on men and animals by the dimensions of the 
cranium,, and we call these needs, organs of the brain, or cerebral 
or craniological organs, in accordance with the two powers of the 
souL 



65 FACULTIES OF THE SOUL. 

TTe have classified those needs or organs into two orders ; the needs 
of the heart, and the needs of the mind. The needs of the heart may 
be divided into individual needs, social needs, and moral needs. The 
individual needs are the propensities of the animal, and produce 
instincts of industry ; they relate to the instincts of life, and of its 
transmission; they include the needs of caloric, mot'.on, respiration, 
alimentation, etc ; pleasure or pain warns us, whether the satisfaction 
of any of them is right o L " not. The social needs relate to men's feel- 
ings with each other, they are needs of sj^mpathy for mutual help. The 
moral needs are the union of the individual and social needs, for the 
regulating of our actions toward the general good Those three classes 
have reference to the dispositions of the heart or of the will; they com- 
pose the first part of the craniological organs, called affective faculties, 
which act and give out either spontaneously, or with the aid of the 
mind. The second part of the craniological organs, are the needs of 
the mind, called intellectual faculties, they receive the electrical sen- 
sations of external bodies into their primitive ond innate spiritual sub- 
stance or power, and fIiow forth a judgment and arenaxion togeher 
which belong only to the soul of man, and are not found in the brute. 
The animals receive in a dagaerreotyped process, as it were, images of 
practical mechanism, in the limited organs and uses of life belong ng 
to each animal. Hence there are three objects of needs, the true, the 
good and the beautiful- The need of knowing truth, or the love of 
truth ; the need of sympathizing or making an object good to us, or 
the love of good ; and the need, of harmonizing truth and good, or the 
love of the beautiful. The true is, that which is, any fact or existence ; 
the good is the true passing to the act; no action is good before 
our eyes, unless it expresses for the understanding a true relation 
which creates for the will a moral obligation ; and the beautiful is the 
eclat or harmony of the true and of the good ; those three last needs 
create three ki;ids of passions, or motives of actions, and therefore 
three kinds of duties, which our interest or conscience dictate to us, 
naturally, although we may be mistaken for want of education, in 
the choice: thence opinions, tastes and passions arise. 

Xow, truth is either physical or spiritual ; A physical truth is the 
existence of material objects ; all objects have a harmonious aggre- 
gate of components and attributes. A spiritual truth is the idea of 
any object or of any judgment, coinciding with a physical fact, which 
is the origin of that idea or of that judgment. Here the rule of Locke 
proves good; nihil est in intcllectu quod non prius fuerit in sensu, 
which we quoted in the first pages, that is; there is nothing in the 
understanding that has not previously existed in the senses; but it 
does not go further. The soul learns the existence and relations of 
material objects through the body; but the faculty of reasoning on 
those relations, and on all ideas that pertain not to physical objects, 
but to God, to happiness, etc. proves the existence of that soul, or 
that spiritual power, whose thought cannot be divided by halves and 
quarters, which. emenates from God, and which had to make its edu- 
cation through a body, according to the wise dispensation of God. 

Then a soul existing without its body, is supposed, by anteriority of 
reason, to retain its faculties, the understanding and the will; for it 
did not get them from its body. God, the soul of the universe, gave 



6G CRAMOLCGY. 

a soul to man, and God the body of the universe, or nature gave the 
body. When they separate at death, each one has to return, the soul 
undecomposed with its '^disturbed facultes, to God, " and the 
body decomposed, to the earth, its origin- God is the food or occupation 
of our spiritual faculties after death, so that they amend and improve 
themselves more and more, whereas, the need of getting food, raiment, 
habitation, knowledge, is the occupation of the soul and body, upon 
earth. If there were no needs in the body to provide for, and if we 
had not a greater advantage in the society of our fellow-men, for that 
providing, we would have no struggle with our fellow-men, but we 
cannot avoid those needs, for the perfection and destination of our being, 
because our happiness was traced through our organs to depend upon. 
occupying ourselves with getting them. Now, the body is to resist 
the material elements only for a time, till its disorganization arrives. 
Just as the piano which is worn out by use and time, the soul which 
was the player, leaves it whether young or old ; ' not to absorb nor 
enter into other bodies according to the metempsychosis of the an- 
cients, but to go back to its Creator with whom it employs its facul- 
ties. Then it communicates with other spirits by the only will of 
doing it, and it acts according to its desires, and love, which it makes 
consonant with the love, the poweV and the will of God. So great 
has been the belief in the supreme being, in the soul, and in a future 
life, that all antiquity, all paganism, and all Indian tribes have unan- 
imously acknowledged it, adhered to it, and practised a worship in 
honor of the Supreme Creator. (See page 15,) for the proofs of the 
existence of the departed soul. 

§ 2. — Rules for the size and combinations of the cerebral organs. 

Having established the foundation of the faculties of the soul by 
the prefixed principles, we will explain the rules for the interpretation 
of the faculties of the souL The amount of the faculties are express- 
ed by the cerebral organs according to their size, and we ascertain 
the size of those organs from a central part of the head called medulla 
oblongata, with a craniometer. That instrument is a half circle with a 
moveable hand as a radius, to measure the height of the organs, whilst 
their length and breadth can be measured with any ruled stick, line 
©r graduated scale ; this measurement tells the quantity of the brain or 
the amount of each of the cerebral organs, and how far they can extend, 
when cultivated ; but it cannot ascertain, except with probability, 
whether or.not, and how far they have been cultivated, without the cor- 
roboration of Physiognomony. See 1st part Chapt. 3d page 17. 

Those faculties are innate and primitive as we have proved it be- 
fore, and we can prove here that they are distinct from each other, by 
the following facts ; We see a faculty exist in one kind of animal and 
not in another, A faculty varies in the two sexes of the same species, 
[t is not proportionate to the other faculties of the same individuals. 
It does not manifest itself simultaneously with the other faculties: 
that is, it appears and disappears earlier or later in life than other 
faculties. It may act or rest singly. It is propagated in a distinct 
manner from parents to children ; it may singly preserve its proper 
state of health or disease. At last, the case of dreams, the disease of 
mono mania, and the phenomena of electro-biology, and plireno-mag- 



SIZE, ABUSE AND COMBINATION OF ORGANS. 67 

netism, prove that they can exist and be stimulated separateley from 
each other; 

The smallness of an organ or faculty is a defect; the bigness a 
good quality, (all cceteris paribus,) and the abuse, a "vice. The abuse 
of an organ does not appear by its absolute size, otherwise, Providence 
would have created us with innate vices, which it would be almost 
impossible to eradicate, as the organ would not decrease in size, but in 
nervous supply, and only after the individual has been able, for a very 
long time, to deprive that organ either from acting, or from being 
stimulated, by cultivating other organs in ]ieu of it; but experience 
teaches us that all the organs large or small can be abused more or 
less. That abuse, although it may be greater in proportion to the 
size of the organs, takes place: 1st, by the overstimulating action of 
external agents such as the inhalation of oxgen gas, animal and mine- 
ral magnetism, the contact of sensual objects etc. 2ndly, by the undue 
continuity of action of that organ which failed to be counteracted 
or modified either by other external agents, or by conscience or 
the reflective faculties. 3dly, by the controlling power of a larger or- 
gan or by the habit of that abuse, which impresses upon the nerves 
of that organ its stamp or its series of molecular vibrations, etc. 
Then, the abuse repeated will impress upon the physiognomy of the 
person some indices, showing a deviation of the features from the in- 
dividual type or primitive form. 

The exercise upon an organ is analogous to the exercise upon the 
body. A proper exercise neither too much nor too little, increases 
the size of any exercised part of the bod}?- to its prototypic perfection; 
but too much or too little exercise will bring decrease or decay or 
even swelling, according to the constitution, or the degree of sensibility 
Now, as too much exercise is abuse, it follows that the abuse will more 
often hurt the activity of the blood, or of the bile, or of the other hu- 
mors, and w r ear out the sensibility of the nerves, which have received 
for that abuse a certain vibratory determination. The constitutional 
frame of a man being made up according to the form of the parent, and 
the imagination of the mother at the time, the type of that man is 
already given and started, and nature pursues its plan of increase ac- 
cording to that type ; so that children inherit the moral and physical 
qualities of their parents ; but that plan of nature is modified by sev- 
eral circumstances. They are among others. 1st, the absence from 
parental home and thereby the contracting of 'other habits. 2ndly, the 
education which perfects or perverts the plan of nature, increases the 
organs by a proper mental and bodily exercise, or diminishes them by 
no exercise or too much exercise. 3dly, the diet, which either invigo- 
rates and increases the bodv, or weakens and diminishes it, according 
to its being either wmolesome or nutritious, or scanty, too m:ich or 
too little. 4thly, the diseases which impoverish the body and therefore 
the organs, and prepare man to death. 

The organs generally act in solidarity with each other, that is, one 
single organ is not cultivated alone, unle s the others are palsied, as 
in monomania, or in electro-biology and phreno -magnetism, but its 
closeness excites the surrounding ones, and the domineering disposiioa 
controls them all and calls them in or out more or less. 

The combination of organs follow these rules : the largest organs 



CRANIOLCXJY. 68 

want to be satisfied before the rest, unless some excernal circumstan- 
ces are opposed to it. Hence, the largest; organ of one group con- 
trols the surrounding organs more easily. A larger organ can control 
a smaller organ in two ways, either by using or abusing its object, or 
by neglecting it or putting it down. A larger organ uses any organ 
above ihe moderate size and generally neglects the organs below the 
mo.ier.tte size; a larger organ is always a cause or a motive of action 
for the lesser. An organ may control one, and at the same time, be 
controlled by an o her. Now, 1. Suppose vitativeness larger than ali- 
mentiveness ; then vitativeness or the the instinct of man to preserve 
one self, is a motive of action and will control, that is : according to 
circumstances, employ or neglect (alimentiveness or its object) food 
to obtain its first object life; alimentiveness or food is used only for 
the sake of vitativeness, or life : a man eats and drinks only to live. 
2. Suppose the contrary way, alimentiveness larger than vitativeness, 
then lite is only preserved for the sake of food ; a man lives only to 
eat and drink. 3. Suppose both organs equally large, both objects 
wanting to be satisfied at once, then a man has a desire for both 
objects, wants to live as well as to eat and drink, as it ought to be, 
provided he does not make any abuse. 4; Suppose acquisitiveness 
larger, vitativeness less large, and alimentiveness still less ; then the 
desire of man to acquire something will make him employ his life 
first, and then his food, or he will neglect his food rather than his life, in 
order to procure property, the object of that larger organ. 5. Suppose 
acquisitiveness the largest, adhesiveness next in size, approbativeness 
next ; then, one like to acquire property, and employ or neglect his 
friends and his requtation for that object ; and as friends and reputa- 
tion are also property : then he likes to procure friends and reputa- 
tion not for the sake of friends and of reputation, but for the sake of 
using them as a property or a speculative business. 6. Suppose ad- 
hesiveness larger than acquisitiveness and approbativeness; then one 
likes to adhere to a person as to a friend, for the sake of friendship, 
he will acquire property first, then reputation next ; or, to yield to 
his friends, if acquisitiveness, and approbativeness, are moderate or 
below modei ate. 7. Suppose destructiveness larger, acquisitiveness 
less large, alimentiveness less yet, and vitativeness the least large ; 
then we read : a man for the desire to destroy or sacrifice something 
will employ his property first, to accomplish some sacrifice, then his 
fcod, then his lite, if it is- not enough, or he will neglect rather his 
life first and his food next, rather than his property, to accomplish some 
sacrifice; of course, in any way he will sacrifice those objects. 8. 
Suppose benevolence larger, than the preceding organs ; then the 
disposition of a man to do good will make him employ his sacrificing 
propensity to accomplish good, then Lis property, then his food, then 
his iife ; or he will neglect or forget, first his life (vitativeness which 
is the smallest organ,) then his food, then his property, then his sac- 
rificing disposition, which is the nearest to his benevolence; that is, he 
will eooner make a sacrifice in order to do good. 9 Suppose self-esteem 
larger than all the preceding organs: then it will be through self- 
esteem as a motive of action that he will be benevolent etc., and if 
that organ is the largest of all and the physiognomical signs are con- 
firming, it will be through pride the abuse of self esteem that he will act 



LIBERTY, MEMORY. 69 

Our actions are a very complicated result of all the causes which 
net upon us either internally or externally, and which can influence 
our will : the will determines itself by all those causes examined and 
weighed by the understanding. In that our liberty consists. In the 
animals, in which the number of organs is very much restricted, 
liberty is a mere spontaneity, determined by the irritation of such or 
such an organ. Man, on the contrary, in whom the plurality of organs 
has reached its maximum and makes a plurality of motives, becomes 
susceptible of a greater number of sensations and ideas, finds in him- 
self more organs which enlighten him, or more motives for avoiding 
to follow blindly such and such desire, such and such propensity. 
Wo must know that the action of an organ can destroy neither 
the stimulation it has received from another nor the next action, 
which is the necessary consequence of it, but it can stimulate other 
organs at the same time, in that case, equiponderances are estab- 
lished and there follows a sort of contest which excites the awaken 
faculties, and solic.ts reason as a judge. Reason decides according 
to the majority of motives or of organs, and sometimes the strongest 
passion is the master. But the will acts through those motives 
and can prove that it is free to act. So much for our free will. 

The number of faculties is given in this part in a determinate quan- 
tity, but it is certain by analogy and by P^reno-magnetism that there 
are intermediate organs, whic.i act as^modiiiers between one faculty 
and another. 

Memory or recollection, is the awakening of the nervous impressions 
left on any cerebral organ, either by the external agents which 
produce a sensation, perceived by the attention of the understanding, 
by which the sensibility of an organ is awakened, or by the internal 
action of the cerebral organs, stimulating each other by affinity. The 
reaction of these sensibilities into external action is the expresssion 
of the will enlightened by the understanding When the will is not 
enlightened by the attention of the unders' anding, the reaction is 
mechanical and not free, as it happens in delirium, where man shows a 
wonderful memory; let us bear in mind that the nervous impressions 
of ideas, sceneries, images, words, are dagmerreotyped in all the cerebral 
organs, and want only the attention of the understanding, when the 
will wants to elicit a responsible act. Memory of course supposes be- 
lief and knowledge in man; but in animals, the daguerreotyping is limited 
to their few physical wants and does not extend to any idea necessary 
to them beyoni that point. We use the word heart which means 
love; because the feelings, which it elicits, afreet every being man comes 
in contact with : there is an action ; whereas the mind is passive and 
re[ resents theknoAvledge of the understanding; it receives or perceives 
the sensations of the brain. Hence there are two things necessary to a 
hi/ma-i being, to know and to love; and therefore two orders of facul- 
ties, the affective or those of the heart, and the intellectual or those of 
the understanding. 

ORDER I. 

Affective Faculties, or Faculties of the Heart, Will. 

The actions in the infancy of men, are always spontaneous, and as 

he grows, his understanding grows also to regulate them; so the in- 



70 CRANIOLOGY. 

ltiative is always with the sentiment, it must start whether the 
understanding is ready or not, to give its light. 

GENUS L Wants of the individual, or animal instincts. 

Faculties of Industry (on the temporal region), common to man 
and animals. They stimulate and impart efficacy to the other facul- 
ties. ~From No. 1 to No. 7, they are organs of preservation especially, 
and the rest are organs of prudence. 

Section 1. Individual or selfish instincts, having a tendency to the 
satisfaction of the body with regard to external objects. 

f Organ of the Vital Force. Located in the superior part of 
the spinal marrow ; it takes its greater energy as the oval occipital 
hole is broader, which is discovered also by a thick round neck 

% Organ of tue Physical Sensibility. Located above the or 
gan of the vital force ; it gives fluttering and instantaneous motion? 
which degenerate into susceptibility and irascibility; it gives the 
degree of temperaments, 

1. Vitativeness or BioPHiLY. Sens 3 of physical or organic Life,* 
instinct of self-preservation, or to Preserve One's Self. Very small. — 
Cares nothing about life or death, existence or annihilation ; insensi- 
bility to sufferings and death, f Rather small. — More affected by the 
consequences of death than by love of life. Moderate. — Love of life, 
yet not a great anxiety about living. Fair, common, passable or 
rather full. — Attachment to life and fear of death, yet not a great 
deal- Full. — Desire and care for life but not eagerly, from love of it 
and pleasures. Rather large. — Tenacity for life, great care for health 
and life. Large. — Dread of death, all is used to obtain the greatest 
security of life. Very large. — Shuddering at the thought of death and 
of the privation of the world, nursing and medicines are eagerly taken. 
Abused perverted or overstimulated by internal or external agents. 
Dislike to expo :c one's self in the least circumstances, cowardice, pol- 
troonery, inordinate use of medicines. Physiognomized. — Round and 
thick neck. Pathognomized or mimicked. — One often and suddenly 
witdraws from the least object the/end of which he knows not. 

2. Alimentiveness or Gustativenes?. Instinct of nutrition of hun- 
ger and thirst of food, of appetite, of physical obligation ; sense of tastes, 
odours and flavours ; desire to eat and drink. Very small. — Ignor- 
ance or indifferance about getting one's victuals Small. — One does 
not care much whether and what he eats and drinks. Rather small.— 
One is particular and delicate, eats for living or other motives. 
Moderate. — One is temperate and sober from the constitution of his 
stoma h. Fair. — Observes the quantity and quality of aliments yet 
with relish. Full. — Has a governable appetite though he enjoys. 
Rather large. — Is choicy and fond of the tastes and flavors of things. 
Large. — Hearty relish for food and drink. Very large. — Very keen 
appetite, eats and drinks plenty without any choice. Abused.— Lux_ 

* In order to succeed in reading the c mbinations of organs, taught 
in page 68, we have put in capital let ters both the verb and the object 
of each organ ; the subject of each verb being always man, or man's 
instinct, desire or faculty. 

f Small. — Indifference, unwillingness, coldness towards living. 



FACULTIES OF INDUSTRY. 71 

orious refinement, love of good cheer, one lives only to sat and drink, 
epcurism, cluttony, drunkenness. Physiognomized. — Elg and fat face 
or under jaw, fleshy and double chin, large mouth and Upa. Pathog- 
nomized. — Expressions and actions of givediness. Combined. — With 
conscience or the reflective organs larger, temperance and sobriety by 
conscience or reason. 

K. B. Between Alimentiv. and Vitativ. there is an irWmediate 
organ which we may call Aquativeness or instinct for water euch as 
in washing, drinking, swimming, 

3. Acquisitiveness Instinct of physical or intellectual property; 
notion of mine and thine; propensity to acquire wealth, knowledge, 
to make money, business. Very small. — Ignorance of the value and 
use of things, laziness. Small. — Aptness to give away property and 
to be idle. Rather Small. — Disregard for the price of things and for 
a sufficient knowledge. Moderate. — Thinks more of supplying his 
wants than of heaping up. Fair. — Can acquire property or know- 
ledge, and spend. Full.— Is indu-trious about acquiring money or 
knowledge. Mather large. — Good economy and saving, one minds 
his bnsinesa Large. — Good management of property, closeness and 
exactness in dealings. Very large. — Will make his business to acquire 
and keep money or knowledge with all solicitude. Abused. — Un- 
ceasing notions of aggrandizement, covetousness, stinginess, ambition, 
avarice, plagiarism, cheat, gambling, usury, theft. Physiognomized. — 
contraction of the lips, and of the features in general, as if trying to 
go back to the centre of the head. Pathognomized. — Head a little 
advancing, hands opening quickly to receive and slow to give, a lono-. 
ing and sad air, expansion of the ey$s. 

4. Destructivexess. Instinct of physical or moral destruction 
oi sacrifice, severity and energy of character, propensity to destroy 
or to wear out, or to sacrifice what is hurtful. Very small. — Inability 
to inflict or witness a pain. Small. — One is effeminate, puerile and 
weak. Rather small. — One spares what should be destroyed or pun- 
ished. Moderate. — Has some severity at the beginning; but lacka 
force to go on. Fair. — Can put down common obstacles that do not 
ai ford great resistance. Fall. — Has a sufficient severity; but it re- 
qiires to be roused. Rather large. — One is able to exterminate great 
nuisances, hurtful obstacles and opponents. Large. — One is ready to 
censure and punish the guilty, and to make sacrifice, one may like 
hunting or shooting. Very large. — One is habitually severe, ener- 
getic and strong in destroying what is hurtful. Abused. — Auster- 
ity, moroseness, wasting away, squandering, mischief, anger, sharp- 
ness, raillery, revenge, cruelty, cursing, blackguardism, love of exe- 
cutions, of wars, conflagrations ; murder. Physiognomized. — Face 
with projecting angles, contracted eyebrows, piercing and spyin^ 
eyes, broad head, the lower jaw projecting, or the teeth showing them- 
selves like those of a wolf. Pathognomized. — Distorted countenance 
when in a passion, a hoarse voice, abrupt motions. Combined. — With 
hope smaller and cautiousness larger and abused ; suicide. 

5. Combativeness. Instinct of self defence and resistance, of 
protecting anything for ourselves such as rights and property ; phy- 
sical courage, efficacy of character. Very small. — One is passive, in- 
efficient, chicken-hearted. Small. — One is a coward, inclined to yield 



72 CRANIOLOGY. 

or to surrender. Rather small, — Is not able to accomplish much and, 
at the least talk of danger, one is easily overcome. Moderate. — 
will defend himself to a certain extent, but will sometimes shrink 
a little, or rather wants people to let him alone. Fair. — Is able to 
take his rights and contend, but will avoid collision. Full. — Is ready 
to meet opposition and to endure sometimes. Rather large. — Has 
courage in clanger, battles, and endures hardships. Large. — One has 
love and vigor iu fencing and fighting, or in debating, writing and 
pleading. Very large. — is brave, spirited, magnanimous and likes to 
court the greatest oppositions Abused. — Quarrelsomenes, spirit of 
opp sit ion and contention, aptness to enkindle strifes, to get into a 
passion, to fight, to challenge by duels. Physio gnomized. — a resolute 
air, closed lips and fists, firm posture, threatening quick eyes. 
Pathognomized. — A harsh voice, head drawn backwards, and mena- 
cingly, petulant and impatient countenance. 

6. Secretiveness. Sense of secrecy, propensity to secrete and 
keep thoughts, feelings, plans to one's self, aptness to keep (a secret) 
or any thing secret. Very small. — One is very uureserved,rndiscreet 
and blunt. Small. — Is plain, opeu hearted in his manners and speech, 
and easily taken in. Rather small. — Is generally unable to keep his 
feelings and thoughts a long time. Moderate. — Is able to keep some 
things secret whilst he divulges others. Fair — Does not like to be 
detected in his views, and can to a certain extent, avoid exposing 
himself. Full. — Is able to keep his thoughts, his plans, or his prop- 
erty secret with very few exceptions, except if he is roused to the 
contrary. Rather large.— -Knows how to conceal and keep secrets 
generally. Large. — Tact, reservedness, discretion, propriety, savoir- 
faire. Very large. — Great mental control on thoughts and action, 
temperance, sobriety in words, christian modesty. Abused. — Dissim 
ulation, slyness, cunning, cavils, falsehood, hypocrisy, deceit, disposi- 
tion to plead the guilty in order to know the truth- Physiognomized. 
— Pointed chin, small and acutely cut eyes, tacturnity, archness of 
looks, contraction of all the features. Pathognomized. — continued 
change of looks, without turning the head, gliding motions. 

7. Constructivexess. Instinct of construction, sense of physical 
perfection, of arts and industry, of architecture ; aptness to construct, 

' to perform, mechanical ingenuity. Very small. — Inability to perform 
any work, laziness in working. Small. — Dislike for undertaking, 
unskilf ulness. Rather small. — Is not capable of construction, but does 
not dislike it ; still is a little lazy. Moderate. — Has some relish for 
using tools and practising, but not dexterously. Fair. — Has a little 
capacity for constructing and composing. Full. — Can to a certain 
extent show a sufficient skilfulness. Rather large. — General ability 
in the use of tools, pens, instruments, pencils, knives, needles, etc. 
Large. — Practical knowledge, dexterity skilfulness in building. Very 
large. — Very expert at composing in any mechanical or fine arts. 
Abused. — Imprudent expenditure of time and money in useless construc- 
tions, or inventions, one likes to cut and carve any object, Ike a piece 
of stick, or stone Physiognomized. — The face full of bones and 
cartilages, wide lower forehead, prominence of the cheek bones. 
Paikogn -sTuzed. — Hurried n ess of manners, readiness and ingenuity of 
the looks, apt and Cagf waiving of the hands, and fingers. 



FACULTIES OF INDUSTRY. 73 

8. Cautiousness. Insiinct of prudence, deliberation, foresight, 
apprehension of dangers, steadiness of character, aptness to deliberate, 
or to he solicitous about something. Very small, — Great inattention, 
thoughtlessness, blindness. Small. — Carelessness, rashness, impru- 
dence, levity, precipitate conduct. Rather small. — One disregards 
ultimate consequences, is not afraid of risking. Moderate* — Is dis- 
posed to pay some attention before he acts, but soon fails. Fair. — 
Has some t aution in his actions and words, Full. — One is capable 
of prudence and forethought in order to ensure success. Rather large. 
— tlas a general foresight, carefulness. Large. — Due hesitation and pro- 
crastination in business. Very large. — One is very solicitous about 
consequences, doubts methodically. Abused. — Anxiety, suspicion, 
fear, timidity, irresolution, low spiritedness, melancholy, dread of sick- 
ness, use of bul's and ifs. Rhysiognoniized.—Aji air of solicitude, aud 
undivided attention, careworn features. Pathognomized. — Restless 
and inquisitive eyes, slowness in speaking and writing, diffident and 
kind manners. 

* Watchfulness. Instinct of vigilance, circumspection, active 
cautiousness, aptness to watch something. Very small. — Great dull- 
ness for moving and acting. Small. — Indifference, one does not care 
about what may happen. Rather Small. — Laziness about beginning 
to watch oue's actions. Moderate. — Aptness to watch one's actions, 
but not perseveringly. Fair. — One is able to be on the look out for 
others also. Full. — One is well disposed to circumspection, and can 
show some vigilance. Rather large. — One is ready, active, watchful, 
examining, on the alert. Large. — One has a guard over his actions 
and those of others. Very large. — One is very circumspect and pro- 
tecting about one's own and others' actions, gestures, talk, etc. 
Abused. — One is too particular towards others, always watching them 
without any right or reason, neglects his time in watching upon tri- 
flings. Physiognomized. — A meagre face, prominence of the cheek 
bones. Pathognomized. — The eyes quick, always open and moving 
anxiously about, the head ready to turn around. 

N. B. AmativenesSy No. 9 may be added here as a physical enjoy- 
ment of the individual with regard to any external objects, or in other 
words as the stimulus of the desires of the flesh. 

Section. 2. Individual sentiments or selfish propensities, having rela- 
tion to the satisfaction of the soul with regard to external objects.— 
They are Cautiousness No. 8. Con cent rativeness No. 11, Self-Esteem 
No. 13, Approbativeness No 14, Firmness No. 16. They often form 
a prominent feature on the superior occipital region of the head, they 
unite a little of industry, of sociability and of morality. Those or- 
gans small, mean a person devoid of character, resolution and pru- 
dence ; — large, one has an inflexibility of character and goes to his end 
with prudence and measured steps. 

GENUS II. Sympathetic Feelings. 

Wants of the Species, or Instincts of the Individual with relation to 

its Species. 

Section 1. INSTINCTS OF SOCIABILITY. Situated in the 
occipital region and common to men and animals. 



74 CRA1NM0L0GY. 

1st. animal propensities. 

9. Amativeness. Sense of physical, sensual or carnal love, of 
the sexual union (situated in the basilar region,); instinct of loving 
through the concupiscence of the flesh, generative energy. Very 
small. — Passive continency, dislike for pleasures. Small. — Indiffer- 
ence, if not unkindness to the other sex and to pleasures. Rather 
Small. — Repugnance for the natural love of others. Moderate. — 
Pays some attention and regard to the other sex. Fair. — Is fond of 
the other sex, and likes their society. Full. — Enjoys himself well 
with talking and chattering with the sex. Rather large. — Tenderness 
and love for the sex, conjugal love. Large. — Disposition to marriage 
and to its physical enjoyments. Very large — Readiness to enjoy con- 
jugal pleasures at every occurrence, delight in them. Abused. — - 
Misplaced or hopeless love of the creature, looseness, licentiousness, 
obscene looks and gestures, immorality, criminal lewdness, profligacy; 
wilful erections or seminal loss, or thoughts or wilful actions causing 
them : solitary vice, fornication, sodomy, bestiality. Physiognomized. 
— Lively countenance, sparkling eyes, thick and short neck, lip3 
gently dissevered, broad and square chin, broad lower jaw. Path- 
ogaomized. — Head and body drawn backwards, in moving ; the eyes 
searching in a lascivious manner. 

10. Philoprogenitivene-s. Sense of the love of offspring, de- 
sire to procreate children, paternal and maternal love, fondness of 
children in general. Very small. — Total dislike for children. Small. 
— One cannot bear children, and will abandon his progeny. Rather 
Small. — Indifference for the care and prattle of children. Moderate. 
—One takes some care of his children only, provided they are not 
saucy. Fair. — One will love his children whilst he does not care for 
those of others. Full. — One is tender though not indulgent, wil* 
nurse willingly. Rather large. — Parental affection, one likes to have 
a family. Large. — Pleasure in procreating, beholding, caressing and 
petting children. Very large. — One takes a great care to procreate 
children, and shows his love and attentions at every occurrence. 

Abused. Excessive indulgence, pampering and spoiling of children, 

unjust and inordinate solicitude about them, pederasty. Physiognom- 
ized. — A. prepossessing and engaging countenance, which attracts ths 
instinctive regards of children, prominence of the back part of the 
head, two small dimples at the lower part of the under lip, near the 
mi J die line. Pathognomized. — A pleasing tone of voice, a disposition 
to incline the head downwards, in a protecting manner. 

2DLT. SEMI-ANIMAL INSTINCTS, FOR TnS SOCIAL WELFARE OF MAN, ETO. 

11. — A. Concentrativeness. — Instinct of concentration, the centre 
point of inhabitiveness, love of solitude, disposition to concentrate some- 
thing, continuity and application of the faculties in one point. Very 
small. — Quickness and frivolity. Small. — One passes from one sub- 
ject to another without digesting it. Rather small. — One faih to con- 
nect and carry out his ideas. Moderate. — Can think and feel intensely, 
yet not long. Fair. — Is neither disconnected nor prolix, and can 
change his subject. Full. — One can attend to one thing at once, but 
not in every occasion. Rather large. — Disposition to abstract reflec- . 
tions and to retaining. Large. — Steadiness and continuity of internal 
action ; attention. Very large, — Intense application and power for 



INSTINCTS OF SOCIABILITY. 75 

retaining ideas and feelings, and for studying; ecstacy, magnetic feel 
ings. Abused. — Remains too long on the same subject, resentment, 
confusion of ideas and feelings, abstractions of the soul, eccentricity, 
retaining of mania, of odd habits, separation from society; concentrated 
passions, solitary vices, insanity. Pfiysiog7iomized.—-'Eyea sunken, 
intentness of aspect, thoughtful, meditating and ruminating coun- 
tenance, the lip coming down to a point in the centre Pathognom- 
ized. — Slow moving eyes, tfoj head tent forward or the body stooping 
to meditate or study. 

11. — B. Iniiabitivenes :•--(/. r^me we give to two organs.) In- 
stinct of physical height, (fov the spot between concentrativeness and 
self-esteem) ; and instinct of home, (for the spot between concentrative., 
and philoprogenit.,); they are like two intermediate organs to con- 
centrativeness, as the physical height relates a good deal to self esteem, 
we can interpret it accordingly ; but the love of making a home will 
be here our principal subject. Very small. — Dislike of home, of con- 
vent, or of physical height. Small. — Indifference about, choosing a 
home, love of change. Rather small. — One is at home every where, 
likes to move and rove. Moderate. — One stays at home sometimes, 
but will change for another home. Fair. — Has some attachment for 
his home, or for goin^ on high places. Full. — Is fond of home yet can 
leave it willingly. Rather large. — Attachment to family and domestic- 
ity, to high places, hills, or to his patrle (native country). Large. — 
Patriotism, one grieves at quitting his country, his family, or his 
domestic habits. Very large. — One loves dearly home, family and 
country, and is ready to sacrifice all for them. Abused. — Home 
sickness, melancholy, one prefers staying at home to the performing of 
his duties, nostalgia. Physiognomized. — a certain gait, a head high on 
the superior posterior part. Pathognomized. — Activity and agility in 
the countenance to reach home, or to go upon high spots, certain ges- 
tures familiar to the act of reaching home, domestic habits. 

12. Adhesiveness. Instinct of sympathy, attachment, affection, 
friendship, inclination to adhere to any person or object, or to make 
friends. Very small — One is cold hearted, wild, selfish, unsociable. 
Small. — One is a stranger to friendly feelings, careless, not comunica 
tive. Rather small. — One likes few and is liked by few, has a little 
indifference. Moderate. — One likes friends, and still will often quit 
them. Fair. — One shows feelings to Mends and society without much 
expense or risk. Fall. — One is warm hearted and sociable to a cer- 
tain extent. Rather large. — Fidelity, zeal, sincerity towards friends 
and society. Large. — One has a genuine affection, tenderness and 
condescension for friends. Very large. — Is very fond of society, will 
sacrifice greatly for it. Abused — Mania, indiscriminate and ridiculous 
attachment, regret for the loss of worthless persons, animals, objects; 
one is blindly opinionated. Physiognomized, — Open and ingenuous 
countenance, the muscles of the mouth make slightly converging 
wrinkles. Pathognomized. — cordial and confiding manners, head 
gently inclining sidewa}'S and backwards, smiling mouth and eyes. 

] 3. Self-ness, or, Self-Esteem. Sense of self, of character, of 
moral internal propriety, personal value, power, liberty and interior life. 
S-ilf love, self-respect, self-satisfaction. Instinct of referring some- 
thing to one's self. Very small. — Self-degradation, lowness and mean* 



76 CRANIOLOGY. 

ness of manners. Small.— One is self-diffident, servile, low-minded ; no 
respect for one's self. Bather small. — One associates with inferiors, 
lets himself down ; no decorum- Moderate. — Tries to show some man- 
ly feelings but does and says trifling things. Fair. — Has some sense 
of character, some self-respect. Fall. — Has a good sense of one's self, 
and cares for one's conduct. Rather large — Is independent, willing- 
ly takes responsibilities. Large. — Ton, decorum, gravity, seriousness, 
love of liberty, of independence. Very large. — Nobleness and dignity 
of manners, command in one's octions and words. Abused. — Pride, 
self-sufficiency, boldness, presumption, self conceit, arrogance, con- 
tempt, insolence, egotism, jealousy, love of power, of domination, 
frequent use of the emphatic I. Physiognomizr.d. — Uplifted straight 
head, eyelids a little compressed, nerves and muscles expanded, 
aquiline nose, stiffness, especially in the upper lip. Pathognomizcd,— 
A proud, straight walking or sideway moving of the head, gesticula- 
tions of disdain, eyes looking down upon people. 

14. Approbativeness. {Sense of moral external character and public 
life. Love of approbation, of reputation, distinction, honor and glory, 
desire to be]appro ved for something. Very small. — Roughness of man- 
ners, incivility, egotism. Small. — No regard for the good or ill will 
of others, shamelessness. Rather small. — One cares little for fashion, 
etiquette, public favor. Moderate. — Is disposed to show some inten- 
tion to please, yet is not effected by the success of it. Fair. — Likes 
approbation, but will not sacrifice much for it. Full. — Desires and 
seeks popularity, and feels censure, Rather large. — One is courteous, 
affable and lifes to deserve esteem. Large. — Emulation, delicacy of 
feelings, tries to deserve popular praise and applause. Very large. — 
Is very condescending, attentive and polite, acts for honor and glory. 
Abused. — Vanity, vain glory, ambition of distinctions and titles, love 
of dress, of show, and ceremonies, jealousy, envy, the point of honor, 
dandyism, sycophancy, too much use of the looking glass ; undue 
courting, temptation to do wrong in order to please. Physiog- 
nomlzed. — A certain delineation of the mouth by which the upper lip 
is lifted and exposes the teeth- Pathognomized. — Graceful swinging 
of the head on either side, much compliment, spying what others say 
of us, or whether they admire us, always fixing one's hair, playing 
the graceful. 

Section 2. SENTIMENTS OF MORALITY.— Or regulating 
feelings of the heart, (sincipital or coronal region). 

15. Conscientiousness. Sense of moral obligations, of truth, of 
virtue, of justice, and equity, of right and wrong, conscience, desire 
to make something right. Very small. — One is an enemy to, and 
despises, virtue, moral principles. Small. — Is regardless of truth and 
justice, Rather Small. — Consults expediency rather than duty. 
JI/oderafe.Temporizes with principles, feels he must do right. Fair. — ■ 
Tries to resist besetting temptations, sometimes conquers, and some- 
times is conquered. Full. — Disposition to obey the dictates of con- 
science, and, if failing, feels remorse. Rather large. — Frankness, can- 
dor, probitv, gratefulness, faithfulness. Large. — Is innocent, upright, 
honest, obedient, reconciling, penitent. Very large. — Has a true sense 
of merit, of fault, of repentance and of penance, and practises strict 
justice towards his neighbor. Abused Extreme scrupulosity, severity 



SENTIMENTS OF MORALITY. 77 

of judgment, unnecessary remorses, agonizing apprehension at the 
least faults. Physiognomized. — Sedateness of aspect, mild archness of 
looks, folds and wrinkles around the eyes, perpendicular wrinkles 
between the eyes. Pathognomized — Hands rising and falling slowly, 
calm and deliberate motions, a peculiar mild archness of the looks and 
earnestness of tone, openness of countenance 

16. Firmness. Sense of determination in purpose, decision of 
character, energy in behaviour, perseverance, fortitude, sense of de- 
ciding about something. Very small. — One is very fickle, incon- 
stant, yielding, Small. — One is weak, irresolute, and a prey to cir- 
cumstances. Rather small. — One is too vacillating to effect much or 
to be relied upon. Moderate. — Makes up his mind about persevering, 
but soon gives over. Fair. — Shows some steadiness and patience ; 
but it is of short duration. Full. — Perseveres enough in ordinary occa- 
sions, but fails in greater ones. Rather large. — Has steadiness and 
constancy enough to be relied upon. Large. — Fortitude in enter- 
prizes and dangers, constancy, steadiness, energy. Very large. — 
Gr^at patience, stability and magnanimity, greatness of soul. Abused. 
— Wilfulness, disobedience, obstina cy, inflexibility, unyieldingness, 
stubbornness, unwillingness to change an opinion though false. Phy- 
siognomized. — Face with projecting angles, long features; lower jaw 
projecting forward or downward, big square head. Pathognomized. — 
Imperative dictation, voice distinct and emphatic, calmness in 
sudden emergencies. 

17, Caritativeness or benevolence. Sense of mental or moral 
love, of the good ; charity of the neighbor, feelings in actions, goodness, 
inclination to do good. Very small — One is very rough, hard heart- 
ed and insensible. Small. — Is liberal and disregards the sufferings of 
others. Rather small. — Is selfish and feels little sympathy for dis- 
tress. Moderate. — Will speak of generosity and will seldom act 
accordingly. Fair. — Has a desire for the happiness of others with- 
out doirg much for it. Full. — Has feelings for others and will do 
Bomething towards their good, Rather large. — Willingness to sac- 
rifice something for the benefit of others. Large. — One is meek, good 
hearted, hospitable, liberal, kind, compassionate. Very large. — Is 
very generous, merciful, ready to alleviate the helpless. Abused. — 
Is too simple hearted, easily influenced, lead to help the undeserving, 
and is prodigal, profuse in money, gifts etc. Physiognomized. — 
Arched features, hanging down of the lower lip, high straight 
forehead, short horizontal wrinkles in the centre of the forehead. 
Pathognomized. — Voice soothing and harmonious, cheerful and con- 
ciliating manners, ingenuous smiles. Combined. — Large with wit 
large, suavitiveness, pleasantness. 

IS. Venerativeness. Sense of religion (practical or speculative), 
theosophy, inclination to venerate somebody, or something, or to 
worship religiously ; veneration, reverence for superiority in general. 
Very small. — Impiecy, no acknowledgment of any God or of any super- 
iority. Small. — Little regard or respect for God, parents, old age, 
magistrates. Rather Small. — Aptness to innovation, feels lttle 
religion. Moderate.— Has a desire to be religious, but may temporize 
with the world. Fair. — Has some religion, which may be often mote 
speculative than practical. Full. — Treats his equals with regard and 



CRANIOLOGY. 78 

his superiors with deference. Rather large. — Respect and admiration 
for virtue, talents, ruins of antiquity; one likes to keep the portraits 
of worthy persons. Large. — Piety, reverence, obedience, fervency 
and awe at church, or in assemblies or before superiors. Very large. 
— Sublime devotion to God as the supreme being, great admiration 
for virtue talents, etc. Abused. — Bigotry, fanaticism, superstition, 
rigid adherence to obsolete customs, idolatry, veneia.ion for worldly 
titles, relics, monuments, medals and vain objects. Physiognomizcd. 
— A high head, a grave and serious air, large eyes, beautiful soft light 
in the eyes. Pathognomized. — Looks and hand directed towards 
heaven, stooping mode of walking and turning the eyes down, in 
order to avoid looking at any body. 

19. Marvellousness. Sense of faith or of moral sustenance, 
wonder, supernaturdity, mystery, belief in miracles, in spirits and in 
Providential interference. Sense of believing something ; spirituality, 
celestial intuition Very small. — Infidelity, Scepticism, incredulity, 
a step to atheism. Small. — No belief without demonstrative evidence, 
wants a reason for every thing. Rather Small. — One will reject new 
things without examining, wants fads in order to see about believing" 
Moderate. — Likes to know the why and how of things, yet listens to 
evidence. Fair. — Is open to conviction, and will believe some. Full. 
— Can conceive the evidence of supernatural things. Rather large. — - 
Believes generally in the mysteries of his religion. Large. — One likes 
to fall into spiritual inspirations, or communicate with spirits and with 
God ; has a firm belief in the Creator and in his interference. Very 
large. — Humility, voluntary submission of reason to any doctrine 
authentically revealed by God, or to any principle believed by most 
of men. Abused. — Credulity, simplicity of mind, enthusiasm, passion 
for the mystical, belief in astrology, witchcrafts, sorcery, dreams, 
ghosts, spells, fortune telling, etc. Physiognomized, — an air of mys- 
tery, of unction, of fright, etc. Pathognomized. — Low and confiden- 
tial voice, frequent looks of amaze, staring eyes ; mouth wide open, as 
if to swallow. 

20. Expectativeness. Sense of moral courage, hope, the exercise 
of faith, bright anticipation of success and of a future happiness; 
sense of hoping for so^^hing. Very small. — Despair, one has no 
hope of success. Small. — Feels reluctance to risk anything, magnifies 
difficulties. Rather small. — Is easily discouraged, disheartened, low 
spirited. Moderate. — Expects and attempts a little, succeeds some- 
times. Fair. — Has some hope and speculates. Fall. — Maintains 
hopes, yet realizes about what he expects. Rather large. — Confidence 
of success in speculations, rises above troubles. Large. — Great hope, 
expectancy of prosperity either temporal or spiritual. Very large. — 
Great reliance on the goodness of Providence and on cne's success. 
Abused. — Ideal happiness, scheming, oversanguine expectations, in- 
considerate speculations, one is visionary, full of projects. Physiog- 
nomized. — Content and tranquil looks, head elevated, a peculiar ele- 
vation of the brow and horizontal wrinkles above each other. Path* 
ognomized. — Elastic steps, hands suddenly rising, cheerful counten- 
ance, and talk, buoyancy. 



79 PERCEPTION OP THE EXISTENCE OP THINGS. 

ORDER II. 

Intellectual Faculties, or Faculties of the Mind. 

They are receiving faculties ; they perceive eternal truths and wisdom, 
and by a necessary and united reaciicn with the will, they bring forth 
knowledge, sciences and arts; they are among the animals in an 
uncomplete state. 

GENUS 1. Faculties of perception, observation, and memory, 
which produce the fixe arts and physical sciences. 

Section 1, PERCEPTION OF THE EXISTENCE AND PHY- 
SICAL QUALITIES OF THINGS, or faculties of speciality and 
application. 

21. Individuality. Perception of the individual existence of 
thing3, or of what belongs to an individual (person or thing), or of 
what distinguishes it from another, without reference to origin and 
effect, sense of things, of distinctions; the claw of the mind, inquisit- 
iveness; sense of discerning an individual or individualizing, the 
summary of things, the " what is it." Very small. — One is stupid 
and silly. Small. — Fail3 to take notice of men and things. Rather 
small. — Fails to observe minute objects and sees things in the gross. 
Moderate. — Can observe generalities, but does not attend sufficiently to 
particulars, Fair — Remarks every thing he meets with, yet does not 
desire after them. Fall. — Can perceive well enough, and desires to 
ascertain the what is it. Rather large. — Likes to examine and try 
every thing. Large. — Practical knowledge of every I hing, educability. 
Very large. — Smartness, great memory of particulars, seen, read or 
heard, quick sight of things. Abused, — Superficial knowledge of facts, 
curio ity, gazing and making und ie, rash and continual remarks on every 
person and thing. Physioynomized. — Projection of the face from the 
ro X of the nose to the under lip. Patliognomized. — An air of interest 
in occurrences, the reverse of abstraction, busy body, striking the 
forehead wHi the hands. 

22. Configuration. Perception of the shape, form find figure, 
memory of persons and thing3 by their form, sense of forming the 
snArE of persons and things. Very Small. — One is unable to judge of 
the form of things. Small. — One always forgets the shape and figure 
of the same persons and things. Rather small. — Fails to recognize 
those he see3 often. Moderate. — Recollects persons and things, 
only when he has seen them several times. Fair. — Can remember 
some kind of persons and things. Full, — Can learn how to read, write 
and sketch well enough. Rather large. — Can learn drawing, engrav- 
ving, miner.dogy, crystallography. Large. — Capacity for botany, 
natural history and physical sciences. Very large. — Great talent for 
succeeding in all trie branches above mentioned. A buse d. —Recol- 
lection of peasons superficially without study of character, love of 
caricatures, fastidiousness in the shape of trifles. Physioynomized. — 
Intensity of the eyes towards the nose, falling of the internal angle of 
the eyes, large eyes wide apart from each other. Pathognomic. — 
Rubbing of the eyebrows, inadvertently with the fingers, as if stimu- 
lating tne organ. 



80 CRANIOLCGY. 

23. Measure. — Perception of the size and proportion of bodies, 
capacity for perspective, geometry, surveying, sense of measuring any 
object, etc- Very small. — One is unable to judge of measure. Small. 
— Can hardly distinguish a rat from a mouse. Rather small. — Judges 
very inaccurately of the magnitude of things. Moderate. — Can mea- 
sure short distances, and small bodies, but fails for long dimensions. 
Fair. — Can judge of the size of things but with some inaccuracy. 
Fall. — Can calculate ordinary and familiar size and distances. Rather 
large. — Can measure lengths, widths, depths, and heights by rules. 
Large. — Measures well by the oyes, can survey lands, etc. Very 
large. — Can excel in perspective, geometry, trigonometry, etc. 
Abused. — A too great and silly eagerness to view and describe the 
vast and stupendous works of nature and art, whilst neglecting the 
smaller and not less beautiful objects. Physiognomized. — Projection 
of the superciliary bone near the nose. Pathognomized. — If the organ 
is impaired, it gives birth to certain hallucinations before a dim light ; 
the eyes and hands in motion. 

24. Weight. Perception of the momenta and mechanical resit- 
ance of bodies, sense of equilibrium, taetility, density of bodies, grav- 
itation, sense of weighing, any object. Very small. — One will stum- 
ble at the least encounter. Small. — Will have dizziness in the head 
upon running water or from heights. Rather small. — Will understand 
very little of weight and equilibrium. Moderate. — One may feel dizzy 
upon a stormy sea, will preserve his centre of gravity on the ice, but 
will seldom venture to go far. Fair. — Will understand how to jud.<e 
of the weight of common things. Full. — Can judge with his hands 
and sometimes with his eyes, of the weight and specific gravity of 
bodies, generally. Rather large. — Can understand sliding, riding, 
skating, dancing, playing ball, leaping. Large. — Can succeed in horse 
riding, swinging, gymnastics, archery, statics. Very large. — Can 
excel in engineering, water, steam and wind works, navigation, etc. 
Abused. — Overstraining in heaving weights, feats of horsemanship, rope- 
dancing and tumbling tricks which may endanger life. Physiognom- 
ized, — A steadiness and well regulated feature and action of the 
eye. Pathognomized. — Firm and quick step, dexterity in works of 
arts, the hands and body seem to exhibit agility, nimblenes, elasticity. 
Combined. — Large with construe, conng. and causality large; a 
machinist ; and besides with large measure, individual., local, and 
calcul : an engineer. 

25. Coloring. Perception of colors, discrimination of their rela- 
tions and varieties, inclination to enjoy natural and artificial beauties, 
aptness to color any object. Very small. — One can scarcely tell 
white from black. Small. — Will mistake in distinguishing the pri- 
mary colors. Rather small. — Will not perceive the various shades 
in paintings. Moderate. — Con compare colors more by art than by 
natural taste, but forgets. Fair. — Can discern colors on flowers, 
images, but seldom notices them. Full. — One will detect defects of 
color in paintings without being able to paint well. Rather large.— 
One has a natural taste for arranging colors. Large. — Can succeed in 
mingling colors, varying their hues Very large. — Can excel in paint- 
ing, enamelling, mosaic work?. Abused. — A faulty exuberance of 
colors, predilection for violent contrasts and gaudy colors. Physiog* 



PERCEPTION OF THE RELATIONS OP THINGS. 81 

nomized. — Round head, full face, large eyes, dark complexion, regular 
and expressive features. Pathognomized. — An air of admiration and 
and liveliness for the productions of nature and arts, gazing looks 
before a luxuriant meadow. 

Skction 2. PERCEPTION OF THE RELATIONS OF THINGS, 
■ — Faculties of observation 

26. Order, Perception of the ordinal relation of beings, sense of 
arrangement and classification, of method, order and sj^mmetry ; sense 
of ordering any object. Very small. — Confusion, uncleanliness dis- 
order. Small. — One leaves things as they happen, and is not able to 
find out their place again, Rather small. — Does not trouble himself 
about the order of things. Moderate. — Likes order and may keep it 
a little but allows sometimes confusion till it becomes insupportable. 
Fair. — May show some order in his ideas, words, actions, the place 
of things. Full. — Understands how to keep generally everything, 
every idea, in its proper place, and can see a place for every thTng. 
Rather large. — Knows how to order and classify every thing or idea. 
Large — 13 precise and particular about classifying objects, etc. 
Very large. — One has a place of order for every thing and every 
thing is in its place, is very systematic and regular in his habits, 
style, observing the genera, the species and the sorts. Abused — 
Silly precision, fastidiousness, one is too particular, becomes irritable 
and angry at slight deviations from the rules, aristocratic in titles, 
from the sovereign to the peasant. Physiog nomized. — Some show 
order by the cleanliness of their teeth, clothes, and by their regu- 
larity in the looks, countenance and symmetrical fitness. Pathog- 
nomized. — An voluntary impulse in some persons to arrange scattered 
articles and to stare at objects, till they see them in their place. 

27. Number. Perception of the relation of numbers, sense of 
quantity, capacity for mathematics, sense of numbering. Very 
small. — One is unable to ascertain numerical results. Small. — For- 
gets numbers, can scarcely add figures together. Rather Small. — . 
Is unfit for mathematics, can scarcely understand the first four rules. 
Moderate. — Can understand about the half of arithmetic. Fair. — - 
Will understand arithmetic so so, some geometry and some algebra, or 
wi!l understand the rules mechanically, with the aid of a key. Fall.—* 
"Will calculate well enough, and understand the above branches well 
enough, and even trigonometry, Rather large. — Will go well through 
all the elementary course of mathematics. Large. — Capacity for 
physical sciences, and for the differential and integral calculus. Very 
large. — Can be a good mathematician, and have talent for all branches 
connected with mathematical researches. Abused. — An eccentric 
fondness for calculation leading to abstractions of the mind, and a 
habit of enumerating on everything without any practical utility. 
Physiognomized. — A square forehead straight perpendicularly, with 
the eyebrows elevated on the organ. Pathognomized. — A peculiar 
motion of the eyes, absorption of the mind, so far as to fall into con- 
fusion and distractions about the common things of life. Combined — 
Very large with No/s 22, 23, 24 and 30 vevy large, a perfect math- 
ematician. 

28. Music. Perception of the relation of sounds, sense of harmony 
and melody, recollection of tunes; aptness to make harmonious 



82 GRANIOLOGY. 

sounds on any thing. Very small. — One has a savage breast incapable 
of being soothed. Small. — Is unable to raise two tones of the gamut. 
Rather small. — Is unable to retain tunes or to perceive harmony. 
Moderate. — Can sing by rote, but will only understand the common 
scale of the gamut. Fair. — Can understand the general rules of mu- 
sic, has a taste for it. Full. — Can learn, how to read vocal music, and 
with constructiveness large: instrumental music. Rather large — 
Capacity for catching tunes, and learning musical notes well. Large. 
• — Ability to catch and retain any tune, to detect discord and harmony. 
Very large. — Musical talent, quickness to read at sight and compose 
music mith success, melodious voice. Abused. — Incessant and ridicu- 
lous efforts for the attainment or discovery of varied sounds, music 
mania, a habit of always whistling or singing. Physiognomized. — 
Projection of the lateral corners of th3 forehead, with a full and round 
nervous face, great expression in the eyes Pathognomized. — A sort 
of upward and lateral motion of the head while listening or accompa- 
nying music Combined.— Large with !N"os. 7, 29, 32, 86 very large 
and a hearing perceiving well the sounds, it makes a perfect musician 
in voice and instruments. 

29. Time. Perception of the relation of the present, past and 
future, sense of duration, observation of the interval and succession 
of things, aptness to tot any thing to timp. Very small. — One can- 
not recollect time, nor his age, nor even the date of the present day. 
Small. — Neither keeps nor recollects time, is not punctual. Rather 
Small. — Can scarce tell when a thing happened. Moderate.— Will 
remember only a few common epochs, his age, dates etc. Fair.- — 
Will recollect some dates, months, epochs, but not with accuracy. 
Full. — Can remember the time past to a certain extent, can keep time 
a little. Rather large. — Can observe time well, in business, appoint- 
ments, music, events, etc. Large. — Has ability for chronology and for 
understanding the succession of events he has seen or read. Very 
large — Cm be a good chronologist, keep time very well in music, 
singing, fencing, poetry, etc. Abused — Time mania, too much keeping 
of time in music or dancing, etc., rather than to indulge in the soft- 
ness of music. Physiognomized. — The sinus of the forehe A extending 
f.-om the root of the nose obliquely upward over the ridge of the eye- 
brow. Pathognomized. — A readiness to beat time in all one's actions, 
as in walking, singing, playing, etc ; every thing in measure and 
cadence. 

80. Locality. Perception of the relative tlace, or situation of 
persons and things. Local memory, sense of the relation of spaces, 
aptness to locate objects. Very small. — One has no geographical or 
local recollection. Small. — Docs not observe where he goes and can- 
not find his way back. Ri titer small. — Has very little geographical 
knowledge, and often gets lost. Moderate. — "Recollects poorly where 
persons and things are located. Fair. — Will remember common 
places and still is liable to lose himself, Full. — Will notice places, 
seldom gets :o>t even in a forest. Rather large. — Likes to travel and 
can give his ideas and words their proper place. Large. — Ability to 
locate in one's mind any place, thing, person, lesson. Very large. — • 
Talent for perspective in landscapes, for geography, geometry, fond- 
ness for travelling, good local memory. Abused. — Curiosity, caprice, 






83 PERCEPTION OF ACTIONS. 

fondness to see new persons, new things and places, erractic habits, 
moving about, change of trade. Physiognomized. — The prominence 
of the organ is very remarkable above the eyebrow near the nose, 
projection of the under lip. Patkognomized — Coriosity in the actions, 
restless motions, the hands and arms ready to show some place, the 
index raised before the eye or on the or^an 

Section 3. PERCKPTIOff OF ACTIONS OR OF THE SIGNS 
OF IDEAS BY ACTIONS AND WORDS.— Intuitive spirit. 

31. Eventuality. Perception of the general relation of things. 
Intuitive observation of a concatenation of ideas belonging to any 
kvknt or action read or seen Spirit of observation, sense of phe- 
nomena, aptness to eventualize or to make event of some object or 
scenery, to discern or observe the links of any historical event or 
scientific fact. Very small. — One forgets all events even the most 
publicly known. Small. — Forgets almost every event, generals as 
well as particulars. Rather Small. — Has a treacherous and confused 
memory of occurrences. Moderate, — Will remember a little what he 
sees, but not so well what he reads. Fair. — Can recollect the gene- 
rality of events well enough, and what he sees and reads Full. — 
Has a good memory of occurences yet forgets some particulars. 
Rather large. — Docility, fondness for newspapers, books, information. 
Large. — Educability, retentive memory of history, talent for narra- 
tion and conversation. Very large — Perceptibility, great talent for 
historical and scientific fact=. Abused. — Needless prying into mat- 
ters, private history, tales of scandal, personal anecdotes which may 
be pernicious, avidity for novels of love, of murder. Physiognomized. 
— Large ears, as signs of docility, curving of the middle of the fore- 
head. Patkognomized. — Curiosity evinced by children especially (in 
their watching eyes) to know stories and tales, and to inquire what 
has happened. 

32. Ideality. Perception of the beautiful in the connexion of 
ideas, spirit oi imagination, of beauty, sense of ideal perfection of 
the exquisite and sublime in nature and arts, power of forming 
ideal pictures of any object. Very Small. — One is plain and un- 
couth, and takes things as they are. Small. — Is unrefined, regardless 
of beauty and delicacy. Rather small. — Discovers little in nature 
and arts to awaken his feelings. Moderate.— Has some but not much 
imagination, is a little plain, ete. Fair. — Has some regard for the 
beautiful, yet lacks more taste. Full. — Has some refinement of 
feelings, of expressions, etc., without a vivid imagination. Rather 
large. — Fjne conceptions, emotions of feelings, one is an ^admirer of 
the wild and romantic. Large. — Great taste for poetry, eloquence, 
literature, painting, music, etc., arts and sciences. Very large. — Sub- 
limity, ecstacy, raptures of the soul at con' emplating the grand and 
awful nature, or the works of arts. Abused.— Sickly delicacy and 
taste ; overwrought sensibility, entusiasm and exaltation; eccen- 
tricity, wild flights of fancy, love for pomp, dress, novels, fictions; 
visions, abstractions, neglect of the solid of life, Physiognomized.-^ 
Intelligent features, sensible look, high and broad forehead Path* 
ogno?mzed.—'Eye3 glancing and subject to a rolling motion, light 
or unsteady head, careless and singular habits. See imagination, 
page 13, 



CRANICLOGY. 84 

N. B. Constructiveness, No. 7, may be added here, when consider^ 
ed as a perception of construction in the fine art?. So we may add 
as perceptions, Imitation No. 36, Vvit No. 37, Onomasophy No. 38, 
and Glossomathy No. 39. 

GENUS II. Faculties of reflection, or of philosophical sciences; 
the regulating' powers of the mind. 

33. Comparison. Power of analogy, judgment, acuteness, compar- 
ative sagacity, unlimited extension of the mental flight, capacity to 
judge any object by analogy. Very small. — One appears silly and 
dumb, perhaps insane. Small. — Want of judgment and discrimination. 
Bather small. — One iails most often to perceive and compare the relation 
of things. Moderate. — Wi 1 perceire only obvious similarities and dif- 
ferences. Fair — Can observe and discern but mistakes often. Full, 
— Discriminates, compares and illustrates well enough. Rather large. 
— Judges well, uses similies and differences in speaking and writing. 
Large. — Analyzes, criticises well, and uses figurative expressions 
with ease and advantage. Very large. — Abounds and excels in com- 
parisons, metaphors, allegories, analogies. Ahmed, — Is lead to soph- 
istical reasoning by unsound comparisons, satirical and infelicituous 
analogies. Physiognomized. — Roundness of the summit of the fore- 
head, and a nose with a wide and long septum. Paihognomizcd. — 
Attention at the first notice of things, arms often crossed on the 
breast, the eyes fixed on the abject to iirasp, quick and piercing eyes. 

34. Causality. Power of reasoning, ideology, metaphysical 
penetration, logic, genius depth of mind, of abstracting and of gene- 
ralizing, spirit of analysis, or method a posteriori, that is proving the 
cause by the fac'.s which are the effects and by whi^h we ascend to 
the cause ; capability to analyze judgements or any objects, by 
syllogisms. Very small. — Ignorance, lolly. Small. — One is weak 
and imbecile, cannot think. Rather Small. — Fails to comprehend the 
why and how of things. Moderate. — Is slow of reflection, and is net 
always very clear, and sometimes makes false conclusions. Fair. — 
Likes to investigate, can understand some. Full. — Can perceive causes, 
draw common inferences from principle?. Rather large. — Has com- 
mon sense, reasons well on the nature and effects of th ngs. Large. — 
Can lay good plans, readily adipts good means to ends, reaches the 
causes and effects of every thing. Very large. — Has a great depth, 
invention, originality, genius. Abused. — Wants to prove every thing, 
and is led to dogmatism and abstract speculations, destitute of prac- 
tical application. Physiognomized. — Perpendicular forehead, arched 
towards the summit, the eyebrows knitted. Pathognomized. — Calm 
and silent countenance, all the body motionless, the eyes fixed and 
turned towards heaven. 

35. Philosopuism. Power of inductive operation, human reason, 
conception, comprehension of the mind, wisdom, intuitive sense of 
the relative concatenation and combination of things, spirit of synthe- 
6iSj or method a priori, that is, proving the facts or the effects by the 
cause, capability to synthezy (to comprehend or to unite) judgments 
or any object by syllogisms, the viewing of human nature <_r any 
vast subject, physiognomical tact. Very small. — Blindness of under- 
standing. Small. — incapacity for serious studies, superficiality. 
Rather small. — One has insulated notions of things and cannot unite 






FACULTIES OF LANGUAGE. 85 

his ideas, or manage one branch of learning. Moderate. — One may 
uncle; stand a little by synthesis, yet will succeed by analysis. Fair. 
— Can comprehend some by induction and perceive a series of causes 
With their consequences. Full. — Can perceive some abstract and 
remote relations of thing's. Rather large. — Can understand human 
nature by intuition or by a quick inducLion. Large. — Has a good 
physiognomical tact upon almost every thing upon nature,, discovers 
and embraces at once its secrets. Very large. — The philosopher, who 
has an intuition of the sublime and vast series of the phenomena of 
the universe, and argues the concatenation of a subject. Abused. — 
Confused and my s'ified reasonings, perplexing efforts to find a suit- 
able agent for every operation, as for alchymy, etc. Physiognomized. 
— The upper part of the forehead wide and projecting, eyes fixed 
or closed. Pathognomized. — Motionless countenance, a breathing 
almost stopt, an absorption of the mind into cogitations, causing u 
paleness or a constriction of the face. 

GENUS III, Faculties of communication, or of expression by 
language. 

oti. Imitation. Spirit of imitation, sense of sympathetic language, 
mimick, aptness to copy or imitate any object, or to describe or make 
like another, copy, pantomime, theatrical ability. Very small. — One 
is unable to imitate. JSmall. — Has a singularity and an excentricity 
of manners for want of imitating. Rather small. — Dislikes or fails to 
copy, draw or do after others. Moderate. — Has a difficulty to take 
pattern, yet will imitate but poorly. Fair. — Will copy or imitate 
some person, some good example, some art, yet without beins; skil- 
ful to mimick. Full. — Can describe, relate anecdotes in personifying 
but with some effort. Rather large.^-Om copy and imitate gestures, 
sounds, words, mechanical process. Large. — Can personify, mimick 
very well and speak with good gestures on a stage. Very large. — 
"Will imitate perfectly any action, style, sound, etc , in art and sciences. 
Abused. — Likes to play the buffoon, the monkey, to make a farce, and 
to render every thing comical, to act the plagiary, to counterfeit any 
object. Physiognomized. — The eyes close together as in the monkey; 
the forehead with a horizontal plan, almost straight at the top. 
Pathognomized. — Expressiveness of manners in repeating or mimic- 
king what has been observed or learnt, in taking the ton of others or 
in falling into their temper. 

37- Wit, Spirit of mirthfulness, perception of ludicrous gaiety, 
satirical merriment causticity, joke, intellectual destructiveness, sense 
of antipathetic language, of joking on any object, or pointing out 
differences amidst resemblances. Very small. — Moroseness, peevish- 
ness. Small. — One is unable to make or take a joke. Rather small. — 
Dislikes jokes, and is slow in perceiving any contrast or puns. Mod- 
erate. — Is sober about puns, has a little wit, yet lacks quickness to 
express it. Fair. — Can perceive some contrast, make a joke and still 
not like to take as muca from others. Full. — Has some wit, mirth, 
sallies and reparties. Rather large. — Has a share of mirth and will 
express it with tac':. Large. — One is smart, and has a gay and quick 
perception of the ludicrous and incongruous. Very large. — Has a 
keen delight and tact in jovial sarcasms, epgrams, satire. Abused. — 
Mirth at the expense of others, frivolity and levity of mind, aptness to 



86 CRANIOLOGY. 

rail at religion, or morality to scoff at everything. Physio gnomized. — An arch know- 
ing look, a, broad forehead. Patho gnomized— A sort of half smile, affected and 
unnatural gestures, acquired by mimicking others, in order to ridicule them. 

38. OxoMASOPHY. Sense of the language of single words, perception of the 
artificial signs of a science or language, ability to recollect or to retain all 
kixds of words and names, as technical expressions of single ideas, in botany, 
chemistry, natural history, physical sciences etc., without any reference to their 
logical connexion ; verbal memory, the '■'what is the name of that." Very smill. 
— One is an idiot. Small. — Incapacity to recollect the names of persons and 
things. Rather Small. — Difficulty to learn by heart or to remember technical 
names except some few that necessarily interest one. Moderate. — One inquires 
for the names of persons and things, and remembers some. Fair. — Can recollect 
a certain quantity of names in languages or sciences, yet with some deficiency. 
Full. — lias a good store of names and words which he uses with some advantage. 
Rather large. — Taste fur languages and sciences, where there are many names or 
nouns to retain. Large. — Good nominal memory, capacity for natural history, 
medicine, mineralogy, etc. Very large. — Has a very great command of names in 
any science or language which he has learnt. Ahused. — Verbosity in speaking 
and writing, a mania of reciting pieces, prattling, talkativeness. Physingnomized. 
— Motionless intensity of looks, eyes full or big and projecting forward, eyelids 
and globe of the eyes drawn a little upward. Patho gnomized. — Great action in 
the eyes and in the tone of voice, in pronouncing technical names at every 
occurrence. 

39. Articulated Language. Sense of the language of thoughts, glossoma- 
thy. rolyglottism, perception and memory of the expressions of any language, 
faculty of speech, ability to recollect thoughts, or several ideas 0** words con- 
nected together, phraseologies, idiomatic sentences, rhetoric, elocution, thoughts 
memory ; this organ is to the preceding, what eventuality is to individuality. 
Vny small. — Stupid taciturnity caused by the want of that organ. Small. — Inca- 
pacity for expressing one's self. Rather small. — Difficulty to follow one's thoughts, 
to study grammar. Moderate. — One can write his thoughts and express them 
with common words. Fair. — Can expatiate some time on common subjects. 
Full. — Shows his faculty of speech with advantage, is free though not copious. 
Rather large. — Has ability for rhetoric, history, the nature of languages. Large. 
— Ability to study English, French. Spanish. German, etc. Can be a linguist, 
has a good memory of languages and talent for eloquence, his words flow freely 
and rapidly. Very large. — Can be a great Philologist, a sublime rhetor and an 
affluent improvisator. Abused. — Untimely making of speeches, too much volubi- 
lity in speaking, a passion to interpret the meaning of others, impatience at in- 
terruptions while speaking, bombast and unnecessary digressions. Physiognomized. 
— Eyes pursenet-like upwards, the ball pushed downward, forming a bag" or fold- 
ing in the lower eyelid, eyes big and projecting. Pathj gnomized. — Graceful atti- 
tudes and gesticulations, liveliness and smartness in telling stories, or reciting 
some event. 



PART IV. 



MEDICAL DEPARTMENT. 

Physiological Prolegomena. 

Moral and Corporeal Medicines aretwo necessary branches of the law of man, 
Anthroponomy. We claim no real discovery on the subject ; but after having stud- 
died the French and English authors on these subjects, we have added new ideas, 
perhaps, in the drift of this work, and have unit ed some detached beads of various 
authors to make the Rosary. Vv r e have been forming a new School uf Phrenolo- 
gists since 1838— giving a new definition of Phrenology, p 3, and new rules for 
blending its parts— Craniology and Physiognomy. So we call Craniologists only 
professors, who differing from our views, arc called Phrenologists. 

Our Anthroponomy includes two sciences. Psychology, or the science of tno 
Soul, and Physiology, or the science of life in the bodily man, which we treat 



PHYSIOLOGICAL PROLEGOMENA. 87 

promiscuously. Life i? an .tggregatc of physical and spiritual phenomena, mani- 
fested in succession for a limited rime in organized bodies. Three actions take 

place in the body, the attraction or absorption of the external elements for the 
nourishing of the body, then the secreting power of the vital principle on those 
elements to elaborate them, then the expansion or reactive power of the organs 
to communicate with and control the external world. The body, besides being 
like a galvanic battery, may be compared to a steam-engine; you feed the fur- 
nace or mouth with wood, and it receives the oxygen of the air for combustion. 
The heat expands the fluids inside into steam, and produces a pushing and pul- 
ling of the pistons of the great receiver, in order to entertain the motion of the 
wheels. So is the heart, with its sistole and diastole, by which the motion of 
the body is maintained. When man breathes or inhales the air, it passes 
through the larynx and the bronchia^ into the air-cells of the lungs ; the oxygen 
is disengaged from nitrogen, and coming in contact with carbon, produces fire, 
as oxygen and hydrogen produce water. The venous blood, running in close 
contact with the air-cells, and containing carbon and iron, at the passage from 
the capillary pulmonary artery into the capillary pulmonary vein, undergoes the 
clecarbonisation by that heat, expanding and contracting, and becomes arterial ot 
red. The carbon, which is poisonous, is disengaged and exhaled from the lungs. 
Man, then, ndergoc3 three conditions to live : air for his lungs, food for his stom- 
ach, and the radiation of light, caloric and external objects on the senses 
of the body for the action of the nervous system. The food entering the mouth, 
passes through the pharynx and the oesophagus. It mixes with the gastric 
juice, and forms a pulpy mass called chime, which passes through the pylorous 
into the duodenum, where it is mixed with the bile of the liver and the pancre- 
atic juices; then two masses are formed, one of nutriment called chyle, and 
another, of course, of its refuse called excrements. The fine part, or chyle, is 
taken up by lacteals into the thoracic duct, then into the subclavian vein, going 
along the venous current, till it enters, as a venous blood, the right side of the 
heart, and the coarse part goes out down through the anus. From the heart 
that venous blood goes to the lungs, then in its passage from the pulmonary 
artery to the pulmonary vein becomes arterial ; then it goes back to the heart 
into the left side ; then is forced from the heart into the aorta, and distributed 
through the body. The arterial blood contains the distillation and essence 
of the various articles eaten up for the nourishment of the body. Thus the 
temperaments are formed. The third condition cf human life is the power of 
receiving the light, caloric, and impressions from the external world through 
the sensitive organs of the body, (page 21), provided with a nervous system. 
There are two kinds of nervous apparatus, the ganglionic or sympathetic nerve, 
which governs the vegetative or interior life, or the viscera of the body, with the 
affections and passions of the soul, and the cerebro-spinal axis which originates 
in the brain or encephalus, (page 4). The brain is composed of three parts : the 
brain proper, which is the seat of understanding; the cerebellnm, the seat of 
locomotion and reproduction; and the medulla oblongata, the seat of respira- 
tion and voice ; its continuation, the spinal marrow, is the seat of nutrition. 
The optic nerve is photographed with millions of electrical atoms of images 
coming through the eyes. The auditory nerve is marked with millions of elec- 
trical undulatbrymoleculae, coming from the air through the ears ; and the smell, 
taste, and touch, with millions of plastic electrical moleculae through the nose, 
mouth, and skin ; and as that reaction of the brain comes from the center 
to the periphery, it expands the features of the face for action— and if there is 
antipathy for action, the features of the face will contract. The brain goes in 
motion by two galvanic batteries, a central and a peripheric, forming a positive 
pole. These two batteries communicate with the pelvis through the spinal 
marrow. There is anoth6r battery there forming the other or negative pole, 
and governing the sympathetic nerve and tho viscera. 

It follows, that desire or need is a galvanic phenomenon in all animals, (page 
G4). It is a tendency to act, and it manifests itself when the central batteries 
are in a state nf excitation. Desire is for mental operations what tension is for 
electric conditions. When desire is satisfied, it ceases for awhile, it is analo- 
gous to an exhausted battery, in which there are arrangements taken tor the 
renewing of the exciting fluid, in which case, after a certain time, it again be- 
comes active and manifests tension. Then, also, the intensity of the desire is 
greater, and will be more ready to break out on one object, love for instance, 
as the brain will have received 'more photographs or impressions of that love by 
pictures, words, or actions; in those deep impressions, we have the seat and 
Intensity of any passion. 

The nervous system is the organ of sensibility and motion. Besides the two 
Systems mentioned above, (page 5), Gall admits as many nervous systems as 
there are organs in all animals, as they have a scale of gradation in the number 



88 MKDICAL DEPARTMENT. 

of organs, there is an appropriated nervous system to it, we would say as many 
batteries. The brain contains nerves of sensation, optic, olfactory, auditory, 
and gustative : and nerves of motion in the eyes, head^ face, tongue, all mixed 
nerves, for both sensation and motion. 

Each sensitive nerve is in opposition with each motor nerve, and the circuit 
of any galvanic or nervous battery is completed by the closest motor nerve. 
The nerves which convey the impression to the brain are involuntary motors 
as well as the ganglionic nerves of the vegetation life ; but the nerves that react 
by the secreting action of the understanding are spinal voluntary motor nerves. In 
woman, the solar plexus feels much more than the nerves of external life the 
morbid shaking of passions. But it is certain, that the heart previously moved 
by that plexus reacts on the brain by the help of the pneumo^astric nerve, (the 
8th pair), if it has been moved first ; but if the brain has received previous im- 
pression, the brain acts first, and makes the passion irradiate on the heart by 
means of the above nervous branches. The pneumogastric nerve comes from the 
cardiac plexus, and is a negative conductor between the lungs and the viscera, 
and the great sympathetic nerve is a positive conductor from the viscera and 
heart to the brain. So by laying down flat on your back, and by breathing deep 
and slow and uniformly, and concentrating your will on the extremities first, 
and then going upward and downward progressively, truly says Jackson Davis, 
you will reach the brain for action on your disease, and you may cure yourself. 

The nervous system is the great regulator of actions between the soul and 
body by its sensibility and irritability. There are two extremes in the pendu- 
lum of life, the quick, hot, increasing, passionate, and positive state, tending to 
fever, and the slow, cold, decreasing, apathic, and negative state, tending to 
paralisy ; irritability, tends to inflammation, and reacts to the decreasing state. 

There are three states or motions of reaction on the face of man, extensibility, 
contractility, and a mixt state (p. 33, 34). Extensibility is the expansive action 
or negative state ; it takes place under the control of the will in the sanguine 
temperament, sanguine lymphatic, and sanguine bilious. The arterial blood 
is pushed with force from the heart to the brain— so we see a red face, opened 
mouth, thick lips, fatness, every organ open and dilated— great love for the sex, 
joy, happiness, great talkativeness, people who keep nothing within them- 
selves, they are frank, epicure, like to push and repel ; the greatest heroes for 
action are found in this class. And when the climax is attained by continued 
actions, convulsive passions take place— hence follow the abuse of organs ; lust 
of the sex, sodomy, etc., are among the sins. Contractility is the contracting 
action or positive state ; it takes place in the bilious and nervous temperament. 
Every feature, the lips, the nose, etc., seem to contract, to be pinched up, to pull 
in, or to go from the periphery to the centre. It is the contrary of the expan- 
sive, which goes from the centre to the periphery. People like to concentrate, 
or live only within themselves in their imagination. The greatest thinkers and 
geniuses are found in this class as well as the strongest magnetizers. They 
absorb and attract what they can, and conceal easily their actions. When the 
climax is attained by repeated actions, concentrated or oppressive passions 
take place : then passion is enjoyed in imagination : they are inclined to egotism, 
hypocrisy, sodomy, masturbation, etc.— hence, also, the apathy towards ex- 
panding or employing the organs, and thus their defect is exhibited on the face. 
The mixt state between the two is composed of both the expansive and con- 
tracting power, which establishes an equilibrium of action. It is found in the 
sanguine bilious principally. It can expand and absorb. It is the health of the 
soul and body. It produces secretions and excretions in due manner, and makes 
practical and wise men. 

Now, we can derive some more knowledge of the interior of man by the 
quiet state of the external parts and features — such as the forehead, nose, 
mouth, chin, neck, &c. (See pages 50 and 51). So, a part 



Projecting, means: energy, 

Retreating— weakness of that part, no 
reflexion, 

Long— perseverance, slowness, no ener- 
gy 

Short — shortness of action, 
Wide or Broad— coldness, without cun- 
ning, strong in action, 
Firm — energy, steadiness, 
Soft— delicac}', vacillating, 
Flabby or loose— sensuality, laziness, 
Thick — shame, roughness, 
Narrow — indocility, obstinacy, 
Big or large— strength, boldness 



Small— weakness, timidity, 

Rounded-mildness, frankness, flexibili- 
ty, 

Flat— coldness, simplicity, 

Square— resistance, 

Close or Compact— concealment, cun- 
ning, avarice, craft, 

Open— peacefulness, frankness, simpli- 
city, 

Fat— Nsensuality, laziness. 

Thin— privation, sensibility, 

Moist— sluggishness, easi ness, 

Dry — sensibility, irritability, morose* 
ncss, 



PHYSIOLOGICAL PROLEGOMENA. S9 



Hot— irritation, &c, 

Cold — defect of activity, 

Red— expansiveness, excess, violence, 

Pale— oppression, sickness, 

High— fantastical, no reflection, 

Low — want of some disposition or 

talent, 
Straight— forwardness, infiexbility, 
Angular — severity, austerity, slyness, 
Delicately expressed— delicacy of dis- 
position, 
Harshly expressed— irrascibility, 
From the above rules, we can draw up' 



Arched features— mildness, 
Rounded — flexibility, 

Projecting angles — energy, roughness, 
Fine '• penetration, 

Undulated lines— weakness, 
Angular— roughness, 
Perpendicular — no wit, 
Straight — inflexibility, force, under- 
standing, 
Curved- -flexibility, weakness, senti- 
ments. 
. F , for exercise, the physiognomy of every 
disposition, capacity, profession, trade, passion, and vices; and, besides, from 
the images of perfection which we have retained in our brain, by continual ob- 
servations of beautiful types to form our taste by, and at last by the feelings of 
sympathy, or antipathy, or indifference we may have ; for physiognomy, is a 
science more of sentiments than of reasoning. We are all born physiognomists 
more or less. If we were deaf and damb, it would bo the only language of man. 
Now we will treat first of the diseases of the soul, and secondly of the dis- 
eases of the body. 

chapter 1. 

Medical Phrenology : 

Man has been created to live in harmony with himself, with his fellowmen, 
and with God : that harmony is love. Now, God is love, and love is the per- 
fecting of the law, and on it hang the law and the prophets. — Luke xxiii. 36-40 ; 
Rom. xiii. 10, and James i, 27. 

It is the basis of true religion — it is religion itself— and it is only on that basis 
that men have been able to agree with each other in all their transactions on 
positive necessities, whilst they do not agree on the forms of religion and gov- 
ernments, which are left to the free will of mankind for exercise. We have, 
then, to love ! ourselves first, simply and without any comparison, in order to 
understand and to enable us to love ! our neighbor as ourselves, and thereby 
to show by that evidence the love of ! God above all, which is our last and 
supreme love for happiness after this life. So there is no love of God without 
the love of the neighbor, and there is no rational love of the neighbor without 
loving ourselves first. After that law, it is evident that all maxims, all princi- 
ples, all counsels that man can trace up for himself, are only single rules of 
numan prudence and of practical wisdom, which may vary according to times 
and circumstances. The diseases of the soul, which are twofold, consist mainly 
in priJe and concupiscence. The general treatment is explained at page 34. But, 
mind ! the magnetic exercise of prayer, (p. 17), and abstemiousness, are the great 
remedies. Besides, we must consider our last end, and impress our brain with 
the ideas of immortality and glory that we will obtain, if we do to others what we 
want to be done unto us rationally, and if we do not do to others what we don't 
want them to do to us rationally.— Mat. vii. 12. We will follow the same di- 
vision as it is in the Craniological part : first, the affective faculties ; and second- 
ly, the intellectual faculties. 

Article I. Diseases of the affective faculties 

The affective faculties express love : they are the executive government of 
man ; they are the motions of the will of the soul. We are accountable and 
responsible for the actions of the will decided by the understanding, and there 
is our spiritual liberty ; but if we decide by the understanding of others, we are 
spiritual slaves, and we risk to lose ourselves with a blind guide. Besides, when 
there is no violence made to us for our external actions, we are free and perfect- 
ly responsible. We will speak first of the love of ourselves, expressed by the 
faculties of Industry ; secondly of the love of the neighbor, expressed by the fa- 
culties of Sociability : and thirdly of the love of God, "expressed by the faculties 
cf Morality. We will use the words defect and abuse to signify the disease or 
passion. A defect may be natural, accidental, or acquired. If it is acquired, it is 
a real disease, like an abuse. 

Section 1. Diseases of the faculties of industry, or the love of ourselves. 
(Page 70). 

§ 1. Vitativeness— 1. Defect: Negligence of life, cured by stimulants rubbed 
on the medulla oblongata. 2d. Abuse : Cowardice and fear. See §3. 

§ 2. Alimentivcness. — I. Defect : Sickness of the stomach, unnatural indiffer- 
ence for food, cured by stimulants. 2. Abuse : Gluttony. 

OUittony.— The first sin of childhood. The table kills more men than war 

Causes: Childhood and o.d age; bilious and sanguine bilious temperament 



90 MEDICAL PHRENOLOGY. 

rich and idle people ; the male sex more than the female ; cooks are less inclined 
to it. Mankind is ruled by the stomach like the animals.— Semeiology or Symp- 
toms: Middle size, prominent abdomen, narrow forehead, quick and brilliant 
eyes, short nose, hanging lips, wide mouth, large and strong teeth, displayed 
lips, long and wide cheekbone and lower jaw, round chin, double and flesQy, 
square face, or at least rounded ; head aches after eating.— Hygienic and moral 
treatment : Fasting and abstinence, rural exercises, a society of sober and active 
mates, pure water, plain meals at regular hours, steady employment, stimulat- 
ing the idea of making money by using diligence and dispatch in eating, as 
time is money ; to show the shame attached to the sensual features of persons 
who live only to eat and drink, and the danger of falling into apoplexy and 
gout. 

§— Bibativeness. — 1. Defect : accidental sickness. 2. Abuse : Drunkenness. 

.Drunkenness. — Causes: Influence of bad example in adults, the male sex 
oftener than the female ; sanguine and bilious temperament ; some politicians, 
musicians belonging to band, soldiers, sailors, porters, shoemakers, tailors, to- 
bacco chewcrs, smokers, and bar-keepers, are more subject to it. Idleness, 
reverses of fortune, despair, disappointments, depravity of taste by disease, as 
in women, cursers, gamblers, loafers, frolickers. and hereditary impression.— 
Ssmeiology : The drunkard is heavy and unhandy in his gait, his swarthy and 
copper-like face is covered with pimples, his nose is red and thick, sometimes 
also the face is pale, but the eyes are dull, wild, and languishing, the breath 
fcetid, lips swelled, hanging and agitated by ontinual shivering. — Treatment ; 
To join temperance societies. If drunkenness is slight, make the man drink 
some cups of tea or coffee, or orgeat syrup, diluted with water, or else ten or 
twelve drops of ammonia in half a tumbler of water. If there is nausea, facili- 
tate the vomiting with lukewarm water or some grains of ipecac, then 
thirst for liquors will be subdued with lemonade or some acidulated drink in 
which you inuy put cream of tartar to make it laxative, If there is congestion 
of the brain, apply leeches behind the ears, at the temples, and especially^ the 
anus. In case of apoplexy, put some sinapisms, and lead them along the inside 
of the thighs. 

Some people think that the sin • >f gluttony or drunkenness in ohe person is 
not the business of another, because tliey say, the drunkard hurts himself only— 
but we say that he hurts others also by giving a bad example, or exciting them 
to drink till they hurt themselves ; his" conduct is a reproach to their abstinence, 
and he teaches others what they do not want to be taught against their best 
judgment. He does not love himself right, since nature punishes him by sick 
ness or shameful result, and, therefore, he does not love his neighbor in a" 
rational manner. 

Tobacco M ania.-The use of it, especially in chewing, is contrary to the laws 
of nature, as it does not constitute any of the elements of the human body. Its 
juice destroys the sensibility of the stomach, and produces a constant irritability 
in it. So it is injurious in the long run, except in a lymphatic constitution, 
where the excretion has to be abundant in order to d minish the fatness. The 
remedy for getting rid of it is to chew for awhile some mulberry leaves or black 
tea leaves, and to1)e magnetized. 

§ 3. Acquisitiveness.— Defect : Laziness. Abuse : avarice and theft. 

Laziness.— It is also a defect of constructiveness <§ 7). It is a vice less than 
idleness. It supposes an action that goes on two slowly, whereas idleness con- 
sists in doing nothing. It is contrary to diligence, and especially to industry. 
It suspends the functions of the cerebral organs, and is likely to stupify a per- 
son. It is the first degree of paralisy, the rust of the understanding, and the 
source of all vices.— Causes: Children, old people, the black race are more in- 
clined to it,— lymphatic temperament, large abdomen, tallness with slender 
limbs, extreme cold or heat, concentrated passions, onanism.— Treatment: If it 
is an accidental morbid stare, the return of strength will cure it. If it proceeds 
from the lymphatic constitution, let the sleep be of short duration ; avoid veget- 
able fruits and milk ; take highly aromatized food, composed of roasted meat 
with a little wine. Bitter drink, coffee, and the use rf the pipe, will do some- 
times. Exercises of all kinds. Frictions on the spine will do very well. 

Avarice — The richest man is the economist, and the poorest man is the 
miser. Avarice is the desire of accumulating riches even at the expense of pri- 
marvnecessitv. St. Paul calls it idolatry of money.— Causes : Lymphatic, me- 
lancholic, the rich more than the poor ; the domineering passion of old au r e. as 
ambition is that of man, love that of young men, and gluttony that of infancy. 
The true cause is an exaggerated fear of missing the supply of life in case of 
poverty.— Semeiology : When the avaricious receives, his face expands, and he 
enjoys, when he has to give, his face contracts, and he is sad and slow. — Treat 
meat : To frequent lively people that give aims and spend money freely; t? 



DISEASES OF THE SOL'L. 91 

view the ridicule of the fear of being robbed ; the sad and unavoidable result of 
avarice, misery, and hatred from ethers. 
Theft.— This sin is cured by appealing to the high feelings and to reason. 
§4. Dcstructivcness. — Defect : Effeminacy, cured by rubbing the organ as 
before, and stimulating it with aroma. — Abuse : Cruelty, swearing, (see p. ' 
71) for the physiognomy. — Treatment ; Cataptasms, with sinapisms, may be ap- 
plied to both 'legs, and narcotico aromatics on the whole head, also baths, and 
the society of the sex ; and cursing is cured by stopping or avoiding conversation. 
§ 5. Combativeiiess. — Defect : Inefficiency, cured by stimulating or rubbing 
the organ with the hand or some aroma, and teasing the person, exciting him .o 
take his defence. — Abuse : anger and duel, - p. 71). 

Auger.— It is an excessive need of reaction from a physical or moral suiTering ; 
it produces impatience, roughness, violence, furor, hatred, and vengeance.— 
Causes: Bilious, bilious sanguine, and nervous temperament; the female more 
than the male sex ; the Southern people more than the Northern ; children are 
impatient or pouters ; young men are rough and violent ; soldiers and sailors 
are abrupt; besides, literary men and artists are inclined to impatience and 
hatred: great sensibility and irritability of the nervous svstem. and the rapidity 
of the circulation of the blood, hastens the ideas to a crisis, whilst the brain is 
impressed with misfortune, or fatigued with excessive watching, hunger, and 
thirst, or whilst the stomach is digesting the food.— Semeiology : There are two 
kinds, the red, convulsive, or excentric anger, and the pale spasmodic, oppres- 
sive or concentric anger. In the sanguine temperament it is convulsive; the 
blood comes from the centre to the periphery the heart beats with violence, 
breathing is accelerated, the face and neck swell and redden, the hair stand on 
an end, the look is inflamed, the eyes injected with blood, seem to go out from 
their orbit, (p. 33). In the lymphatic and bilious temperament, where there is 
not sufficient energy for reaction, the blood accumulated in the viscere seems to 
sojourn there, there is scarcely a beating of the heart, the pulse is small, close, 
and frequent, and it is oppressive, (d. 3-1, etc.) Anger pushed to excess may 
break the blood vessels and cause death. — Treatment : floral means. Anger 
comes from weakness. Strengthen the body by gvmnastic exercises and tem- 
perance, and the soul by study and reflection ; to delay and run away, or make 
a diversion by reciting the letters of the alphabet ; to" keep company with mild 
and spiritual females ; not to grant to children what they ask with impatience ; - 
to rebuke them with mildness and to inflict upon them a punishment, not blows, 
in a cool manner, and to show them their deformitv before a looking-glass.— 
Physical means: To throw a pitcher of water on the head, baths, mild vegetable 
and milky diet, cold meat with gravy, and acidulous substances : avoid stimulants, 
liquors, coriee and green tea ; drink water, lemonade, weak black tea, etc. 

jiuei. — It is a false point of honor for revenge, and cowardice for not being 
able to bear an affront in a Christian manner/ It is contrary to natural law 
social order, religion, reason, and the laws of honor. The remedy is to attach a 
disgrace to that action, by punishments : no one has a right to be a law to him- 
self, as there is a law to protect all, and we owe duty to our family and society 

§ (3. Secretiveness.— Defect : Indiscretion, cured by admonitions, an stimu- 
lating the organ, and exciting the idea of secrecv. — Abuse : Falsehood, hypocri- 
sy. The organ is irritated, and by diverting the irritation to another point by 
means of aromatic blisters, we may regulate the ororan. It is the sin of infancy, 
and of merchants and speculators. The remedv isrto forgive a child when he 
tells the truth, and to make peonle ashamed of that sin. 

§7. Constructiveness.— Defect: Unskilfalness, cured by stimulating the or- 
gan as before, and rubbing down the spinal marrow, to excite motion. Necessi- 
ty is the stimulator of constructive or industrv.— Abuse : Vanity of speculations. 
§ S. Cautiousness, page IS.— Defect : Blindness, imprudence^ cured by stimu- 
lating the organ and reasoning on facts, exciting the apprehension of dang- 
ers. — Abuse : Fear. -A debilitating and oppressive passion, an abase of vitativc- 
ness, and a defect of combativeness and hope.— Causes : Females, children, and 
old people, weak unci sickly per=ons, paralatics. hvpocondriacs. hysterics, soli- 
tude, darkness, the silence*of night, excessive fatigue, moist and, relaxing cli- 
mate, abuse of purges, sanguine evacuation, the abuse of love, tepid baths, sleep 
too much prolonged, softness, gluttony, and especially ignorance, an unexpected 
noise, and the story of robber3.-~ Symptoms : Face pale and dejected, gaping 
mouth, and mild or staring eyes, immovable nostrils. The whole body is disor- 
dered. Fear may be followed by syncopes, palpitation, convulsions, paralisy, 
and epilepsy, especially among children ; suppression of menstru, _ uterine 
hermorrhage. and sometimes abortion : intense phlegmasia?, mental alienation, 
catalepsy, hydrophoby, pulmonary and cerebral apoplexy, aneurism and death. 
Soldiers and sailors are more e::; osed to it, and hence to catch the scurvy.— 
Treatment: To abstain from frightening; young men must strengthen their 



92 MEDICAL PHRENOLOGY. 

stomach by a strong food, traveling, hunting, swimming, riding on horseback, 
gymnastic exercises, music, the imitation of a little war, reading of the lives >f 
warriors, frequenting brave men. During a fit of fear, give a spoonful of water 
to drink at a time, with water thrown on the iorehead and temples, or frictions 
made on the limbs with equal parts of brandy and vinegar. Sometimes drink 
a little wine or an infusion of camomile with orange and linden leaf. Obedience 
and confidence towards a suitable friend and adviser, are the best remedies. 

§— Watchfulness, page 73.— Defeat : Dulness and laziness. See acquistive- 
ness. — Abuse: Overbearing, cured by the motives of justice and charity. 
Section 11.— Diseases of the faculties of sociability, or the love of our neighbor. 

§ 9. Amativeness, page 74.— Defect : Passive continency, caused by weakness 
of a small cerebellum and spinal marrow, slender and long neck, emaciation, 
tending to a bad health ; nervous system predominating, a diseased constitu- 
tion ; cured by rich food and stimulating, and rubbing the cerebellum and spine 
with aromas, or wearing the aromas in sacks on those parts. Still, it is better 
to abstain from it, if a person can stand healthy— A buse : Licentiousness.— 
Symptoms : The median lobe of the brain is affected, irritated, or inflamed ; very 
broad and short neck. See the physiognomy of it. (p. 74). A bold gait, a 
lascivious look and mouth, falseness, an impure breath. In the sin of mas- 
turbation, we see a languishing expression and lengthening of the face, paleness 
of lips and cheeks, fixedness of looks, the swelling of the eyebrows, their lividi- 
ty, the inclining of the head towards the ground^ the excessive development of 
genital! organs, a sudden or stopped growth, a voracious appetite, a rapid de- 
crease without any apparent sickness, a badly secured gait, the weakness of the 
kidneys, night sweats, dirty urine, a continual chill, a harsh, weak, or hollow 
voice, the manner of sitting, the position of the hands in bed, the inclination to 
keep apart or at a distance, laziness, the indifference for playing, blunted feel- 
ings the habit of falsehood, the weakness of memory and intelligence, monoman- 
ia, phtlrysis pulmonaris or consumption, a diseased spinal marrow, alterations in 
the heart, apoplexy principally after meals ; induration, softening, abcesses 
and cancer in the brain, weakness of the parts, disease of the genito urinary ap- 
paratus : the lust of the sex is shown by satyriasis aiM impotency in men aiid 
women by leucorrhcea. nymphomania, sterility, hemorrhagy, cancer and altera- 
tions of the uterine; diabetes, cystitis and nephritis, and all forms of syphilis 
ensue. The sin of sodomy has the same marks as licentiousness between the 
sexes. It does not destroy so quick as masturbation, on account of the electri- 
cal mutual compensation"; but men of a lymphatic temperament and portly ab- 
domen, are more liable to that sin of sodomy, whereas the sanguine tempera- 
ment leads to the woman, and the nervous more to masturbation. There is a 
relation between the pelvis and the lungs, by which the lungs suffer a decrease 
in its functions, by the loss of seed. — Causes : Too much eating ; premature ex- 
citement of the genital organ to enter into action at inordinate times, and re- 
gulated more by imagination than by the laws of organism ; tetters, eresypelas, 
asearides in the rectum, irritation of the cerebellum and spinal marrow, flagel- 
lation, aloetic purges, spices liquors and beer ; then the bad example of some 
nurses.— Treatment : To watch children ; not to let them alone or in bad com- 
pany. Avoid all stimulants : wine, coffee, liauors, novels, love pictures, balls, 
theatres, drinking-houses, and sleeping on the back ; to use a hard bed, light 
and refreshing food, whey, acidulous drinks, fruits, vegetable diet, seat baths 
morning and evening, swimming, walking, fatiguing, exercises till they feel 
hungry, gymnastics of all kinds, the use of ^camphor or sedative, and some'times 
of nenuphar, a continual occupation of the mind to some necessary subject 
either for business or amusing instructions, regularity of meals, hunting, the 
study of mathematics— avoid literature and poetry. We must pity such a patient, 
eud cry with him, rather than exasperate him by rebukes— try to awake in him an 
antagonistic spirit on some subject against you. Avoid all aromatic articles, 
fish, eggs, jelly, game, salad, mushroom, cantharides, aloes, galbanum, and ail 
stimulants except camphor. If there is an irration in the cerebellums by heavi- 
ness or heat, cut the hair very short ; wear no cap ; use a hard pillow ; ice ap- 
plications on the nape, with hot footbath ; dry or narcotic frictions on each side 
of the vertebral column ; cold liquid applications, etc. As to the sj^philitic dis- 
eases, the patient must consult a physician. 

§10. Philoprogenitiveness, p. 74. Defect: A dislike for children, cured by , 
exciting the love of them, and rubbing the organ as before. —Abuse: Too much 
love for them, which degenerates into the abuse of amativeness. 

§ 11 Concentrativeness, p. 74. — Defect : Disconnection of feelings, frivolity, 
cured by rubbing the organ as before, and stimulating the love of concentrating 
our thoughts. — Abuse: Resentment, manias, cured Vy changing the direction of 
excitement on some other part near it. Resentment is a sort of anger spoken 
of at § 5 ; and mania, on wicked actions, is spoken of at § 9. 



DISEASES OE THE SOUL. 93 

§ 11. Inhabitiveness, p. 75.— Defect : Dislike of home, cured by rubbing the 
organ as before, and stimulating the love of home.— Abuse ; KostaK gia. It is 
an imperious and melancholic desire of coming back to the place of our infancy. 
— Causes : The bilious more than the sanguine, men more than women ; chil- 
dren, soldiers, tailors, servants, and slaves, are more liable to it. It has the 
same symptoms as fever in the atrabilary temperament ; a sighing habit, flying 
every body, anxious,wanderingand weak looks, moroseness," taciturnity, short 
breath, palpitations, marasmus, and weakening of the intellectual faculties.— 
Treatment : To return home is the best remedy, or travelling elsewhere. 

§ 12. Adhesiveness, p. lb.— Defect : Cold heartedness, cured by rubbing the 
organ as above, and stimulating the benefit of friendship. — Abuse : Mania in 
attachment, cured by changing the scenes of amusement to better persons or 
objects, and showing the shame of those manias. There is a passion that comes 
from the abuse of friendship as well as the abuse of acquisitiveness and concen- 
trativeness, it is the passion of gambling. It is a fight for money, where the 
gambler sees in his feilowman a prey which he wishes to seize. — Causes : Idle- 
ness, vanity, the desire of making money without working. — Symptoms : Pale 
countenance, impatient and fixed looks, a sad severity, always among so-called 
friends, sometimes a dreadful aspect, fury and malignant joy, and at last suicide. 
— Treatment : To break up all communications with such friends, to undertake 
a regular business, the company of religious persons, travels, fatigues of the 
body, and the cultivation of fine arts and science. 

§ 13. Self-esteem, p. 75. — Defect: Meanness, cured by rubbing the organ as be- 
fore, and stimulating the feelings of character. — Abuse: Pride, ambition, jeal- 
ousy. Pride is an exaggerated sentiment of our personal value, with the in- 
tention" of preferring ourselves to others, and to dictate to them. See vanity at 
§ 14. Causes: A bad education, riches, half-learning, adulation, sanguine, san- 
guine bilious and nervous ; men more than women. Pride differs in every indi- 
vidual.— ^Treatment: Good example and advices, frequent baths, light and cool- 
ing diet to diminish the sanguine plethora, and the surrexitation of" the nervous 
system. The law makes ever}' body equal in retributive justice, and religion 
recommends us humility.— Rom. xii. 3. 

Ambition. — It is a violent and continual desire of rising above others and 

Srofitingby their ruin; the abuse of self-esteem and acquisitiveness.— Causes: 
[en more than women ; a cowardly and creeping heart ; expansive and harshly 
expressed features ; paleness ; nearness of the eyebrows ; the eyes withdrawing 
in their orbits; movable and careworn look; projecting cheekbone: the tem- 
ples becoming hollow ; the hair falling or whitening before time. — Treatment • 
Rural life, long walks, hunting, light and cooling "diet, as that passion alters 
digestion ; long sleep, lukewarm baths, and frictions. Turn the passion on 
some other object, as for the ambition of the other world. 

.Jealousy. — It is a fear not to preserve our property, and that others will 
enjoy the same good that we possess. See envy in § 14. — Causes: Bilious, lym- 
phatic, nervous, and melancholic temperament, childhood and old age ; women 
more than men: idiocy, rachitis, deformity, impartiality of tutors among chil- 
dren, poverty, idleness, and rival professions. — Symptoms : Sadness, tacitur- 
nity ; the habitual frowning of the eyebrows coincinding with the leaden pale 
features in envy. It is a concentric, oppressive, and acute passion. When 
chronic by habit, the blood dilates the vessels — hence palpitations, sighs, aneur- 
isms ; also the liver full of black blood, secretes more bile, and ends in hypertro- 
phy. Then digestions are bad ; the forces diminish ; the skin is livid ; emacia- 
tion increases, with a slow fever ; symptoms of the irritation of the viscera ; 
then it comes to the brain ; dark and confused thoughts ; love of darkness lead 
to a consumptive melancholy, hypocondria, suicide, or forced death. — Treat- 
ment : Mild, refreshing, and vegetable diet, pure water, whey, emulsions, muci- 
laginous cold drinks, moderate exercise, varied occupation, mineral water ; ab- 
stain from purges and stimulants which excite the nervous system. Remove 
all temptations from a patient ; show him happiness in an honest mediocrity, 
the vanity of glory, and that we have to moderate our desires in order to obtain it. 

§14. Approbativencss, p. 7G. — Defect : Incivility, roughness, cured by rubbing 
the organ as above, and stimulating the sense of external character and propriety. 
— Abuse : Vanity and envy. Vanity.— it is an excessive desire of the praise ot 
others. The patient works to be admired, even if has not pride enough to dic- 
tate, lie is glorious, pretentious, magnificent, and coquettish. The proud man 
raises himself stiffly and haughtily; his pinched mouth shows disdain; the 
vanitous displays himself with graceful actions and looks, and a mouth more 
apt to open.-— treatment ; The same as for jealousy. Show that all is vanity of 

vanities. Envy it is a regret of the good that others possess and that we 

would prefer for ourselves. It is a fury which is worse than jealousy. The 
causes and treatment are the same a3 for jealousy above delineated. 



94 



mimical phrenology. 



Sectton ITT.— Diseases of the faculties of Morality or the love of God. 

§15. Conscientiousness— it is a desire to adhere to conscience, which is a 
judgment on what is right and wrong'— Defect : Injustice, cured by rubbing the 
organ as before, and stimulating the sense of duty. — Abuse ; Unnecessary re- 
morses, cured by stimulating the intellectual faculties and hope, § 20. 

§ 16. Firmness.— Defect : Weakness of feelings, cured by rubbing the organ as 
before, and stimulating the sense of decision. — Abuse .* Stubbornness ; to speak 
with mildness to a bad child, and use synapisms on him during sleep, and the 
method of metastasis, spoken of in therapeutics ; also, the rod on the inferior 
bade gives wisdom to unfeeling children,— Prov. x. IS ; xxix. 15, 17. War is a 
rod of Providence by the 'law of existence., but to be remedied by good behavior. 

§ 17. Benevolence, p. 77. — Defect; Hardheartedness, cured by rubbing the or-> 
gan as before, and stimulating the sense of beneficence or charity, which is an 
evidence of the love of God.— Abuse : Simpleheartedness to the undeserving, 
cured by metastasis, or stimulating the neighboring organs, so as to modify the 
action of benevolence to right purposes. 

§ 13. Venerativeness, p. 77.— Defect ; Impiety, cured by rubbing the organ as 
before, and stimulating the sense of religion and worship by reason and feelings, 
and the habit and consent of mankind, and the good we derive as fellow- 
creatures, from a universal and harmonious feeling towards God, in the various 
religious organizations, 'and in view of our dependence on Him, our pilgrimage 
upon earth, our immortality after death, and the necessity of honoring pa- 
rents, and being submissive to them ; as political liberty is not made for mi- 
nors. — Abuse /"Superstition, idolatry; worshipping everything or person from, 
whom we derive a temporal good ; attaching importance to formal practice. — 
Treatment ; Heading books on the counterpart, so as to understand how to wor- 
ship God in spirit and in truth.— John, iv. 23. Superstition is a feeling thai 
does not reason, but when it comes to reason, it takes the name of fanaticism; 
and belongs to marvcllousness, § 10, and the intellectual faculties. 

§ 19. Marvellousness. — Defect ; Incredulity, cured by rubbing the organ as be 
fore, and stimulating the sense of belief or faith as a harbor against adversity, oi 
a guide or a post to stick to, or a center of action to refer to, for our hape, § 20. 
Faith in God or faith in Christ, or in a pastor, or a physician, will restore out 
spiritual and our physical health, r and destroy all attempt to jeopardise, by unbe- 
lief, our future life.— Abuse ; Credulity. The treatment is to 'employ the sys- 
tem of metastasis, by stimulating some close organ, and carrying the proximate 
feeling of belief on it,— and principally the intellectual faculties, for the cultiva- 
tion of science and arts. 

§ 20. Expectativeness.— Defect ; Despair— which is the cause of suicide, and 
comes from the want of religious belief and moral courage; and suicide is the 
delirium of the love of self,' which has no courage to bear adversity, defeat, or 
shame. Men more than women ; lunatics and epileptics, and literary men; the 
atrabilary temperament are more apt to it. The spleen of the English is a varie- 
ty, as it becomes sick by a sedentary habit. The treatment consists in contain- 
ing the patient when it is dangerous to let him free ; to make him drink a pound 
of "fresh water every hour ; and if lie remains pensive and taciturn, to water his 
forehead, his temples, and his eyes, till he becomes more alive, wrapping his 
feet with warm flannel. Apply a large blister or a seton on the part of the hy- 
pocondriac regions, where the heat is usually stronger. This revulsive remedy 
will succeed when the disease has its seat in the abdomen. In cases more fre- 
quent, when the brain is effected, we must join some medicinal and moral reme- 
dies to act directly on the brain : good air, a pleasant home, smiling pictures, 
distractions, and exercises of all kinds, and the necessity of attending to some 
occupation; and at last to get the confidence of the patient.-^ use ; Visionary 
speculations. The treatment consists in showing the futility of speculations 
and building castles in the air. The nervous system is so much exalted in the 
moral faculties that it wants to be quieted and regulated by the intellectual fa- 
culties, reasoning and cultivating the fine arts to spend the action of hope upon, 
and to keep a cool and light diet, abstaining from all stimulants, and turning the 
hope towards celestial things, by fasting and submission to the will of God. 
Article 11. — Diseases of the intellectual faculties. 

These faculties, or the understanding, express reason, that guides or gives 
the light. They are the legislative goveT-ument of man, and belong to the ab- 
sorbing action, whilst the affective faculties, or the Will that wants to act, is 
the executive, that follows reason, and belongs to the expansive action. The 
understanding is a harmonious series of electrical impressions, that came at 
first from the' external world, a determined regularity of forms and features of 
spiritual truths, and of their relations mathematically or harmoniously arranged 
in electrical atoms, and is like the male electrical molecule, p. 5, that gives the 
form to trees and to all vegetables; whereas the female molecule gives the 



DISEASES OE THE SOUL." 95 

growth to fill it up, and symbolises the affective faculties. So, also, js the 
conception of a child in the woman— the man represents the extremity of the 
form, and the woman the growing towards the filling up of that form. 

What is right and wrong, what is true and false/ and what is beautiful and 
iigly, are left to the judgment of conscience. We are then responsible only 
before God for religious opinions and charity, and before men for the observance 
of social duties, as regards justice and equity. So that any error comes from 
the perception, but the sin lays in the affective faculties resisting the perception 
or conscience of it. — Involuntary error of the understanding, in creeds, is excus- 
able before God, our creator, according to all theologians, as regards our salva- 
tion, as every Christian (practicing charity) sect takes the right to declare to 
have a sufficient knowledge of the dogmas of true religion, whilst they unjustly 
deny to each other that right. As no sect has a right to be a judge of the other, 
and as we all agree on the practice of Christian charity, it follows that all theo- 
logians have to acknowledge that the religious forms and creeds are left to the 
judgment and choice of men, according to education and circumstances ; and 
that the Lord will glorify us not from the opinions of the understanding, but 
from the use we have made of those opinions in establishing peace and love 
among our fellowmen, because then we will discover the fundamental doctrines, 
or be inspired about them by the only spirit of mutual charity. — Matt. xxv. 35. 

Every individual capacity has also a defect and an abuse ; but neither the defect 
nor the abuse is a sin by itself, nor a passion, still both are diseases more or less. 

The treatment of a defect consists in rubbing the organ as before, with the hand 
or aromatic substance, and stimulating the desires, for observation and percep- 
tion of the object, art or science in question, by pictures, actions, and encour- 
agement. The treatment of an abuse consists in inspiring a desire for the per- 
ception and observation of a different object, art, or science, stimulating that 
new object or faculty, in order to forget the abused one. There are only two 
sorts of abuses or diseases : the abuses of the fine arts, which we call mania, 
which lead to folly, and the abuses of sciences and of reasoning, which we call 
fanaticism. The general treatment consists in examining if the pulse is weak 
on both wrists, and there may be weakness in the judgment or other faculties ; 
then a foot bath may suffice ; and if it does not reestablish the pulse, we must 
act as in the affections of the medullary substance, by putting sinapisms or 
heating substances on the legs, and cooling substances on the head. We have to 
treat such a patient as if he was insane. As too much study alters and deranges 
the constitution of man, and especially his brain. The organs most liable to 
mania are configuration for drawing, measure, weight, and number for mathe- 
matics, coloring for painting, order, music, time, individuality, eventuality, and 
locality for study. The mania of collections belongs to acquisitiveness and ven- 
eration with any of the perspective organs. The organs which belong to fanati- 
cism are ideality, comparison, causality, philosophism, imitation, wit, and both 
languages. The intellectual faculties, in an excited state, degenerate into dis- 
traction, monomania, and folly, and in a torpid state into absence, dementia, 
stupidity, brutishness, and for both, intellectual death. Fanaticism is the exal- 
tation of the nervous system on the faculties of reflection by an excessive admi- 
ration and party spirit for some sciences, or arts, or opinions. There is an artistic 
fanaticism, a political fanaticism, and a religious fanaticism, which have de- 
stroyed the world by disputes and wars for want of Christian tolerance. Insan- 
ity is not easily recognized, outwardly, except in the irregularity of the fea- 
tures and the state of the eyes, their staring in a dull manner, moving irregularly, 
weak emission of electricity, a difficulty to fix the e} r es on some object. 

■The intellectual faculties, and principally memory, can be excited by animal 
magnetism and by stimulants, and may be disturbed by exaltation of the cere- 
bra? functions. They may diminish in inflammation, by softening or hardening 
of the brain. Diminution of the faculties indicates cerebral inflammation, diz- 
ziness, softening of the brain, apoplexy in nervous fcver3 ; or with a florid, scrofu- 
lous and rachitic children, we have smartness and witticism. The above treat* 
ment for defect and abuse is to be followed. 

CHAPTER II. 

Medical Somatology :■ 

The analysis of the diseases the soul has led us to view the diseases of the 
body as having relation to the nervous system, and may all be called nevrose ; 
and as diseases are all felt more or less in. the brain, if we can impress the brain 
with photographs of good ideas of faith and hope, by physical remedies, mag- 
netism, or otherwise, we will cure the brain or the soul, which will force the cir- 
culation and excite the nerves of the body. The soul will master and cure its 
body, which will find no time to be sick. We will, therefore, occupy ourselves 
With the head especially, and have two articles : Semeiology and Therapeutics. 



96 MEDICAL SOMATOLOGY. 

article 1. — Semeiology. 

Semeioloay is the science of symptoms and signs, which contribute to tho 
diagnosis of diseases. 

§ 1. The face. — There is a contractility or an expansion of the tissues ; in 
grief, the muscles contract, the skin is wrinkled, emaciation comes. Sympathy, 
or tender emotion, sends the arterial or living blood by expansion ; antipathy. 
Or sad emotion, contracts, and thus the venous blood runs in its place, and 
causes a languid circulation and pale tissues. In inflammatory fevers and in- 
tense phlegmasia, the face is more animated, exalted, and expanded. The 
contraction of muscles is fixed in tetanos with great stiffness. An accidental in- 
termittence of exaltation and diminution of contractility is observed in catal- 
epsy and ecstacy, the eyes remain open or shut. In paralisy of the face, 
there is distortion. The diminution of contractility is marked in adynamic dis- 
eases by the diminution of circulation and leave on the face an air of stupor or 
dejection. The perversion of contractility in motion, is seen in nerv- 
ous diseases, in ataxic fevers, mania, hysteria, epilepsy, convulsions. Tho 
color of the face may be lively red, deep livid red, leaden, pale, Tor discolored, 
yellow, or of green taint. The circulation of the blood gives the degree of vital 
force, and is in proportion to sensibility, heat, and the pulse. The red cuior of 
the face announces in continual fevers, cephalalgia, or violent affections of the 
brain, or lancinating and heavy headache ; and with a wild countenance, it is a 
bad sign, and shows hemorrhagy in the nose ; contraction of the forehead may 
indicate delirium. The deep red, livid leaden color, with weak pulse, shows the 
abatement of vital force and of the lungs. In peripneumonia, a lively red on the 
face, one single side of the lungs being effected, is expressed on the same side of 
the cheek. Scrofulous children have peculiar whiteness of the skin, full face, big 
lips, chaps of the superior lips, redness of the nose, the bleardness of the eyes, the 
square angles of the inferior jaw. Discoloration is the prompt effect of a sud- 
den impression ; a wan color is a sign of weak health, and is found among seden- 
tary persons. Paleness is the sign of the abatement of forces. In gastric and 
bilious affections, the lips, the sides of the nose, and the eyebrows, are yellow 
or greenish. In chlorosis and icterus, the face is yellowish, wax color, but the 
conjunctive of the eye preserves its whiteness. 

§ 2. The organs. 1. The eyes, p. 5(5, etc. Examine the eyes on the eve and 
during sleep. The eyelids present alterations in their motions, their color and 
volume ; they are heavy or too much shut, or not shut enough. In ataxic fevers, 
the eyelids imperfectly shut during sleep, is a sign of worms ; they follow the 
same interpretation as the face. At the end of diseases, the eyelids are covered 
with powder, Often, in scrofulous ophthalmia, the lids come off by inflamma- 
tion. In coryza, the eyes are watery, with heaviness and swelling of the eye- 
lids, and sometimes dry. The motions of the eyes are accelerated in inflamma- 
tory fevers and phlegmasia, bold, audacious in violent desires and in phrensy. 
The eyes partake of the force of circulation like the skin, thus : in adynamic or 
slow fevers, the eves look dull : strabismus, or a distortion of a muscle of the 
eye may happen, the latter can be cut. The fixedness of the globe is a sign of 
delirium during fevers ; in inflammatory or cerebral fevers, the eyes project, as 
also in hysteria, epilepsy, and hydrocephalus. The sclerotic is clear in youth, 
and more opaque in old age. Still the sclerotic is more whitish in scrofula ; in 
consumption, or gastric disorders, it is yellow. The pupil dilates or contracts 
according as the iris extends or shrinks by the impressions of luminous rays on 
the retina. In ataxic cerebral fevers, the pupil is dilated often, and loses its 
contractility before light. It is a bad sign— but it is not so dangerous in sopor- 
ous affections, which follow a spasm of epilepsy or small-pox— also in verminous 
affections in gastritis ; in old men it precedes amaurosis ; but it dilates in apo- 
plexy, etc. The pupil contracts in several acute diseases, in inflammation of the 
train, and retina in narcotism. It is a bad sign when the eyelids remain con- 
stantly shut against the light. The pupil must readily contract in passing from 
darkness to light, and readily expand from light to darkness. 

2. The forehead. The heat of it is a sign of fever in children. In abatement 
the skin is hard and dry, and sometimes has a cold sweat. Pimples on the fore- 
head and temples, are signs of continency in youth— but they are a sign of dis- 
orders in the viscera. In old syphilis, pimples, or sores are found near the 
hair, and more numerous towards the temples, with pains in the bones at the 
coronal region, when the eruption disappears. The excavation of the temples 
and wrinkles come from phthisis ;mlmonaris, marasmus, excessive fatigue. 

3. The nose, a little distorted, coming from acute affection, is a bad sign during 
the disease; that affection may be a sign of convulsion, and may lead to death. Tho 
frequent, rigid, and convulsive motions of the sides of the nose shows a labo 
rious breathing, a violent inflammation of the lungs, a grave spasmodic state 
or the extinction of forces. A sore in the nose, like itching, is a sign of w T orms, 






DISEASES OF THE BODY. 97 

and sometimes of delirium. The nose swells in scrofula and erysipela ; it be- 
comes thin and sharp in pulmonary phthysis. 

4. The mouth, p. 57, by its firm closeness or crookedness, shows spasms, in 
the brain and the ganglions ; the lips are hanging, scattered, and abandoned, in 
adynamic fevers ; in gastritis a trembling and falling down of the inferior lip is 
Been in opium caters' and smokers; and'the superior withdrawn or retreating, 
with other bad signs, lead to fatal disease. The surgeon und dentist have a pe- 
culiar stiff contracted under lip. The tongue is pale in cholera, catarrhs, etc. p. 09. 

§3. Pains. All pains are irritations, from the disturbance of electrical currents, 
hence anxiety, want of rest, continual motions, and at last fever. The pain may 
he tensive in inflammation, heavy in swelling, lancinating or nervous, burning 
in malignant diseases, and prurigiuous in itching. We will speak only of the 
pain in the head. There are two kind? the external and the internal. The exter- 
nal, which is increased by touch, and is mostly of a rheumatic, gouty, or syphil- 
tic origin, or eresypelas in the head, Inflammation of the pericranium, and" even 
caries, in consumption it is an unfavorable sign. The internal pain is a sign 
of irritation, inflammation, suppuration, softening, medullary sarcoma of the 
brain and its membranes. It happens after a number of acute diseases, also in 
catarrhs after the suppression of hemorrhages and cutaneous eruptions, etc. If 
the pain is spread over the entire head, it is' the cause of a nervous disease, and 
sometimes typhus. Pain in the forehead, if it is not from catarrh, inflamma- 
tion or caries, indicates inflammation of the cerebral membranes and congestion 
in consequence of intestinal or hepatic diseases. In other diseases the frontal 
pain comes from gastric disturbance. Pain in the orbital regions is caused by 
inflammation of the cerebrum in hydrocephaly, In general the best remedy to 
all the pains in the head, transient, chronic^ or acute, is cold applications or 
sedatives on the head, with hot foot baths, as well as the stimulant medicines for 
the stomach and bowels ; if those fail, employ the method of metastasis from 
head to foot : that is the application of heating cataplams with sinapisms on the 
legs, and at the same time the application of some narcotico aromatic on the 
head in the form of a muslin cap impregnated with it ; for inst. : populeum 
36 drains, essential oil of fine lavender 20 drops, and 1 drop of es3. oil of roses. 
Some potion may be administered to the stomach, as : peppermint 9 drams, dis- 
tilled water of lettuce, 6% drams, and diacodium syrup 18 drams, a few drops 
in water. Pains in the cerebellum may come from the abuse of amativeness : 
take cold bath, and sleep on the right side. Pains caused by inflammation of 
tissues are more dangerous than the nervous or spasmodic pains. The inflam- 
mation is seen by the heat, red urine, frequent and hard puke, thirst, lesion of 
functions, external redness and swellings, whereas the nervous pain has not 
those signs, but has the urine watery, clear, and little. Pain in the nape is 
generally a sign of fever or hemorrhages, etc. 

article II. — Therapeutics. 

Therapeutics is the art of curing diseases. The cause of diseases is a non- 
equilibrium of action ; or an increase or a diminution of action between the 
systole and diastole, absorption and expansion, attraction and repulsion, posi- 
tive and negative action of the functions of the body, (see p. 23, note). The five 
sensitive organs absorb the external elements, which produce impressions and 
irritations at every exercise of the cerebral organs. Then comes the elaboration 
into sensations more or less active, (according to the kind of constitution or tem- 
perament,) of those impressions, which we call the electrical secreting power 
of the organism, the vis medicatrix naturae, which attracts electricity, and 
then excretion takes place as a necessary reaction, and produces expansion of 
the blood from the centre to the surface of the body, and there composes the 
physiognomy of man. The Pineal gland secretes the whole organism, and 
excretes the finest electricity which comes in contact with the soul, in a world 
infinitely small of powerful electrical beings. So, the cause or diseases comes 
from the external elements first : vitiated air in the lungs, bad food and drink 
in the stomach, bad taste in the mouth, bad sceneries in the eyes, bad sounds in 
the ears, bad smell in the nose, cold winds, dampness and blows on the flesh, 
emotions in the brain, and concupiscence or too much love desires or actions. 
Now too little use of our inward faculties or of our external senses in eating, 
dr nking, seeing, hearing, tasting, smelling, touching and enjoying pleasure, di- 
minishes their action and their tendency to act, produces too much absorption 
of the external objects, too much contraction of the nerves and of the circula- 
tion, and too much heat, till it comes to inflamatory explosion; too much is re- 
ceived in and retained, and not enough is returned or given off in proportion; 
hence positive diseases such as; concentrated and oppressive passions, fevers, 
apoplexy, lunacy etc. they are cured by negative remedies. — on the other side, 
too much use of our faculties and senses, increases their actions and play of the 
d d of the circulation, and produces too much expansion, too much loss 
of heat, till it comes to wear cut the nerves and faculties. Not enough is re- 
ceived from outside or retained, and too much is all the time given off, till 
exhaustion takes place, hence negative deseases, such as liability to catch cold, 
or to lose heat, emaciation, asthma, consumption, catarrh, deafness, diarrhea, 



98 MKDICAL SOMATOLOGY. 



cholera, dropsy, diabetes, palsy, heart and bilious diseases, profase menses 
torpidity, and dropsy ; they are cured by positive remedies. The action of dis- 
eases begins with a cold stage, alternating with the heat of irritation on the 
nerves more or less felt ; it is called the nervous stage. We breathe the electri- 
city along with air in the lungs in due quantity, then electrity is also absorbed 
by the skin, and especially by a natural conductor, dampness. Those two elec- 
tricities produce, at the point where they meet each other, an impression to 
move the organs ; but the latter electricity is always attracted to the hottest 
point, that is to the accumulated caloric, and produces irritation, with a super- 
fluous electrical fluid, which is the catching of cold, and which must be excelled 
from the system by sweating or exercise : otherwise it will turn either inflamma- 
tory or torpid, and will produce the organic stage or second stage, by which the 
tissues and functions of the organs will become diseased. A disease may be 
either acute when the disease is intense, and wants a speedy removal, or chronic 
when, being cured on the nervous stage, the tissues are not suflicientlycured, or 
vice versa, and the disease continues mildly. The means of cure are hygiene, 
medication and special therapeutics. 

§ 1.— Hygiene is the art of preserving spiritual and corporeal health. The ali- 
ments contain electricity in plus or minus, and a variable quantity of oxygen, 
hydrogen, nitrogen, carbon, magnesia, lime, sulphur, potassium, phosphorus, 
iron, iode, etc., and must be chosen according to the taste of the stomach, which 
shows what same substances are lacking in the human body to repair the waist, 
p. 8. The aliments may be acid, alkaline, acrimonious or aromatic, viscous or 
gelatinous, watery, oily or fatty, and saline. The acid aliments are the fruits, 
sorrel, fermented" bread, milk, vinegar, lemon, etc., they increase or thicken 
the humors, moderate the heat, and prevent expansion ; soureness is felt in the 
stomach. Alkaline aliments : cabbage, onions, radishes, cresses, asparagus, all 
flesh of animals which introduce sulphur and cure acidity; their excess produces 
fever3, nidorous crudities in the stomach, thirst, disgust of food, cured by acids 
or diluents, tamarind, or rhubarb. Acrimonious aliments or spicy : thyme, mus- 
tard,garlic,etc, increase perspiration, but lead to phthisy. Viscous orgalatinous; 
pea, rice, barley, wheat, fish, veal, lamb, thicken the humors, and diminish 
the excretions. Watery aliments, light broth, tea infusions, dilute the humors, 
facilitate the secretions, their excess blunts the mucuous tissue of the stomach, 
occasions slime, weakens the nerves, and leads to palsy. Fatty aliments : 
butter, oil, fat meat, cure the rigidity of fibres, establish harmony between 
the solids and the liquids, their excess corrupts the bile,and causes burning sen- 
sations. Saline aliments attenuate viscosity, but their excess produces scurvy 
by indigestion and a nasty skin ; liquors must be avoided and water only used. 

Besides the choice of aliments, there are rules to observe : take gymnastic ex- 
ercises with the dumb bell or a flat iron. Saw a large piece of wood; breathe 
long inspirations and expirations, by expanding your chest and lungs for five 
minutes at a time ; take lon^ walks or run a little. Be temperate and abstain 
from liquors, drink water which feeds you with electricity. Stuff a cold, by warm 
eating and dress. Starve a fever, by fasting and abstinence. That your body be 
covered with equal thickness all over to the neck; be mild, active and joyful, 
making the best of everything ; take foot baths in the evening if you have been 
exposed to cold and dampness. Have a regular business and sleep S hours, 
avoid sweating so that the circulation may be equalized, and force out rheuma- 
tic affections ; drink tar water to live long. Masticate your food well. 

§ 2. Medication. No exclusive system of Medicine. Human Magnetism stands 
at the head of systems, p. 11. But" a regular physician is eclectic in systems, and 
will use them all as suits best. The Homoeopathic system is spoken of, page 23. 
and does well with magnetism. 

Now from the Hydropathic system we extract the following : Water drunk regu- 
larly will prevent apoplexy convulsions, gout, hysteric fits, palsy, stone ; and in 
the fit, the patient must drink it and lay down on his back. Cold bathing cures 
rickets, convulsions and want of sleep in children, suppression of urine, gravel, 
coagulation of blood after bruises, relieves inflammations of the skin or month, 
and will cure nervous and paralytic disordei'3. In fainting, water spread on the 
face attracts electricity and revives the system. The use of water will prevent 
asthma, rheumatisms, incubus and all colds. The rubbing with snow and very 
cold water in rheumatism, and drying the body covering it with flannel will cure. 
Fasting spittle applied outwardly will relieve or cure cuts, redness of the eyelids, 
scorbutic sores and warts ; taken inwardly, it has an effect on negative diseases. 
Electricity can be combined with water and produce curative results ; if applied 
properly, it will cure the diseases of the nervous system. Drinking: of tar water, 
or a pint of water with 3 or more drops of sulphuric acid in it will prevent the 
body from sweating and wasting too fast, so as to re-establish the equilibrium 
of the system, and thus cure rheumatism. Attend to the pulse, p. 25, 52. 



DISEASES OF THE BODT. 99 

Before continuing to speak of the other systems of medicine, wo 
will state that at page 23 and at tli 3 end of page 97, we have divided 
all diseases into electro-positive and electro-negative, although borne 
are more or less so, and consequently we made the same division for 
the remedies. 

An electro-positive disease contains an increase of heat, by too much 
absorption of the external elements and too much contraction and se- 
cretion; it is acute and inflammatory, and it is cured by electro- 
negative reined: es. However the rule is that when a fever or an in- 
flamation is subdued by negative remedies, the resulting exhaustion of 
the bodv becomes negative and wants positive remedies. 

An electro-negative disease is a want of sufficient heat and secre- 
tion to resist against the element?, hence catching cold; it is called 
chronic, it wears out the body by too much expansion and excretion 
of the organs: it is cured by electro-positive remedies. 

Among the various systems of medicine, we will explain 7 of them. 

1- Animal or Human Magnetism. We have spoken of it enough ab 
pages 11, 12, etc. We have produced, with success since 1838, the mag- 
netic sleep, the clairvoyance, occasionally, and better than that, the 
curative effect either by sleep or by the imposition of hands ; for, the 
fingers have the same capacity of withdrawing the electricity from the 
body or of communicating it, like the recognized power of the points 
in lightning, or Perkin's tractors with large needles. 

We will quote only a few of our cures. 

In 1841, we cured the fingers of a lady at Camden near Philadelphia 
in a few minutes by the imposition of hands; her hand had become 
stiff for several months, and she was surprised as much as if it had 
been a miracle. 

In 1861, a young man felt a severe pain in the side^we had prescribed 
some remedies for rubbiug the side, and another for his bowels, but 
we thought of trying our vital and electical influence over him, and 
we cured him within five minutes to his great astonishment,, so that, 
he had no more need of medicine. 

In 18G8, we cured a boy nine years of age who was laying motion- 
less, in a state of Tetanos We opened his mouth, made his limbs 
fold, piece by piece, and in two operations made him walk. 

Those cases are enough for proof, for we would have a good many 
to cite, in the cure of headaches, slight cases of paralisis, pain every- 
where in the body, and we have cured also with the aid of electro- 
magnetism and of medicines. 

We will give now the manner of finding out the kind of disease, 
"whether chronic or inflammatory of the serous membrane or serous sur- 
faces, organs or limbs. Press with the thumb upon every space be- 
tween each vertebra of the spinal column, thus : on the sides of the 
first cervical vertebra, to find symptoms of tubercula of the Head, Cere- 
bellum, of the Brain, Throat, Nose, Eyes or Ears. — On the s'des of 2, 3, 
4, 5, 6 and 7 cervical, tubercula of the muscles, (Rheumatism) or the 
vertebra, or of the joints of the limbs, white swellings, etc. — between 
6 and 7 Pleura costalis. — between 7 cervical and 1 dorsal, the Lungs, 
and on the left side of the same Space, 'he Heart, — between 1 and 2 
dorsal, the Stomach, — between 2 and 3, the Djodenum, — between 3 and 
4, the Colon, — between 4 and 5, the Pancreas, — between 6 and 7, the 
Omentum, — on the right side between 7 and 8, the Liver, and on the 
left the Spleen; — between 8 and 9, the Diaphragm; — between 9 and 10, 
the Peritoneum ; on the space between 11 and 12 dorsal, the small intes- 
tines — between 12 dorsal and first lumber, the Kidneys ; — between 1 



100 MEDICAL SOMATOLOGY. 

and 4, the TIterus, Ovaria, Prostate gland, Testes, etc. — between 4 lum- 
bar and 5 or os Goccygls, the Vagina. 

Now, in acute diseases, the pain is felt without pressure ; not so 
with chronic diseases ; so if the disease is in active state, the pain pro- 
duced by the pressure will dart into the diseased organ with violence 
proportioned to the intensity of the disease, but, if it ia in a passive 
state, pressure produces pain in the spine only more or less severe ; 
•the limbs must also be examined and judged by pressure. 
\ 2. Electro-magnetism, see pages 7 and 23. Besides the above 
^method of detecting disease, we can also, with the electro-magnetic ma- 
* chine, find out where the disease is located, on account of the electric 
or nervous interruption, negative or positive produced by it. Thus; let 
the positive handle of the machine be placed on the Spinal column, or 
to the seat of the nerves of the Spinal chord, and pass the negative 
handle over the different parts of the body, in the vicinity of the spot 
where the positive handle is held on the Spine, or rather over the parts 
to which the ramifications of those nerves extend. 

Where any sensation of soreness is felt at the electric current, there 
is an inflammatory disease. If nothing is felt but the ordinary con- 
traction produced by the electric passage, there is no inflamation, but 
if nothing is felt at all, even with a strong power, it is a case of paral- 
sis. In a healthy state, one will agreeably feel the electric current of a 
moderate intensity. 

The electro-magnetic machines in use are rather feeble in the quan- 
tity of electricity, but they are powerful in intensity, for penetrating 
and darting. They may be used in some positive diseases, but they 
must be used in all negative diseases. The rule is, to always put the 
negative handle to the weakest part of the body, and the positive han- 
dle above it or on the opposite side of the body, and in all cases of 
soreness, inflammations or swellings, put the negative handle some dis- 
below the place, and the positive handle on or above the place; continue 
the treatment from 20 to 30 minutes, and during that time the positive 
pole should be frequenly passed over the place, but the negative pole 
may remain in one place ; and in passing a current lengthways through 
the body, the positive handle should be put above and the negative be- 
low, even to the feet. An operator of great vital power, if he has failed 
with human magnetism on his patient, ought to add Ins magnetic influ- 
ence to the electro-magnetic process by taking hold of the positive 
handle and promenading the other hand on the Spinal column of the 
patient, who holds,the negative handle on the diseased part. In deli- 
cate cases of the eyes, the head, etc., let the patient take hold of the 
positive pole, with his left hand, then the operator will, with his left 
hand, take hold sometimes of the right hand of the patient or make 
passes over the Spinal column or over the eyes, or the head of the pa- 
tient, whilst he holds the negative handle in the other hand. Always 
use the Direct current in preference to the induotive, except when di- 
rected otherwise by the case. We can also magnetize some medicines 
or render any substance positive or negative, as the case may be, with 
the machine; also we can introduce any medicine in. the body of a pa- 
tient, by means of the machine, without passing it through the mouth; 
at last we can magnetize with our hands any substance, water, for in- 
stance, and make it be imbibed with our vital substance, to give to a 
patient for a drink. 

3. The treatment by Castor oil, used by a medical author of Switzer- 
land, i^ thus: It is taken in half a cup of broth or water, coffee or 
camomile tea, or with the yolk of an egg diluted in warm water. In 



DISEASES OF THE BODY. " 101 

positive diseases it is given to adults by half an ounce or a table spoon- 
ful, as a purgative. If it does not operate, the dose is repeated every 
three hours until a passage is obtained; still in the intervals, the patient 
may take a tea-spoonful of cream-of-tartar and 6 grains of nitre in a 
tumbler of water sweetened with sugar. 

In negative diseases, a table-spoonful or half an ounce in the morn- 
ing is sufficient, and no more. Old people and children from 1 to 3 
years of age, and those who are weak, must only take a tea-spoonful or 
a quarter of an ounce — as to infants, an ounce of oil with an ounce of 
gum arabic syrup well mixed and shaken in a bottle, may be adminis- 
tered by teaspoonful every half hour till it operates. In general when 
you take the Castor oil one day, you alternate on the next day with 
warm footbath before going to bed, and if the oil s' -ould be rancid, or if 
there was any pain in the bowels, put one drop of laudanum in the dose. 

For a pugative injection, Sulphate of magnesia, 2 drams, nitrate of 
potassia 10 grains, Stibial tartar 1 grain ; for an internal medicine, 
Cream-of-tartar with 6 grains of nitre in a tumbler of sweetened water. 
For a Sinapism 2 yeast cakes 2 drams, pulverized mustard 2 drams, 
common salt 2 drams, stibial tartar 10 grains, vinegar as strong as 
you can, to make a paste of the whole for two Sinapisms. For an injec- 
tion, a decoction of mallows and flax-seed 

4. The use of brandy and salt, originated in England. It is a seda- 
• tive medicine for lotions and liniments. In serious negative diseases, 

it may be taken in the stomach. To one quart of the best French. 
Brandy (no other!) add 5 ounces of salt; cork and shake well together, 
"When mixed, let the salt settle to the bottom ; and remain 20 minutes, 
and be particular to use it when clear, the clearer the better; when all 
the brandy is used off, add more to the salt. The directions are thus: 
abstain from intoxicating drinks. The Bowels must be kept open with 
some medicine ; for instance, dissolve 4 ounces of Epsom salts in half 
a pint of hot water; then add half a pint of cold water and one teaspoon- 
ful of the essence of peppermint; take a wine-glass full when required, 
on going to bed. For the stomach, the dose of the salted brandy is 
one tablespoonful mixed in three times the quantity of hot water, an 
hour befGre breakfast, and increase it to two, if the Stomach can bear 
it and as hot as possible, except in cases of worms and paralytic attacks, 
when it must be taken pure. Children from 2 to 10 years will take one 
half the quantity. For the rubbing of the head, it should be done so 
all over, from the back to the front, after the hair has been very wet 
with the remedy pure, for 10 or 15 minutes before going to bed, and 
the head should be covered with a cap. 

For pains in any part of the body, except the head, bind the parts 
affected with linen saturated with the remedy. 

5, The Raspail's method by Camphor, Ammonia and alose — there are 
too many drugs and appliances prescribed, it leads to too much sensibil- 
ity of the nervous system, and we give only what we recommend the 
best in that system. 

His sedative or alkaline baths : 2 ounces of ammonia saturated w T ith 
camphor, grey or kitchen salt 5 pounds in 2 or 3 pails of water, with 
1 or 2 red hot shovels; that answers for fevers, ihumatisms, diseases 
of the Spine, of the Liver, of the Bladder, Cramps, Apoplexy, 
drunkenness, etc. 

His quadruple water or zinc water, salted, alcsetized and tarred — f^r 
a coliyrium to the eyes, injection in the ears, in the genital organs, 
washing of ulcers and mercurial affections: Sulfate of zinc 3 scruples, 
kitchen salt, 6 drams, 25 grains, Tar, 2 drams and alose 1 grains, in 






102 MEDICAL SO MATOICGY. 

in a quart of boiling water, after five minutes, strain it through a piece 
of linen, and keep it in a bottle. In serious diseases of the skin, ulcers, 
fistulas, etc., the same above substances may be doubly increased, with 
the addition of camphorated alcohol 7 drams. 2 scruples, 3 grains. 

His sedative water is the best preparation for rubbing on every 
pain. Liquid ammonia: 33, 6 to 56, 4 drams, according to the seventy 
of the disease; 5, 6 drams of camphorated alcohol, 16, 8 drams of grey 
or common salt, and one quart of water. It is good against fevers, in- 
flammations of tissues, take rain water in preference for mercurial dis- 
ease; the strongest is good for a rough skin or in serious cases. His 
camphorated alcohol or brandy, must be used with knowledge in atony 
and prostration ; camphor cigars are good in several affections of 
the throat, and bronchitis and his camphorated pomatum on the head 
and on the bowels, follows the use of sedative water. 

6. The homcepathic system answers very well in all chronic dis- 
eases, on account of the vis medicatrix natures, but would be doubtful in 
inflammatory diseases, if it was not for the benefit derived by hygienic 
prescriptions; although they say: Similia Similibus Curantur, it happens 
that the Contraria Contratriis Curantur takes place in (for instance) the 
positive electricity of disease, having to be cured by negative sub- 
stances in the hygienic diet. The decomposition of medicine in the 
stomach, and their acton on the seat of disease, produce a reaction ac- 
cording to the rules of electricity, and is therefore a contrary, p. 23. 

7, Acupuncture or the new system of it by Baunscluidt, consists in 
the lancing of needles into the skin, to act as a counter-irritant, and to 
bring the pain to the lanced surface, as by a blister, and thus to make 
it come out by that outlet; it is good in inflammation of the sympa- 
thetic organs. 

8 The cure by the Will is half the cure, see for it § 5, page 14. 
§ 2 Special Therapeutics ot Positive and Negative Diseases. 

"We have already suggested that the division of diseases and of 
remedies into positive and negative, could not admit of perfeot limits 
between each ones, on account of the variability in the decompositions 
and reactions, and therefore some aliments or medicines, mentioned 
among the positive, will be found to serve also for the negative, et 
vice-versa We shall have 3 Sections. 1. Electro-positive remedies, 2. 
negative remedies, and 3. rules of Hygiene for the convalescents. 

1. Electro-positive remedies for the cure of negative diseases. 

They are substances that produce and increase heat in the human 
body, such as — Stimulants, and tonics procured by human and electro- 
magnetism, or by Spirituous and fermented liquors, cold and heavy air, 
etc. — Anti-acids or alkaline substances or absorbants ; All animal, 
flesh, roast venison, fishes, eggs, cabbage, asparagus, parsley, cele- 
ry, leeks, garlick, onions, lettuce, carrots, turnips, parsnips, nuts from 
the walnut tree, hazelnuts, chestnuts, almonds, pure water. The 
roots of gentian, rhubarb, tansey, camomile, colocynth, alose, myrrh, 
soap, hartshorn (spirits or pulverized), ammonia, salts of nitre, of Sedlitz, 
of tartar and of Rochelle, chalk, iron, worm-wood, magnesia, soda, etc. 
— Resolvent substances which dissolve the thick, viscous and glutinous 
matters; all kinds of spices, cinnamon, nutmeg, pepper, mace, cloves 
and the best, singer ; they are good for phlegmatic constitutions, but 
not for the melancholic; vegetables used in seasouing, thyme, marjo- 
ram, rosemary, milk, peels of orange and of lemon, fennel, chervil and 
sage. — Substances that produce resolution and attenuation of humors 
and of solids, fatty substances, all volatile salts and oils, sugar, ruanm, 
honey, mustard, garlick, oinions, horseradish, cresses, all spices.— Any 



DISEASES OF THE EODY. 103 

thing that stimulates or accelerates the circulation of the blood like fric- 
tions, Laths, compresses by ligature, sneezing, coughing, laughing, and 
moving or exercise. — All substances Yielding more oxygen and nitro- 
gen. See hygiene, page 93. Ailnitrogenized fooctthat form the blood, 
the fat and the organized tissues, (; lie plastic elements of nutrition and 
growth) librine. albumen, caseine, flesh and blood. — All electric bodies, 
which being non-conductors of electricity.evince it by friction and which 
may be used for food or for covering to prevent expansion such as 
brimstone, resin, gums, gun cotton, glass, bituminous substances, silk, 
fur, hair, wool, feathers, paper, turpentine, oils, all dry gases, atmos- 
pheric air, steam of high elasticity, ice at Farenheit,-— Also the fol- 
lowing vegetables ; bark of trees in general, of slippery elm, cod-liver oil, 
laurel, pearl ash, penny-royal, peppermint, peruvian bark, potassium, 
quinine. — The most positive metals which act as electrics to keep electric- 
ity, such as in order: zinc, the most, then lead, tin, antimony, iron. — At 
last almost all salts are stimulants, as they contain alkalies and acids, 
they are sedative and answer also in negative diseases and remedies. 
2. Electro-negative remedies for the cure of positive diseases. 
They are substances that diminish the internal heat and produce cold 
in the blood by dispersing the heat, such as : All diluents that weaken 
stimulants, water being at the head, or the hydropathic system in gen- 
eral. Water is the best conductor of electricity when warm. See 
page 93. " medication," It is used as a drink, as shower bath, head 
bath, seat bath, steam or vapor bath, and in a wet sheet pack. All 
acids, fruits, wines containing tartar, vinegar, sour milk, whey, sorrel, 
farinaceous substances which become sour by decomposition,*— Sub- 
stances that diminish the acrimony, as oils of nuts or almonds, emul- 
sions of barley, of oats, decoction of farinaceous vegetables. — Refrig- 
erant, laxative and lenitive, good for the liver, the bowels, the chest 
and lungs : Strawberries, ripe cheries, sweet oranges, lemons, apples, 
pears, peaches, plumbs, mulberries^ apricots, gooseberries, grapes, rigs, 
melons, bananas, the juice of those fruits with water or in a jelly, is 
good against fevers, and open the bowels. Also, cabbage, lettuce, 
chiccory, dandelion, spinage, beets, carrots, parsnips, salsify,barley.rice, 
wheat oats, peas, beans, kidney beans, (the two last cau?e winds), ani- 
mal oils, cream, butter, marrow, whey, decoction of farinaceous sub- 
stances, as panadces; chicken, veal, lamb, milk, gum arabic, sweet al- 
monds, dates, roots of liquorice, and rhubarb preparations for the 
bowels. — Astringents that are good to stop hemorrages and all kinds 
of bleeding: quinces, pomegranates, medlars, the fruit of the barberry 
tree, save cherries, sorrel in the (spitting of blood), tamarind, purslane, 
burnet. — Substances, pickled with salt and vinegar, some sharp wines, 
and acidulated and iron waters. The leaves of plantain, the grains of 
rhus, gooseberries. — Sudorifics : Warm water and honey, barley water, 
frictions ; tepid vapors applied on the skin. Water, vinegar and iioney 
as employed by Hyppocrates, with a little mace in it. All cordials, 
spices, elder flower a^.d black teas ; — sweating must not be forced. — Ex- 
pectorating substances good as pectoral for the chest ; ho&ey, sugar, 
steam of warm water or of other liquids, all stimulants, sweet oils, de? 
coction of mild vegetables, emulsion of farinaceous substances, flour, 
sulphur, sassafras, (see lenitive above) — Antispasmodic or anodynes, or 
soothing substances on the nerves. Decoction of emollient substances 
saffron, lettuce, chicory, wines and inflan mables spirits, opium, 
laudanum, roots and leaves of mallow, of nenuphar, of mandrake, 
onion, elder flowers, flaxseed, rice flour, bread crumbs, cooked apples, 
rotten or soft apples, camphor, grease^milk, butter, whey, camphorated 



104 MEDICAL SOMATOLOGY. 

spirit of wine, petroleum, superacetate of lead. — All non-nitrogenized 
food, which serve for the process of respiration by yielding carbon and 
hydrogen, the oxydation of which is attended with the development of 
heat, to expand : th<*r fire all substances that are either acid or producing 
acidity by decomposition, such as fat, starch, gum, wheat, grain, viscous 
and gelatinous aliments, cane- sugar, grape sugar, sugar of milk, wine, 
beer, spirits, although some may be positive. — All salts which contain 
acids, alkalies.because they act as altaratives. — Non-electric bodies. that 
is all conductors of electricity to help expansion and dilatation, such as 
metals in general, copper the best, then gold, silver, Charcoal, plumbago, 
acids, saline fluids, water, steam, flame, smoke, animal and vegetable 
substances, containing moisture. -^-Besides; alum, basswood bark bo- 
rax, capsicum, castile soap, catnip leaves, chestnut leaves, colocynrh, 
cream of tartar, epsom salt, gelseminum root, geranium root, Indian 
hemp leaves, leptandnne, limes, mandrake, molasses, nitre, oak bark, 
podophyllin, pomegranate, potatoes, sage, saltpetre, sanguinaria cana- 
densis, slippery elm bark, sulphur, wood. 

The Wet Sheet Pack is prepared thus : "Wet a clean sheet in col" 
ter and wring it out loosely, and then spread it on a bed over a blanket 
and two or three comforters. The patient having drunk large qui i 
of cool water and evacuated the contents of his- bladder, takes off his 
clothes and lays down on the wet sheet, the whole of the sheets are 
wrapped up over him. keeping his feet warm with hot bricks, leaving 
only the head out : he may remain one hour or a half more in the pack, 
he may drink more water; when taken out he should be rubbed dry, 
then put on his clothes and take brisk exercise — no warm remedy in- 
ternally when taking steam baths. The bowels, apart from the pack, 
must be acted upon with electro-negative pills or potions composed out 
of negative substances, such as cream of tartar, Epsom salts, etc . and 
when the system is depleted, then the disease turns negative, and posi- 
tive remedies must be used. — When the disease is diffused over the 
body, give a bath of warm water, vinegar and salt. — For sickness of 
the stomach, give a small piece of soda or saleratus dissolved in water, 
with a tablespoonful of sharp vinegar poured into it. and it must be 
drank immediately, only when it is foaming: — and in rheumatisms, rub 
the body with ice and cover it with blankets to preserve the 
perspiration. 

3. Rules of Hygiene for the Convalescents. 

As gluttony and laziness are among the first causes of diseases, it 
follows that abstinence and exercise are the main remedies ; read the 
rules Hygiene, at page 98 and those indicated in every temperament at 
page 25, 26, etc., observe them in the state of health, and combine them 
with the following, in state of sickness : avoid the use of tobacco in'all 
forms, chewing especially or if you have been long accustomed to it, 
use it very sparingly and gradually diminishing, no intoxicating drink?, 
avoid high seasoned dishes except salt and sugar, avoid smoked meats 
and fish, pungent vegetables, pastry of all kind drink black tea. no 
green tea, avoid indulgence to passions, cold or damp air, eat little and 
never swallow any food that you cannot masticate piece meals, keep 
your body uniformly clad, and according to season: cover your bosom, 
keep your feet warm. If you have been affected with a positive (in- 
flamatory) disease, constipation is the last to cure, use an electro-nega- 
tive diet, but if there has been exhaustion of the blood diarrhea or 
prostration remain to be cured, it becomes a negative, (chrome) disease 
and wants an electro-positive diet. 

The negative diet stands thus for acute diseases ; to eat farina, sorrel, 



DISEASES OF THE SOUL AND OP THE BODY. 105 

soup, toast water, barley water, gruel soups cooked in water, and a 
little fresh butter, and even with, some milk, fruits cooked with sugar, 
principally apples, French prunes, etc., bran bread, indian corn pudding, 
warm lemonade; when the digestion is easier, eat light and boiled meat; 
with mealy potatoes, a little chicken, ripe fruits, drink water, and if you 
are accustomed to French wine, take a little Rhenish wine sweetened in 
three times the quantity of water, take a regular walk and sawing wood 
or dumb bell exercise in the open air. — In cases of serious indisposition, 
use the castor oil treatment. 

The positive diet stands thus for chronic diseases ; If the patient 
feels an internal heat, let him drink some warm whey, or veal broth 
with some herbs in it; warm lemonade; half a pitcher of water with 
sugar, and 8 or 10 grains of nitrate of potash in it. When the symp- 
toms are gone, use a light infusion of black tea, of chamomile, or good 
meat broth, then, when the stomach and bowels are right, eat fresh 
boiled or roasted meat well done, good potatoes, stewed and ripe fruits, 
a little fresh wine or good coffee, spicy sauce and a little well seasoned 
meat; the use of pepper, mustard, salt, horseradish and vinegar will do, 

CHAPTER III. 

DICTIONARY OP THE PRINCIPAL DISEASES BOTH OP THE SOUL AXD 
OP THE BODY. 

Observe, that the diseases of the soul that is of the mind and of the 
heart, follow the same division as those of the body, positive and nega- 
tive. The abuse of an organ is an electro-positive disease or a passion, 
and the defect of an organ, an electro-negative disease. The diseases 
of the mind or of the intellectual faculties can be cured by physical rem- 
edies alone,p. 94, 95, but the diseases of the heart or of the affective 
faculties, cannot be cured so, without the co-operation of the good will of 
the sinner, who by prayer, repentance of his conduct, abstemiousness, 
and confidence in the mercy of God, can receive some energetic inspired 
impulse for the subduing of his passions, page 17, §7. and at the same 
time, using the negative remedies, such as cooling and sedative sub- 
stances, water, acids, cold baths, etc,, and the negative hygiene. The 
defects or negative diseases must be amended by positive remedies, 
such as, electricity, magnetism exercise, stimulants for rubbing the or- 
gans, the head and the spinal column, and for the stomach, etc. 

plpln the dictionary, the letter P. signifies positive, N. negative, S. 
B. salted brandy, R. Raspail's method, H. M. human or animal mag- 
netism, E. M. electro-magnetism, C. 0. castor oil treatment, p. page. The 
number between two brackets indicates the phrenological order of the 
organ, and you will find the pages of the organs in the Medico-phreuol- 
ical chart at the last page. 

Aescess. P. make a liniment of olive oil, soap in small pieces, onions 
and yeast in equal quantities, melt the whole in a vessel placed in a 
boiling water bath, and apply it on apiece of linen on the sore. Salted 
brandy liniment (S. B.). 

Ambitiox. P. abuse of self esteem C13J and acquisitiveness [31. Kx- 
pansion of the arterial blood or attractive desire, remedy p. 93. 

Axger. ** abuse of combativeness [5], expansion of the venous 
blood or repelling desire — remedy p. 91. 

Anxiety. X. The defect of prudence [8] and of hope [20] — remedy 
p. 91, like fear and p. 94, like despair, cured by a warm diet, ripe fruits, 
lettuce, honey, apices. 

APHTHce. P. Take castor oil every other day, alternating every other 



106 MEDICAL DIC TIOFABY, 

day, alternating with warm water bath. — Gargle with a decoction of 
mallows and elder flowers, acidulated with vinegar, or with pulverized 
borax and honey. 

Apoplexy. P. cold water on the head ; or laying down; or a hot foot 
bath. Lotion of very concentrated sedative water (page 102), on the 
head. Rub the whole body with it, a cravat of sedative water around 
the neck. — Application of heat on one part of the spine, and of cold on 
another. H. M. 

Asphyxia. N. By drowning : turn the patient down to puke the wa- 
ter, warm him with hot bricks and fla«nnel soaked in ammonia — 
rub him all over with camphorated alcohol — and let him inhale it, in- 
sufflate the air into the lungs, then, borrago tea. — By cold : rub the 
body with snow in a room where there is no lire, then friction with hot 
spirits as above. — by carbonic acid: give him air, then cold water and 
vinegar on his face, avoid it on his eyes, the rest as above. 

Asthma. N.-H. and B. M. Currents over the breast and throat; 
movement cure, rubbing, stretching and expanding the chest. Dissolve 
4 ounces of saltpetre in a pint of water, in which you soak for a few 
minutes a loose white paper, or blotting paper where there is no 
wool fibre, cut the paper into pieces 4 inches square,, and use one at a 
time, either by burning it and inhaling the vapor in a room or by smok- 
ing it at the approach of paroxism. — A compress of sedative water un- 
der the arm pits, then a lotion on the back and loins, frictions with 
camphorated pomatum on the shoulders and chest. — S. B. Eat garlick, 
use molases, syrups, etc. 

Avarice. P. An abuse of acquisitiveness [3], for haording up. It 
contracts the face and the circulation of fluids, remedy page 90, where 
you must read thus : The economist is the richest man, and the miser 
is the poorest man. 

Baldness, N. Cut the hair off, several times, if there is any; then, 
use Raspail's sedative water to rub on your head, or zinc water, and 
next, camphorated pomatum mixed with rum. 

Bites, Stings. P. Apply the juice of plantain or of various other 
herbs at once, or a liniment of salted brandy on a piece of linen. 

Bladder. (Catarrh in). N % Take pills of turpentine, 12 to 14 grains a 
day, or a scruple of the essential oil in a potion with gum syrup. 

Bleeding- or Hemorrhagee at the nose. N. Tie a knot in a band- 
age and apply it on the upper lip, and tie the bandage round the head. — 
Boll a piece of paper, and press it under the upper lip. — At the lungs. 
N. Inhalation of very dry persulphate of iron reduced to an impalpable 
powder; eat quinces, rice. 

Blindness of the eyes. N. Hum. and electro-magnetism. S. B. 

Blood. Examine a drop of blood with the microscope, if there are no 
red globules, the blood is poor, see chlorosis, use a positive diet. 
"Whatever renders circulation more languihsing than usual, predisposes 
to acid acrimony. It is cured by alkaline or anti-acid remedies, such 
as all animal substances, garlick, onions, carrots, turnips, asparagus, 
horseradish, mustard, cabbage* Whatever renders it more rapid than 
usual, predisposes to alkaline acrimony, of which putrefaction is the 
extreme. It is cured by the decoction of farinaceous vegetables, by 
the use of acids, such as vinegar, acid fruits, oranges, lemons andchlo- 
rure of sodium (from 1 dram, 17 grains to 2 drams, 1 scruple and 14 
grains) in a bowl of broth. In congestion of blood by too much heat, 
wear a red (not white) shirt, cap and stockings. 

Blood spitting-. Eat hazel nuts, keep a piece, of alum in your mouth 
and swallow your spittle. 



DISEASES OF TEE SOUL AND OF TIIE BCDT. 107 

Boils, FELONS, etc. P.-H. and E. M. Take a course of purees 
with castor oil, liniment with salted brandy, see Abscess, or soak the 
part for 15 minutes in white lye, then put some cerate or valve over it- 

Boldness. P. The abuse of combativeness, (5) p. 91, and of self-es- 
teem (13) p. 93. It expands the blood vessels. 

Bones Bifformed. Exostosis on the cranium. Take a douche on the 
part drop by drop and rub it. 

Bowels, inflammation of, or colics. P. Take the purgative injection 
mentioned in the castor oil treatment, H. II. 

Bowels, pains in — P. Castor oil treatment, — H, M. rubbiug the 
bowels with camphorated pomatum, or a warm poultice of flaxseed 
with 5 drops of laudanum. 

Brain, As it is the organ of the soul, the diseases of the soul are 
cured by curing the brain, see headache, etc. 

Bronchocele, Wen. P.-S. B. liniment covered with a piece of linen, 
ointment of iodine on the parts and on the ribs, so as to inhale also. 

Bronchitis acute. P.-H. M. Seltz water with miik, equal quantity—- 
a glass every hour. See sore throat. 

Bronchitis chronic. N.-H. M. Inhale the extract of logwood in solu* 
tion, excite the patient to laugh by tickling him. 

Burns. P. dip the part in cold water, besmear it with molasses, or 
with ink. — Throw a jet of air with common bellows on the exposed 
flesh— S. B.— H.M. 

Oincer. P. Apply the juice of poke leaves; — a yeast poultice when it 
is fetid; — a solution of chloride of lime. Hyclriodate of potash internally 
and externally — a poultice of hemlock. — The vegetable caustic ley. 
Take a quantity of hickory ashes, and leach them, boil the ley until it 
is of the consistence of molasses or honey, spread a little on a piece of 
leather and apply. Keep this plaster out of the air. Let it remain as 
long as possible and then apply a poultice daily. S.B. Eat eanrots cooked 
in milk, and apply on the sore a carrot, the juice of which has been ex- 
pressed, keep it tight for twenty-four hours and wash the sore with a 
decoction of hemlock. E.M. 

Carbuncles. P. Apply ley poultice sprinkled with a little unslacked 
lime, or the concentrated liquor of tar. 

Catalepsy and Lethargy. N. Warm bath of half an hour every 
other day, alternating with castor oil or any purgative. Human and 
electro-magnetism. 

Causticity and Sarcasm. P. An abuse of wit [37] and imitation [36] 
page 95 for remedy. 

Catarrh in the head. N.-H. M. Place a drachm of pulverized muriate 
of ammonia into an iron spoon, heat it, and inhale the vapor through 
the nostrils.— Tincture of the muriate of iron, 10 drops in water lor 
adults, as a tonic, or castor oil as a purge. See colds. — Concentrated^ 
liquor of tar a teaspoon ful in a cup of cold water or the essence of 
turpentine. 

Chancre. P. Put on it the stick of nitrate of silver. Negative 
diet. S.B. lotion. 

Chicken-pox. P. See small-pox, use negative remedies. 
Chilvblains. P. Batlie them in oil of turpentine once or twice a day 
and wear cotton next to the feet. S. B. for rubbing. 

Chills and Fevers. P.-H. M. Salted Brandy. See fevers. 
Chlorosis and Anosmia- N.-H- M- Pale colors- Syrup of iodide of 
iron 10 to 30 drops — Phosphate of iron 1 to 4 grains in molasses 
and water- 
Cholera Asiatic* N— H* M. Take 4 ounces cayenne pepper j 4 



108 ME DICAL DICTIONARY. 

ounces ginger ; 4 ounces common table salt ; mix in one quart of best 
quality port wine ; shake well, let stand twenty-four hours, then strain 
and bottle tight. Dose for an adult, one table spoonful every fifteen 
minutes ; for children, less— or : 3 drams of spirit of camphor, 3 drams 
of laudanum, 3 drams of oil of turpentine, 3 drops of oil of pepper- 
mint, mix and take a teaspoonful in a glass of weak brandy and water 
for diarrhea, and a tablespoonful for cholera, rub the body well with 
brandy and mustard — chew eamphire and eat high seasoned food-S.B. 

Cholera morbus. P.-H.M. Drink plentifully of strong rice water, 
with much sugar and 2 drops of laudanum in each tumbler, or pulver- 
ized charcoal. 

Cold-he artedness. N", A defect of friendship [12], contractions of the 
blood vessels, etc., p. 93-H.M. 

Colds chronic. N.-H. and E.M. Use green (not white) flannel, green 
stockings, mucilaginous drinks, of flax-seed with drops of lemon 
in it, or, slippery elm bark, shake the body by exercise of the dumb 
bells, of walking, etc. 

Colds inflammatory. P.-H.M. Salt brandy application, — if in the 
throat, fill the ear 10 minutes with the solution, gargle the throat, rub 
the neck and breast with it; — if in the chest apply it as a liniment with 
a piece of linen and bandage: — if in the head, rub' it with S.B.^ or inhale 
liquid ammonia, or tincture of iodine for some minutes and often. 

Jonstipatton. P.-H. and E."M.and movement cure. Live on negative 
substances or vegetable and acid diet. Expand your chest and vibrate 
your abdomen, and if you have no stool after 2 days, take wheat bran 
1 pint, water 1 quart ; 'steep the feran in hot water all night, and drink 
a tumblerful early in the morning ; if obstinate, take 1 drop or 2 of 
croton oil — or an* injection of 2 spoonfuls of infusion of coffee or Val- 
erian powder 

Consumption (pulmonary) incipient. N. Remove your defective or 
vicious habits, take a course of movement cure, expand the chest, let 
every limb well shaken, pressed with fingers, stretched and rubbed with 
salted brandy, nourish your body properly with positive hygiene and 
follow S.B. treatment. — Drink tar water freely. — Take a decoction of 
green rye alternately with one made of the buds of tho fir tree. — Keep, 
for inhaling in your room, one part of chloride of iodine with six parts 
of water in a partly covered dish, — Cod-liver oil with a mixture of 
iodine will help. — Sleep sometimes on the top of a dunghill in a warm 
Stable to breathe that vapor. Use electro and human magnetism. 

Consumption progressing- N. If what preceds, will not do, prepar 
some raw meat to a pulp mixed with sugar, take from 3 to 9 ounces a day, 
and the alcohol of 20 degrees Beaume, in doses of 3 ounces a day. — Also 
take a broth bath on your body, and keep raw flesh on the chest and 
spinal column, well bandaged. — Eat gradually, broths, rich and high 
seasoned food easy to masticate piecemeal. — Hypophosphate of lime 
and soda are good. — Apply iodine ointment on the ribs, on the chest, on 
the spine and under the arm-pits so as to favor the inhaling. 

Coxtixency. Jf. A defect of amativeness [9], if it causes debility, or 
future damage, take the remedies p. 92 and H.M. if not, it is right. 

Contusions, Bruises of Nerves, of Muscles axd Faintings. P. 
Throw water on the face of the patient, rub his head with your hands, 
let him drink cold water, then apply camphorated brandy or sedative 
water on the neck and breast, drink saffron tea before going to bed, or 
rubbing with S.B. if the herd is affected. 

Convulsions, Spasms, Rtsuric or Tpileptio fits. N. Human mag- 



DISEASES OF THE SOUL AND OP THE BODY. 109 

netism — Salted brandy treatment — put some salt in the mouth. V^rm 
bath, alternating every day with castor oil. 

Corns. Apply cotton saturated with the strongest vinegar, keep it 
moist; — or a solution of iodine — apply the internal peel of an onion or 
the bark of a willow tree burned to ashes mixed with strong vinegar — ■ 
or soak the feet in warm water or lye water every morning and evening 
and rub on i* a few drops of sweet oil and scrape out the corn or cut it. 
Cough. P. A Pumice stone hanging in the form of a necklace around 
the neck. 1 tablespoonful of molasses, 2 tablespoonfuls of castor oil, 
1 teapoonful of diluded camphor and 1 teaspoonful of paregoric, take 
half a teaspoonful frequently. — Drink milk as hot as you can bear, be- 
fore going: to bed. Inhale the steam of warm water and vinegar, drink 
an infusion of slippery elm bark with some drops of the juice of lemon 
in it and sugar. -H.M. Butter, vinegar, with twice molasses, boiled. 

Coyetousness axd Cupidity, the wrong ambition. P. Expansion of 
the arterial blood, abuse of acquisitiveness [31 p. 90. 

Cowardice. P. or N. An abuse of vitativeness and cautiousness. 
Expansion of the venous blood, causing the contraction of the arterial 
blood ft], p. 89 and [81 p. 91, fear. 

Cramps and Cardialgia in the stomach. P. Frictions with a cork 
plate, the surface of which has been scraped so as to make it rugous, 
make bandages with corks, drink very hot water in small mouthfuls, 
apply warm fomentations, a mustard paste, sedative water, H.M. 

Cramps in the legs and in the feet. P.-H.M. Friction with the hand 
or with the soap and opium liniment; if the legs are affected, take rhu- 
barb and magnesia, with a teaspoonful of sal volatile or 15 grains of 
carbonate of soda with either sal-volatile or a little ginger — take castor 
oil or tye a band of some kind tightly round the limb, between the 
affected part and the body, or stand upon some cold substance with 
caution, but moving the limbs. 

Ceedtjlijy. P. An abuse of marvellousness [19] p. 94. 
Croup. P. See throat. Wear red flannel around the neck, fumiga- 
tions with sulphuric ether. — A blister on the sternum, (bone of the 
chest), or surround the neck with compresses of sedative water, and 
give every minute a teaspoonful of 3 grains of emetics in half a tum- 
bler of water, till vomiting takes place. 

Cruelty and Cursing. P, Expansion of the venous blood, an abuse 
of destructiveness [41 p. 91. 

Curiosity or Inquisittveness, P. An abuse of individuality [21] p, 
79 of locality [30] p. 82 and of eventuality [31] p. 83, remedy p. 95. 
Cuts. Spread powdered sugar on them 

Deafness. N.-H. and E.M. Syringe the ear with a little warm water 
first to melt the wax if there is any, then pour some drops of sulphuric 
ether to revive the nerves, or, brandy and water may do. Also 3 parts 
of sweet oil and one of glycerine, 10 drops into the ear every night, or 
keep in the ear some cotton imbibed with glycerine. 

Deeility. N.-H. and K.M. Positive remedies and oiet Tincture of 
iron, spices, a teaspoonful of brandy, sugar and water 

Delirium. N. See headache, dizziness- H.M. Kaspail's treatment, 
wash the crown of the head with S.B. 

Despair. IT. Contraction and sluggishness of the blood vessels in 
the brain, a defect of hope [20] p. 91, H.M. 

Diabetes flow of urine. N- Citrate of soda 2 to 4 drams mixed with 
food, or drink wine boiled with ginger. — S.B. treatment, leave on ani- 
mal fiod excheivey. 
DiARRnceA. N. Powdered charcoal mixed alone, or with the white of 



110 MEDICAL DICTIONARY. 

an ep:g, a teaspoonful every hour ; or syrup of rhubarb; or a decoction 
of rhubarb with one half part of carbonate of soda; or 2 teaspoonfuls 
of table salt dissolved in half a gill of vinegar, and swallowed as a 
draft, H.M. movement cure concentric and kneading relaxed abdomen. 

Difformity of limbs. Movement cure by eccentric and concentric 
movements, H. and E.M. 

Diphtheria. N. Take a common tobacco pipe, place a live coal within 
the bowl, drop a little tar upon the coal, and let the patient draw smoke 
into the mouth and discharge in through the nostrils. 

Disobedience. N. A defect of veneration [181 p. 94, H.M. 

Dissimulation. P. Abuse of secretiveness [6] contraction of fea- 
tures, p. 91. 

Dizziness, Vertigo. N.-S.B. treatment — Human and electro-mag- 
netism. See colds and head. — Sedative water or S.B. on the head. 

Dreams, (pages 12, 25, etc) They are si^ns of nervous actions in 
the brain. — Lively dreams denote excitement; Sofc dreams, slight irri- 
tation, and in nervous fevers a favorable crisis. Frightful dreams, de- 
termination of blood to the head; dreams about fire are, in women, 
signs of impending homorrbage, dreams about blood and red objects 
denote inflammatory conditions, dreams about rain and water, denote 
diseased mucous membranes and dropsy, dreams of distorted forms, 
denote abdominal obstructions and disorder of the liver. To dream 
about some part of the botfy suffering, denotes disease in that part, 
dreams of death often precede apolexy. The nightmare with great 
sensitiveness is a sign of determination of blood to the chest. Take a 
light supper or none at all, if your dreams have been unpleasant. 

Dropsy. 1ST. An infusion of double meadow sweat, (reine des pres), 
a handful in a quart of boiling water, 3 cups a day. — Three cups of 
milk porridge daily, eating dry bread and raw onion without drinking. — 
Apply on the abdomen some compresses of the solution of sulphate of 
iron, and take some doses of it internally, — Human and electro-mag- 
netism — if there is too much alkaline or heat, use acids or negative 
remedies — eat garlick. 

Drunkenness or Delirium-tremens. (2) p. 90. Powdered nutmeg 
internally, and compresses of sedative water on the head and around 
the neck — Wormwood tea taken hot and freely — acetate of ammonia, 
human magnetism. 

Dysentery. P. Tablespoonful of scorched rhubarb root, one of the 
peppermint plant dried, one of blackberry root, steep them in one pint 
of water, sweatened with loaf sugar, then add one ounce of prepared 
chalk well pulverized, and half an ounce of paregoric. Dose, one tea- 
spoonful every three hours. — Besides, drink flax-seed tea with a little 
lemon juice and sugar in it; rub the abdomen with camphor, goose 
grease and 2 drops of laudanum for every ounce. — Copious libations of 
buttermilk or, acids such as cream of tartar, and fomentations as above, 
or make a soup with white paper torn and boiled with milk and a little 
candy sugar. 

Dyspepsia. N.-H.M. Movement cure especially on the stomach. 
Shake your stomach by gymnastic exercises, sawing wood, running, 
fencing. Eat stale bread well baked, pure broths of meat, broth made 
of roasted bread, jellies, pap, etc., swallow nothing that you could not 
masticate piecemeal, otherwise you will never be cured — eat slowly, 
season your food well. 

Dysury. P. (retention of urine). Spill cold water on the parts, eat 
bread and onion without drinking, for one day, eat horseradish, lettuce, 
tnvnipSj mustard f or drink an infusion of parietary cream of tartar, 






DISEA C E3 OF THE SOUL AND OF THE BODY. Ill 

tar water, whey — or apply on the abdomen a thick poultice of broad 
crumbs soaked in salt water or in ash lye; a decoction of saffron. or drink 
a glass of water with 5 or 6 drops of sweet spirits of nitre in it. 

Earache. N. Apply a poultice of slippery elm bark to the ear 
moistened with the tincture of opium. See deafness, II. and E. M. 

Effeminacy. N. A defect of destructiveness [I] p. 91, and amative- 
ness [9] page 92. 

Emaciation of children or Rachitis. N.-H.M. Use milk, soups, paps 
well seasoned food, exercise the limbs everyway; baths. See leanness.. 

Envy. P. An abuse of the love of approbation [14] p. 93, and of 
self-esteem (13) p. 93. 

Epilepsy. N. Human or electro-magnetism. — Prevent the paroxysms 
by a violent swinging; or stimulate or depress the sympathetic or cere- 
brospinal nervous system at will by applying heat or ice in Indian-rub- 
ber bags to the back of the head, and to the different ganglia or nervous 
centres — or apply an ice bag to the spine to remain 2 hours, 4 times in 
24 hours. Cover the head with a black silk handkerchief, give a nut- 
meg in powder diluded in water — half for children. 

Eresypelas or St. Anthony's fire. P. Eat a whole lemon with the 
peel, libations and compresses of cold water. — Take some fresh butter 
not- salted and olive oil in equal quantities, add vinegar thereto, beat 
the whole until it comes to a cream, spread it on paper and apply. — S.B. 
treatment. — Castor oil treatment — take cream of tartar with 6 grains of 
nitre in a tumbler of sweetened water. 

Eruptions tettery — P— S.B. treatment. Purges of rhubarb with 
magnesia — cool washing on the parts. 

Exaltation, Excentricity. P. Abuse of ideality [321 p. 83, whether 
mania, or fanaticism p. 95. 

Eyes. p. 22, 29, 56 and 96. — Inflamed, S.B. treatment; imbibe the 
corner of a handkerchief with pure S.B. rubbing it into the eyes. The 
spots on the cornea must be touched with a pencil, dipt in S.B. mixed in 
equal quantity of water and bathe with it also — if the eyes are accident- 
ally inflamed, put a bread poultice on going to bed. 

Fainting. N. Water on the head and face, inhale ammonia, camphor. 

Falsehood. P. Abuse of secretiveness. [6] p. 91. [H.\f» 

Fanaticism. P. Abuse of marvellousness especially [19] p. 94, and of 
veneration [151 p* 95, 31st line. Expansion of. the blood vessels. 

Fatness. P. To diminish. Abstain from bread, butter, milk, sugar, 
beer, and all substances containing starch and sugar. Eat any meat 
except pork, any fish except salmon, any vegetables except beans and 
potatoes, take claret wine if you like, (Banting).Trynon-nitrogenizedfood 
mentioned in the negative remedies use vinegar with caution. 

Fear. P. An abuse of cautiousness [81 p. 91 ; contraction of features 
and of the blood vessels. 

Feet cold/N. Wear cotton socks next to the skin, and woollen 
stockings outside of them. 

Fevers in general P.-H.M. Lettuce water boiled 

drink every 2 hours; be abstemious. A common nutmeg 
and dry wormwood of the same weight reduced in powder, divide in 3 
equal parts and put each one in a teaspoonful of wine for drink. Thin 
water gruel sweetened with honey, with 1 or 2 drams of nitre in each 
quart ; S.B- treatment , take the expressed juice of salsify, or the de- 
coction. — And Ague or remittent, see negative remedies. Equal pans 
of pulverised cinnamon, rhubarb, sulphur and cream of tartar, a tea- 
spoonful twice a day- S-B- treatment- Tamarind water, the juice oi 
lemon* — Bilious: disgust in the mouth and constipation' Drink some 



112 MEDICAL DICTIONARY. 

Warm lemonade. "White Reinette apples in decoction, and a handful 
of sorrel boiled in two quarts of water with a little butter and some 
grains of salt, as a drink, also drink the juice of strawberries, 61 limes, 
etc. in spring water. 

— Inflammatory. P. Circulation of the blood, too high. Extract the 
Juice of red cherries, dilute them in a sufficient quantity of sugar and 
water, for a drink, tamarind/ cream of tartar, etc. 

— Intermittent. P. The juice of lemon infused in a very strong cup 
of coffee before going to bed. The juice of the &aves of dandelion. 

— Rheumatic. P- Use peppermint in distilled water only. 

Fluor, Albus. N. Drink white hyssop infusions like tea, or take a 
teaspoonful of soot diluted in brandy, fasting. See Leucorrhcea. 

Foolish Jokings. P. An abuse of imitation [36] p. 95. 

Frivolity. N. A defect of concent-rat, [llj p. 92, and an abuse of wit 
and of approbativeness, [37] p. 94 and [141 p. 93. 

Frozen limbs. Surround the parts with bandages imbibed with honey 
or rub them with snow, untill the white color disappears, II. M. 

Gambling. P. An abuse of acquisitiveness [3] p. 90, of hope [20] p. 
94, and of wit and approbativeness [3*7] p. 95 and [141 p. 93* 

Gleet. P. Take 10 drops of petroleum on a small piece of sugar, 
every two or three hours. 

Gluttony. P. An abuse of alimentiveness, the principal cause with 
drunkenness of positive diseases, [21 p. 89. 

GONORRHceA. P. Take 10 or 15 drops of Balsam of Peru. 

Gout. P. Take an infusion of leaves of ash tree, like tea with milk 
and sugar; no acids, but aromatic volatile salts, onions, S.B. treatment. 
Take the decoction or the expressed juice of salsify,*E. and H-M", 

Gravel. P.-H. and E.M. Provoke diarrhea by whey broths and 
liquid diet. — Drink tansy, gin and peppermint; sweet spirits of nitre, 5 
drops in a tumbler of water; S.B. treatment; tepid baths, injections, a 
moderate use of sea salt with food. Drink all diuretics, no violent ex- 
ercise — eat cherry stones, beans, kidney beans, carrots, the pippins of 
very ripe fruits; or take wild carrots in August, dry them in the shade, 
use the heads and seeds only, take 6 or 7 of them in a teapot, pour 
boiling water ou them and drink it as tea, avoid all stimulants. 

Hair, (Falling of), to prevent. N. Bathe the head in cold water 3 or 4 
times a day, then rub the scalp vigorously with the end of the fingers 
for some time, avoid going out of doors immediately, take exercise. — To 
make them grow, prepare the scalp by rubbing with salted brandy, then 
ox marrow with olive oil; the juice of white onions, fresh butter and 
goose grease, mix together, grease your hair, not too much at once for 
fear of suffocating the bulb To clear the head from lice or dandruff, 
rub the head with castile soap and water, then with castor oil and gin. 

Hand. As the hand and principally the ringers, exhale the nervous 
or magnetic fluid and withdraw -. it from the body by the power of the 
Points, it gave rise to two branches : cabalistic chiromancy which has 
to do with the palm of the hand or the positive side, and which is only 
good for the examination of sanguification ; — and chirognomy which 
has to do with the negative side or the back of the hand. There are 
three kinds of fingers, tapering, square and spatulate, and those are 
either even or knotty, large (strength), or small, (delicate), hard (active 
mechanical life), or soft, (laziness or delicacy), and with long palm 
and short fingers (animal instincts). The rule is that tapering or 
pointed fingers show a general expansion, and are electro-negative, 
thej r belong to the divine world, to feeling and imagination, etc. — Square 
fingers show a general contraction and solidity in intellect, they are 



DISEASE3 OF THE SOUL AND OF THE BODY. 113 

electro-positive, and be-long to the logical world — and spatulate fingers 
srnw a state of adaption to the divine and logical world with the mate- 
rial world. Even lingers show regularity of internal action, knotty 
flngars, irregularity or need of reflexion, so: tapering and even will 
give religion, poetry, taste and art ; square and even, taste for science ; 
spatulate and even, a liking to real life, usefulness, manual occupation. 

Hardheartedness. N. A defect of benevolence [171 p. 94, II. M. 

Headache in general. X. Animal or electro-magnetism. — S.B. treat- 
ment. Application of cold water or ice on the head or vinegar with 
r*ater, two leaves of elder placed within the thickness of a night-cap, 
for the bed, and the forehead on the pillow. — Wear a copper ornament 
around the forehead, pressing upon the temples, or snuff up sulphuric 
ether — or the tincture of iodine. Those will do for colds and conges- 
tions ; besides, wear a red cap on the head and red stockings on the 
legs, and apply sedative water on the head. If there is any delirium, 
sinapisms on the legs, and the castor oil treatment. 

Heart. — Aneurism. P. Keep quiet and slow in your motions. In 
the attack, apply ice water, or water and vinegar an-^a tight bandage 
around the place, abstinence as low as possible and some remedies as 
for hypertrophy. 

— Hypertrophy. P. If the dilatation has caused an infiltration, 
treat it like aneurism. Negative diet; nitre, digitalis, acetate of potas- 
sium, and purgatives; but if it is only a dilatation, take bitters, prepa- 
rations of iron, orange leaves, valerian, fresh baths, camphor. 

— Atrophy, shrinking. N. Same treatment as for simple dilatation, 
H. and E.M. stimulants, or keep compresses of sedative water, or cam- 
phor and grease on the heart. 

Hip disease or Sciatica. P.-H. and E.M. movement cure. Application 
of warm bran poultices followed by an embrocation of one part of tur- 
pentine and two of soap and opium liniment, rub with 2 drams of it 
for 1 minutes, if no fever, dram dose of carbonate of iron 3 times in 
24 hours internally. 

Hoarseness. N. (continual) from tracheal inflammation, make a fric- 
tion over the larynx with 5 to 10 drops of croton oil, mixed with oil. 
Human magnetism. 

Home, Dislike for, sickness for, nostalgia. N. [11] p. 93. See melan- 
choly, positive remedies. 

. Hydrophobia. P. After being bitten, press the wound so as to make 
the blood run freely and extricate the slaver, then wash the wound 
with a mixture of alkali and water, or lemon juice, lye, soap, salt water 
or urine. — 'Warm a piece of iron in the fire not red hot, and apply it on 
the wound, or wash the wound with warm vinegar or tepid water and 
dry it well, then a few drops of muriatic acid must be poured on the 
wound. 

Hypochondria. N.-Human or electro-magnetism, a tumbler of strong 
infusion of chamomile with 1 grain of tartar emetic, and 20 grains 
of tartaric acid, — Warm foot bath and castor oil, alternately, B.M. 

Hypocrisy. P. Abuse of secretiveness [6] p. 91. Physiognomy, p. 37. 

Hysteria. P.-H.M. Castor oil one day, warm foot bath the next. 

Idiocy OR Cretinism. P.-H. and E.M. gymnastics, S.B. treatment. 

Illusions. P. Abuse of ideality p. 95. of marvellousness [191 p- 94. 

Impiety. N- A defect of veneration [131 p. 94, Il-M- 

IiiPOTENCY. N- Eupurpurine from 1 to 5 grains, 3 or 4 times a day 
for some weeks, H-M— examine the cau~e. 

Imprudence. X. A defect of cautiousness [8] p. 91, H.M- 

INCIVILITY* N- A defect of the love of approbation [14] p. 93, H-M. 



114 MEDICAL DICTIONARY. 

Inconstancy. X. A defect of firmness [16] p, 94. H. and E.M\ 

Incredulity. N. A. defect of marveilousness [19] p. 92. H.1L 

Indigestion. N. By fruits. Eat a little cf strong old rotten cheese. — 
Powdered charcoal, a teaspoonful, in bitter eructations — by too much 
eating, either a good cup of strong coffee, or vomiting if the case shows 
it, S.B. treatment. 

Indiscretion. N. A defect of secretiveness [6] p. 91, H.M, 

Inefficiency. N". A defect of combativ. [5] p. 91, H.& E.M. gymnastics. 

Infidelity (jeligious). N. A defect of marveilousness [19] p. 94, and 
of conscience [15] p. 94, H.M, 

Inflammations P. of any organs, H.M. Open the bowels with whey 
broth and liquid diet or any negative medicine — cream of tartar or 
sweet spirits of nitre, one half a teaspoonful in a tumbler of water. — Or 
warm vinegar, salt and water. Eat spinage, take barley cream, decoc- 
tion of barley. 

Injustice. N. A defect of conscience [15] p. 94, H.M. 

Insanity. P. Page 14 and page 95, line 49, H. and E.M. Inhale sul- 
phuric ether — give forcedly to the patient vapor baths twice a day. Hu- 
man and electro-magnetism- — S.B. treatment. Castor oil with one half 
grain of tartar emetic in each dose. In ease of congestion use plenty 
of ^dative water on the cranium, arouud the neck, under the arm pits, 
on the wrists ; riding, shaking with strong gymnastic exercise — diver- 
sions of all kinds. 

Insensibility of the botfy. N. Rub with ice strongly, then blankets, 
Human and electro-magnetism, or give a purgative and a vomit, then 
make them leave their feet and hands in water till they sleep. 

Insolence. P. An abuse of self-esteem and of combaliveness, [13] 
page 93 and [5] page 91. 

Itch or scabies. P. Wash the parts in warm water, then apply 
the mecca oil. — Or sulphur ointment: (hog's lard 4 parts, sulphur or sul- 
phuret o f potash 1 part, rain water 1 part); or S.B.treatment,or make a 
lotion of petroleum, or of the concentrated liquor of tar. 

Jaundice. N, An ounce of tincture of barberry root divided in 12 
pajrts — common lemonade — vegetable diet — castor oil treatment altern- 
ately with seidlitz powders. — Salted brandy treatment — u^e garliok in 
your food. Walnut leaves, powdered, infused in white wine all night. 

Jealousy. P. An abuse of self-esteem [131 p. 93, and of approba- 
tiveness [14] p. 93- 

Kidneys' disease- P- Castor oil every day, 5 or 6 injections of a de- 
<COction of mallows and flax-seed, with a spoonful of olive oil or linseed 
oil, and 6 grains of nitrate of potassia, and sinapism to the legs. If 
there is any congestion, use gallic acid in 4 or 5 grains for a dose, 6 
times a day, B»M« 

Lameness- P- Human and electro-magnetism, friction, movement cure 
and appliances of sticks. 

Laughing mania. P. Bad in acute diseases when immoderate* Make 
the patient ashamed, and avoid the causes, throw water on his face, or 
feign to strike. 

Laziness or sluggishness. N. A defect of acquisitiveness [3] p. 90 
and a result of too much eating [2] and to* much licentiousness [9L 

Leanness. X. To avoid, or to be fat; bread, fresh meats, sugar, starch, 
puddings, potatoes, chocolate, rice, butter, cheese, cniik, beer, liquors, 
pork, salmon, etc, (Banting). Or : try the nilrogenized food mentioned in 
the positive remedies, avoid vinegar, and sleep often. 

L:-:ucORKhoeA. N. £ee fiiioralbus, a lotion of white or aromatic vine- 
gar 1 part in 3 parts of water. — 2J drams.of alum in 1 pound of water, 



DISEASES OF THE SOUL AXD OF THE BODY, 115 

-or distilled wat°r of roses 1 fifth of a pound, alum 15 grains ; if it comes 
from the menses, look at their remedies to follow. 

Levity. P. An abuse of wit [37] and a defect of conscience [15] and 
veneration [IS] p. 94, HM. 

Lightning strokes- Pour water pailful after pailful upon the patient 
from head to feet, Hit 

Liter inflammation. P.-H-M. Eat garlick 1 and a half scruple at break- 
fast or dinner, either with l^ead and salt or piecemeal in a spiced salad; 
no coffee, no fat, no eggs, but oranges, lemons and all acid fruits. Let 
vomiting take place, stop it with peppermint tea or saleratus. Castor 
oil purgative, or apply a mustard plaster as warm as possible on the liver 

— Chronic affection. 1ST- 2 drams of sulphite of soda in 4 ounces of 
water, one teaspoooful 4 or 5 times a day, human and electro-magnetism 
S-B. treatment, or take a handful of fresh thistles, extract the juice of 
them by bruising them, and swallow 4 tablespoonfuls of it every day. 

Lumbago. P. Affection of the loins. Human and electro-magnetism. 
Apply sedative water on the small of the back or on the hips — or cam- 
phorated pomatum. S.B.treatment. — Apply a large belladona plaster, or 
the iron plaster over the whole loins, rub the parts with plates of cork 
having rugous surfaces, and wear cork garters. — Drink an infusion of 
flowers of high mallow with sugar. 

Lungs inflammation of- P. Steam the body over bitter herbs and 
drink sudorifics — and sweat by inhaling the steam over bitter herbs at 
the end of the arterial excitement. If the cough is troublesome, take 
two teaspoonfuls of poppy, or paregoric. For difficulty of breathing, 
take the syrup of ipecacuanha to expectorate. A mustard plaster may 
be applied on the chest, till the skin is reddened, and drink hoarhound 
infusion. S.B-treatment ; sedative water on the chest, H M. 

Lust and licentiousness. P. Depraved love. The principal cause of 
negative diseases, [91 p. 92. 

M ania for useless arts- P. An abuse of some perceptive organs, p. 95. 
See monomania, and for maniacs, see insanity. 

Mania of attachment. P. An abuse of adhesiveness [12] p. 93 H.M« 

Meanness- X. A defect of self-esteem [13] p. 93, H.M- 

Measles- P. See scarlet fever. Drink decoction of rigs, or of borrago, 
or of the roots and seeds of fennel, and the juice of fennel from 2 J to 
4r| ounces in the beginning — to let dry pure air be breathed and keep 
the body warm by drinking saffron tea. Drink the decoction or ex- 
pressed juice of salsify. 

Megrim or sick headache. P. Castor oil treatment- Half a grain of 
tartar emetic in a spoonful of peppermint tea, besides a purgative injec- 
tion. H.M. or fill an earthen jar with boiling water, throw in it two tum- 
blers of vinegar, expose your face well enveloped to the steam for 15 
minutes, wipe yourself and go to bed- 

Melancholy. X- Abuse of cautiousness [S] 'p. 91, also p. 2*1 — cat 
lettuce, H.M. 

Memory loss of. X. S-B.treatment p. 95, H- and E-M- 

Menses obstructed or suppressed. P- Human and electro-magnetism, 
Btrong penny royal tea with some purging pills. Valerianate of ammo- 
nia, 1 grain to 5 grains in water, movement cure. 

Menses prof used. 2s . Cold wet clothes applied to the back and bowels, 
water injection into the vagina, not too long; or injections of 
salt or alum water ; or pulverized geranium root may be put up the va- 
gina or may be plugged with a sponge wet with it. If there are pains, 
foment the abdomen with hops and wormwood, and if it is not enough 
take alum whev,-©at quinces, medlars, sorrel, the fruit of the barberry. 



116 MEDICAL DIOriO^TlRY. 

Mischief. P- An abuse of combativeness [5] p. 91, and destructive- 
ness [4] p. 91 and of wit [31]. 

Monomania, P. An abuse of some particular organ, such as calcula- 
tion, (27) exclusive and inordinate love for certain persons, tilings oi 
ideas, [9] etc., p. 95, H.M. See insanity 

Mothers marks, — or ncevus maternus. Bub the spot immediately 
with the after birth. 

Mumps. P. Apply a negative gargle composed of water, vinegar and 
salt, tepid or warm, and a salve of oil and grease, H .M. 

Murder. P. The highest pitch of cruelty, [4] p. 91. 

Muscular or nervous contractions. P. Movement cure by slow con- 
Centric and eccentric pressure; baths, in saline waters, sulphurous, 
hydro-electric or by steam, H. andE.M. 

Nails growing into the flesh. Cut a notch in the middle part of the 
nail every time it is paired. 

Negligence of life. N. A defect of vitativeness, gymnastics, occu- 
pation, [1] page 89. 

Nervous affections. N. Drink an infusion of Yalerian root, or rub 
the parts with scraped and rugous cork, or wear a bracelet or a necklace 
made of cork, H.M. or wear on your breast an armed magnetic stone. 

Nervous colic or miserere. N. Pub the whole abdomen with plate 
of cork of rugovis surfaces, and apply some leeches on the point where 
the invagination of intestines may have taken place. Take some olive 
oil internally, — See painters colic, or cholera, H.M. 

Neuralgia by cold. N. Chronic. Wear warm woollen stockings, 
clothing, heavy, equally covered from neck to feet — gymnastics, S.B. 
treatment, H. and E.M. 

Neuralgia by inflammation. P, Apply flying blisters on the parts 
and drink sudoriflcs, and negative substances for diet, H-M- 

Nose. Page 57 and 96, irritation, or inflammation, or sores in the 
nose or coryza. P.-2 or 3 grains of sulphur on a hot knife, and inhale 
the fumes through the nose. — Inhale prepared ammonia. — Snuff up 
salted water and gargle with it, and spread tallow on your nose, H.M. 

Onanism or masturbation- P. or N, An abuse -of amativeness [9] 
page 92, H.M. 

Overbearing. P. An abuse of self-esteem [13] p. 93, of firmness 
(16) p. 94, of watchfulness, (8 bis) p. 92, and of combativeness 
(5) page 91, H.M. 

Pains. P. p. 24 and 9T. Dry pains are rubbed with the juice of a 
big scraped radish, H. and E.M-, S-B. lotion or by some patented 
remedies. Examine what organ is affected. 

Painters' colic. P. Like constipation with colic. 7 , .Croton oil 2 or 3 
drops taken in a little milk, rub the croton oil on the bowels, and put 1 
drop in the injection, H.M. 

Palpitations of the heart. P« From apprehensive passions and abun- 
dance of venous blood,. Cease your emotion or thoughts whether 
wicked or not, breathe long breaths, — S.B-treatment, H.M. — Palpitation 
can be subdued by 3 to 10 drops of tincture of the American Hellebore. 
See heart- 

Palsy, Paralisy. N. H. and E.M. "Wear a clear green flannel, covering 
the palsied parts, also apply the fresh green leaves of the birch tree 
gathered during the heat of the day, and renewed every day. — Apply 
horseradishjSinapisms. Insuflate a -current of air on the parts, or apply 
heat to one part of the spine, and cold to another. — When apoplexy is 
threatened. — S.B-treatment. — The movement cure especially, and the 
concentration of the will, p. 14, §5- * 



DISEASES OP THE SOUL AND OF THE BODY. 117 

r ParA-SYTIC insects on the skin. P, Sulphuro — alkaline ointment. Se9 
Itch — camphorated pomatum, H. and E.M. 

Passions of the mind. P. See Mania and Fanaticism, p. 33, 36 and 95. 
— Passionsof the Heart or of the Will, p. 33. — Concentrated. P. p. 34. 
— Oppressive, P. p. 34 — Expansive. N- p. 34 —Convulsive- N, p. 33. 

Peripneumonia or Pneumonia* P. Inflammation of the lungs. 
Bee lungs. 

Piles or Hemorrhoids. P. The use of pitch internally and extern- 
ally , 3J grains to be made into pills, 2 every evening. — • 
a handful of mullein flowers, an equal quantity of the inner bark of the 
alder, fry them in lard and make an ointment, S.B.treatment- — Cam- 
phorated pomatum in the anus- 

Pimples. P. or nettle rash, etc- mild aperient, flour dusted over the 
parts — lotion of carbonate of ammonia and sugar of lead, one dram 
each in half a pint of distilled or rose water j— or apply drops of sul- 
phuric ether. 

Pleurisy. P. — H. and E.M. Sinapisms on the legs and below the 
shoulders, castor oil treatment every day, a liniment on the effected 
parts. Injection of a decoction of mallows and flax-seed in which you 
add a spoonful of olive oil and 10 grains of nitrate of potassium. 

Poisons. Use iodine of potassium 3 or 5 grains, 3 time3 a day, 
against lead. — A stream of cold water on the face against laudanum, 
then apply the stomach pump and an emetic — sometimes strong coffee 
against opium and laudanum. 

Prickxy-heat. P.-H.M. Use a tepid bath with a little lead lotion on 
the parts, and take some cooling saline aperient, Epsom salts for inst, H-M. 

Pride. P. An abuse of self-esteem [3] p. 93, 

Prolapsus uteri. 1ST. Falling of the womb — a strong decoction of 
the queen of the meadow in half a teaspoonful doses 3 or 4 times a 
day, movement cure. 

Pulse. In fever it has a moderate acceleration, with variable increase 
of force in the beat. The pulse of inflammation is not only accelerated, 
but hard and tense- The pulse of nervous irritation is usually quick 
and variable in rapidity and force. The pulse of extreme debility is 
very rapid and very small or thready ; irregularity of the pulse has to 
do with a disorder in the auricles and the ventricules of the heart, and 
in inflammations of the membrances (meningitis) of the brain during 
the stage of effusion. — A double pulse is seen in continued fevers — 
Torpor of the circulation i* seen by the slowness in the return of the 
blood, after it has been displaced by pressure on the cheeks or the back 
of the hand. — Pulsation from the jugular veia comes from valvular 
diseases involving the right side of the heart- Hard pulsation from the 
temporal artery is a sign of disorder in. the braiu. 

Prostitution- P- An abuse of amativeness (9) p- 92 and pages 34, 
35 and 36- 

Rachitis OR Rickets- N. A decay of limbs in scrofulous children. 
Hypophosphite of lime in 2 grain doses in a little sweetened water 3 
times a day, or the syrup of that hypophosphite in half a teaspoonful 
Vv r arm clothing, tonics, see leanness and emaciation, H-M- 

Raillery- P- An abuse of wit and destructiveness (4) p. 91 and 95 

Resentment. P- An abuse of concentrativeness (11) p- 92- 

Rheumatism chronic 2\ • Avoid sweating- Sleep on a mattress made 
of fern leave?, II. and E-M- Frictions with the ethereal or essential 
oil of turpentine or with coal oil, shake your limbs, but avoid sweating 
— castor oil treatment — 15 to 20 grains of carbonate of potash, well 
diluted in water -every 4 hours. 



11R MEDTOAL tVCTI-O^sARY. 

&H«lTMATrsM inflammatory. P. 30gra'ns of garlick, 1 dram of gum am- 
monia. Mix and divide in 3 tumblers of pure water, and drink in 3 days, 
and also an infusion of sassafras. — Use mineral acids in your drink. 
Take one tablespoonful or J ounce of lemon juice every 4 hours; also 
Saltpetre -,'or nitrate oi potash may be tried, 2 ounces in 1 quart of wa- 
ter to drink within 24 hours, so long as it does not affect the stomach. 
If the pain is acute, take every evening a teaspoonful of cream of tar- 
tar with 6 grains of nitre in a tumbler of sweetened water, and every 
morning a teaspoonful of castor oil. Or Hydropathic treatment. — The wet 
Bheefr pack. — Rub the body with ice or cold water, then cover the body 
with blankets- Yery light diet, no pastry — - whey and bread, H. IE. 
Take 2 ounces of fresh butter with half a glass of good brandy, mix it 
well, and rub the part with it whilst standing before a fire, then wrapp 
it up with flannel. 

Ringworms and tetters. P. Apply the juice of the green root of the 
sanguinaria Canadensis (blood root). Apply alcohol and glycerine, apply 
each one twice a day. S-B. Oat gruel with butter on the head for tetters. 

Sadness or grief. X- See home nostalgia, melancholy, passion. It is 
concentric or positive, as regards the going back of the arterial blood 
to the centre," and then, the venous blood goes to the periphery, which 
makes it negative, as the reaction is the violent returning of the arterial 
blood from the centre to the periphery. Exercise, travelling, working, 
good diet, H.M. 

Salt Rheum. P. Eruptions with scabs and sores- Make a syrup of 
butternut leaves and roots, a tablespoonful 3 times a day* Rub the skin 
with petroleum and a soft brush. 

Scald head. P. Rub the place with petroleum with a soft brush ; or 
sulphur and soft soap, equal parts ; tar and sulphur ointment ; charcoal 
ointment ; or lime water and sweet oil in equal parts ; common brown 
soap boiled with oat-meal as a poultice. Wash the head with castile 
soap and warm water. See hair. 

Scarlatina or Scarlet rash- P. Bath of warm water with some vine- 
gar, and salt in it. Drink a decoction of borrago. 

Scarlet FEVER. P. On the first symptoms (sore throat), take a full 
dose of jalap to an adult 60, 70 or even SO grains at night, take strong 
red pepper tea from a teacupfull to a pint, according to age and vio- 
lence; the second day, take half that dose, the third day if there is any 
soreness remaining, take a dose of Epsom salts, drink decoction of figs, 
borrago elder, etc. 

Scrofulous or cold humours. N. — S.B. — H. and E-M. Drink tar 
water. Boil bones into a pulp, take a spoonful with milk and flour. — 
Hang the root of barberry in the form of a necklace around the neck. — 
Try to get the solar rays or the fire light on your body, but not near a 
stove. Also hogs' lard not salted and purified tar, in equal quantities, 
melt them in the warm water bath and apply. — Take a little astringent 
food, avoid viscous or too solid food. If there is inflammation, treat as 
an inflammatory rheumatism. 

Scurvy. P.-H.M. Lemon juice, beets, fruits.— S.B.— Avoid salted 
provisions. Tartrate of potash mixed with lime juice or an ounce of 
cream of tartar, half an ounce of flower of sulphur; 11 doses in a 
stroag decoction of the root of liquorice. Wash the part with: oil of 
cloves 5 drops, spirit of cochlearia 1 oz, and volatile alkali, 8 drops. — 
Vegetable diet — eat wild oranges, lettuce. — In dry scurvy, eat marrow. 

Sea-sickness. P. Lemon juice, jellies. Take a purge before em- 
."barking:, H.M. 

Simple-heartedness. P. An abuse of benevolence [17] p. 94, 






DISEASES OF THE SOUL AND OF THE BODY. 119 

Skin- It is hot and dry in fevers, the face is pale in anosmia (see blood), 
syncope — flushed in fever, and congestion of the brain — purple or livid 
in low continued fever — yellow in jaundice, bilious fever — sallow in 
chlorosis, dyspepsia, cancer — blue in the collapse of cholera — bind al- 
most in asphyxia. The cheeks are brightly flushed in h c ctic fever, the 
forehead and eves are flushed in headaches or in the early stage of yei- 
low fever. See pages 51 and 52 and its diseases : Boils, carbuncles, 
pimples, ringworms, salt rheum, etc., see p. 96 and 97. 

Sleep, Lay on your right side in bed and besides, if you are subject 
to nightmare, never lay on your back, nor on your left side if you are 
subject to palpitations* 

Sleeplessness, X. Drink a spoonful of coal from the birch wood 
before going to bed. 

Small-pox. P. Sulphite of soda in a solution, in 1 dram for 6 ounces 
of water; a tablespoonful every 3 hours. — A decoction of the roots and 
seeds of fennel, or of figs, or of borrago, or of salsify, the expressed 
juice of salsify is better; get pure, fresh, mild and dry air, avoiding a 
draft. — Castor oil. — To prevent it, drink tar water — To make the 
marks disappear: Melt a little white whale wax, mix with it half an oz. 
of rose water, and some drops of the Tolu balsam, then spread it on the 
face before going to bed, the next day, clean your face. 

Softening of the Brain. iST.-H.M. Apply blisters, issues on the back 
of the neck ; or E. and E.XT. on the nervous branches ; if there is pale- 
ness, cold, and feeble pulse, give stimulants and cordials, — S-B. or seda- 
tive water on the head. 

Somnambulism (natural) at night. Get a magnetizer to control you, 
it will lessen and cure that false direction. 

Sores. P. Apply powder of cork charcoal with camphorated oil. 

SPERMATORRHcea. P. 10 drops of gelsemin and 2 of belladona at bed 
time on an empty stomach. 

Spinal curvature, H. aidE.M. — S.B., movement cure especially; 
use supporters, reverse the curvature with concentric movement for the 
expanded side, and eccentric for the contracted side. 

Spleen inflamm. of. P. Baths, low diet, diluent drinks — leeches, if 
there is fever — See fever. — Cure it first, and then give sub-carbon- 
ate of iron 15 to 20 grains morning and evening— sulphurous steambath; 
tie a bandage laced around the body on that place. 

Sprains. P. Movement cure. Dip the foot directly in very cold wa- 
ter, and if it is not enough, bandage the foot with a pack of thread or 
twine, soaked into 2 spoon this of brandy and 3 whites of eggs. 

Stammering. Utter each note of the gamut as long as you can, rais- 
ing the voice and opening the mouth gradually; if nervousness wa>s the 
cause, use negative remedies and exercise. H. and E»aE. movement cure. 

Sterility. N. One gill of the decoction of the bark of nectandra 
radioei, drank 3 or 5 times a day, but. be examined for the cause, 

Stomach, inflammation of. P. All wines and liquors prohibited — castor 
oil treatment, flax-seed tea. If there is puking, let it go on, but apply 
Sinapisms on the legs,and one hour after, take some sweet lemonade-, K.1E. 

Stubbornness. P. An abuse of firmness, [16] p. 94. 

St. Vitus dance or Epilepsy. P.-H. and E.M. 4 drops of a tincture 
of calabar bean given 3 times a day, and gradually increased in quantity 
during 9 weeks. See Epilepsy. 

Strictures of the urethra. P. An injection with a glass syringe of a 
solution of nitrate of silver from 5 to 10 grains to tho ounce. 

Suicide. P. An abuse of cautiousness and destructiveness with smsli. 
hope, see despair p. 94, and [4] p- 91 — concentrated passion, p- 34 & 36, 



120 MEDICAL DICTIONARY. 

P. its-strokes. P. Apply on the head compresses soaked in brandy 
and vinegar. Refreshing and acidulous drink— throw water on the 
face. H.M. 

Superstition. P. An abuse of veneration §18, p. 94. 

Swelling in general. (not a tumour), P. Any poultice will reduce rfe or 
rubbing with ©old water, H.M. 

Swearing- and cursing. P. [4] p. 91 — negative remedies. 

Syphilis. P. One part of the potassio-tartrate of iron is dissolved 
in six parts of water and two teaspoonfuls are given 3 times a da v. — It 
is applied also as a solution on sores or chancres. — Injection with a 
syringe glass oC from 5 to 10 grains to the ounce of water, avoid stim- 
ulants, live sparingly — caustic potassa,or potassa with lime may be used, 
and water and vinegar must be applied on the sore with caustic. 

Talkativeness. P. An abuse of language [86] p. 95 and 94- 

Tapeworm. P. Take 20 to 30 grains of pomegranate, 5 or 6 times a 
day. — Or a mixture of powdered kamela and male fern, or the seeds of 
pompion. — Or 11 drams of ether, followed 2 hours afterward by 15 
drams of eastor oil, see worms — the bark of pomegranate* Eat purslain 
in salad or in any way. 

Taste. It is bitter in hepatic derangement, dyspepsia; sour in gastric 
disorder; saltish in Phthisis pulmonalis; putrid in gangrene of the lungs 

Tetanos. P. Etherization by inhalinsr sulphuric ether, II. and E-M. 

Theft. P. An abuse of acquisitive [3] p. 91, and of secretivenes. 

Thirst to allay . Drink tea, eat fruits. Thirst is excessive in two 
v.ry very opposite conditions, fever and collapse; a difficulty of swal- 
lowing and nausea are signs of diseases. 

Throat sore or Influenza. P ,-S-B. — Poultice of elder flowers cooked 
in vinegar and kept warm on the throat — drink hot milk. — Castor oil, H. 
and E.M. If there is a tumour, inhale the steam of hot water with 
Vinegar, then, gargle with a decoction of honey-suckle and honey. 

Tic douloureux. P. Inhale the fumes of opium in the form of cigars 
to produce sleep.or rub the parts with a rugose surface of cork-S B.-H.M. 

Tobacco mania. P. page 90 — It is good only in lymphatic tendencies. 

Tongue. It is cold in collapse as of cholera, — red in Scarlatina,stoma- 
titis and gastritis, — furred in indigestion, fever, — brown or black, 
cracked in low fevers, as typhus, — pale in serious condition of the 
blood, — very red in inflammations of the intestines, of the lungs and of 
the Pharynx, — if a coated tongue in acute diseases of the intestines, 
becomes clean and very red, the prognosis is unfavorable, — blackish red 
or bluish-red in all disturbances of the circulation and respiration, — black 
and livil in case of vitiation of the blood, scurvy, setting in of gangrene, 
and in phthisis, — dry in violent irritations of the intestines and respira- 
tory organs, — enlarged in hypertrophy, inflammation or congestion, — 
diminish in emaciation, — enlargement of the papilicein chronic irritation 
of tire stomach, --elongated in paralysy and epilepsy, see p, 97. 

Tooth-ache. P. Equal quantity of alum and salt pulverized, wet a 
smaM piece of cotton, so the powder will adhere to it and fill it in the 
tooth — or receive the electricity on the teeth, or put in a piece of cotton 
imbibed with camphor or" camphorated alcohol and laudanum — II. M.-or 
keep very hot water in your mouth us long as you can ; or ice water, 
or put an onion plaster on the cheek with S drops of laudanum. 

Tooth-powder. Porphyrized vegetable coal powder 1 oz. impalpable 
quinquina powder. 1 oz. carbonate of magnesia, 2 drams. 

Torpidity N. or sluggishness. — of the brain, see softening — of the 
liver, see liver, (chronic affection), — of the body, see laziness [3] p. 90. 

Tumours with humours, P. If there is inflammation or pain, cold 



DISEASES OP THE SOUL AND OF THE BODY. 121 

water, plenty; — if there is do sensible pain, a poultice and a purge of 
castor oil, — if the tumor is indurated, liniment with S.B.-ELM. 

Typhoid-fever. P. See fever and ague. Sinapisms to the legs. 
Castor oil, till there have been 5 or 6 stools. 

Typhus- fever. P. See fevers inflammat. Take a tablespoonful of beer 
yeast several times a day. 

Ulcers, gangrenous. P. A poultice formed of yeast and wheat bran, 
salted brandy liniment. See abscess. 

Uncouthness or unrefineness. N. A defect of ideality and approba- 
tiveness [32] p. 83 and [14] p. 93, H,M. 

Unskillfulness. N. A defect of constructiveness [?] p. 91, A.M. 

Urine, See dysury for retention, and diabetes for flow. If the urine 
is red thick and loaded, sign of inflammation, or alkalescency, cool the 
system with acids or negative remedies ; if it is white and slimy, take 
stimulants or positive remedies. . 

Vanity- P- An abuse of approbativeness [14] p. 93. 

Variola or Varioloid- P- Sulphite of soda 1 dram, water 6 ounces, a 
tablespoonful every 3 hours. 

Varicose at the legs. Frequent foot-baths. 

Vermin or lice. To destroy on the head, reduce in powder, the bark 
of the root of sassafras, and keep it in the hair,' tight. 

Violence. See anger. P. An abuse of destructiveness [4] 91. 

ViSAOE-to make it white. During the month of May, take the best 
fresh fat butter, put it in a large earthen vessel and expose it to the sun, 
keeping it clean from dust; when the butter is melted, pour upon it some 
plantain water, stir it well, and when the water has been evaporated 
put some more,and stir it often till the butter becomes as white as snow; 
put in some rose or orange water, and spread it on your face every 
evening, w ping your visage the next morning — to corect the wrinkles ; 
take the juice of the onion of white lily and best honey (honey of Nar- 
bonne) 2 ounces each, melted white wax an ounce, mix and make a po- 
matum, apply every evening, and wipe your face in the moruing — to 
correct the tan. Tike a bunch of green grapes, wet it, powder it with 
alum and salt, wrapp it up in paper and cook it in hot ashes, express 
the juice of it, w<ish your face with it for some da^vs. 

Visionary state. P. An abuse of hope [20] p. 94. 

Vomiting to stop. If there are acidities, take calcined magnesia with 
a little sherry ; if not. take soda water. 

Wakefulness. P.-H-M- for the nerves — avoid stimulants. 

Warts. P. See corns- Apply lemon juice or vinegar, or the second 
skin of a lemon dipt in distilled vinegar during 24 hours, apply it for 3 
hours; or the tincture of iodine once or twice a day; or the juice of 
celandine root (milk weed), 2 or 3 times a day; or express the juice of 
a stem of the yellow celandine. 

Winds. Essence of pepermint, or camphor, or spearmint, brandy or 
gin in hot water, H.M. 

Whitlow. P.-S.B- A poultice of equal parts of powdered slippery 
elm hark, poke root, ground nax-se^d, and lobelia seeds mixed with hot 
ley and changed twice a day, H.M. 

Whooping cough. P. Purge with castor oil every day or second day; 
syrup of gum arabic, a teaspuonful once in a while, put a plaster be- 
tween the shoulders. — Wear on the breast blue blotting paper, cover it 
with houey and powder the honey with cumin. — Take 3 times a day a 
teaspoonful of the juice of carrots freshly expressed, and nub the spine 
with garlick — Pulverized alum 1 oz., water 1 pint, heat the water till 



122 MEDICAL DICTIONARY. 

the alum is dissolved, and 1 pound of refined sugar and simmer until a 
syrup is formed, strain and let it cool, 1 to 2 spoonfuls a day 

Worms. P. Give 5 drops of spirits of turpentine, 10 drops of honey 
in a spoonful of milk, then give castor oil half an hour after. 

Wounds after a fall P. After having washed the sore with cold wa- 
ter, take a piece of soft bread, dip it into well water, apply it on the 
sore, keeping it moist the whole day. — Suppurating: Choloride of sodium 
is the best; ventilate the wound with bellows. 

Yellow fever. P. The extract juice of the ground leaves of verbena 
3 times a day or every 2 hours, and make a bath of it. — Continual baths 
of orange and lemon with their skin and peal. Driuk water with a grain 
of camphor in it, or warm lemonade. 

{[^p^VVe would advise persons who do not understand medicine suffi- 
ciently, to consult us about the meaning of the words inserted here, or 
ratht r about their diseases and constitution. Our theoretical and prac- 
tical knowledge will save anxiety and the loss of time. — As a general 
rule : it is well for every one to have a Phrenological and Somatological 
examination for the preservation and cure of the diseases of their soul 
and of their body. Then when one feels indisposed, he understands 
the cause of his disease as the soul has an influence over the body, and 
can cure the body bv the exercise of his will, see p. 14. §5 ; then, if it 
is not enough, let him do without eating in the morning, let him go 
out to breathe or drink the pure air in full breath, drink water by the 
mouthful at a time, take a particular method of gymnastics with dumb 
bells, shake all his limbs and then he may eat some broth either fat or 
vegetable, with bread in it ; if he has a cold let him take warm foot 
bath in the evening before going to bed. If it is not enough, then let 
him consult us as a confidential physician, who is always ready to sym- 
pathize conscientiously for the frailties of humanity, and relieve them. 



GENERAL INDEX, 
Medico-Phrenological and Somatological Chart, Page 2. 

1. PART — Magnetic Constitution of Man, 3. 

Chapter 1. Magnetic qualities and properties. — The brain, 3. 

Chapter 2. Magnetic phenomena of man, 1. 

§ 1 Magnetic action among inanimated objects, 1. 

§ 2 Magnetic action of man with minerals. t. 

§ 3 Magnetic action of man with animals, 8. 

§ 4 Magnetic action of man with man, 9. 

§ 5 Magnetic action of man on himself, 14. 

§ 6 Magnetic action of man with spirits, 14. 

§ 7 Magnetic action of man with God, 17. 

Chapter 3. Magnetic Constitution — as to its object," 17 

2 PART — Physiognomony. 20. 
Chapter 1. Physiognomony of the five senses, extra senses, 21 96. 

Chapter 2. Physiognomony of the Temperaments, 25. 

Chapter 3. Physiognomony in all its kinds, 29. 

§ 1 Physiognomony of pa c sions, 29- 

^ 2 Physiognomony of capacities and feelings, 37. 

§ 3 Physiognomony of the conditions of man, 39. 

1 Religion, 59, 89 

2 Professions and Trade9, 41. 
§ 4 Comparative Physiognomony, 46, 

1 Sexual Physiognomies, 46 



GENERAL INDEX 123 

2 National Physiognomies, 47. 

3 Animal Physiognomies, 49. 
Chapter 4 Special Physiognomony. 50. 
§ 1 The constituents of Physiognomony, 50. 
§ 1 The Physiognomical parts, 52, 

The body, the Head, 52. 

The Cranium, the Face, • 54 96. 

The Hair, the Beard, the Forehead, 55, 96. 112. 

The Eyebrows, the Eyes, 22, 29, 56, 96. 

The Nose, the Mouth, 57, 96, 97. 

The Chin, the Cheeks, the Back and Eara, 58. 

The rest of the parts of the body, 59. 

§ 3 Accidental modifications, 59. 

1 Pathognomical modifications, 59. 

2 Physiognomical modifications, 60. 

1 The age and duration of life, 60. 

2 Other modifications, 62. 

3 PART— CraNIOLOGY. 63. 
§ 1 The dual faculties of the Soul, 3, 15, 63. 
§ 2 Rules for the cerebral organs, 66. 
Order 1, Affective faculties, or faculties of the Will or of the 

Heart (see chart), 69. 
Genus 1. Wants of the Individual, Industry or the love of 

ones' self 69. 

Genus 2. Wants of the Species, 73. 

1 Sociability, or the love of the neighbour, 73. 

2 Morality, or the love of God, 74. 
Order 2, Intellectual Faculties, or Faculties of the Mind, (see chart), 79- 

Genus 1. Perception and observation of external objects, 79- 

Genus 2. Reflection, or inward action. 84» 

Genus 3. Faculties of communication by language, 85> 

4 PART — Medical department. 86« 

Physiological prolegomena, 86- 

Chapter 1. Medical Phrenology, or diseases of the Soul, 89 

Article 1. Diseases of the Affective Faculties or of the H^art, 89. 
Article 2. Diseases of the Intellectual Faculties or of the Mind, 94. 

Chapter 2. Medical Somatology, or diseases of the Body, 95. 
Article 1. Semeiology, 

Article 2 Therapeutics, such as Hygiene. Medication etc., 97. 

Division of d senses into electro positive and negative, 23, 97. 99. 

Various systems of medicine, 99. 

Division of remedies into ebctro-positive and negative, 102. 

1 . Electro-positive remedies, 102. 

2. Electro-negative remedies. 103. 

3. Rules of positive and negative Hygiene. 104, 
Cn\PTER 3. Dictionary of the principal diseases, both of the 

Soul and of the Body, 105. 

fr%f* Look, in the Dictionary, and in the Chart, for the expressions of 
Diagnosis, such as the blood, the brain, the dreams, the hands, the 
pulse, the skin, the taste, the tongue, etc. 

Remember the philosophic adage; "a sound mind in a sound body", 
that is, no sound mind without a sound body. The body must then be 
cured first, and principally the brain; after which, the soul (that is the 
Mind and the Heart) which is not originally sick, but weakened by its 
conjunction w ; th the body, can and must use and develope its organ (or 
piano keys), the brain, with advantage, towards its human perfection. 



A NEW SYSTEM OF CRANIO-PHYSIOGNOMY. 




Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1859, by 

J. D. I,. Zkndkr. in the Clerk s Office of the District 

Court of the United Stares, for the Southern 

District of New York. 



C OWM&hsTA^Urt'Cfp" ^ c/f 



-^j?^* 




) CZ f\ ANraROPONOMY j 

j^pmttmt and gtypicat gw *f &**.* 

A NEW SYSTEM, 

ON THE MAGNETIC CONSTITUTION OF MAN, 



AS EXPRESSED BY >} 

PHYSIOGNOMY BLENDED WITH CRANIOLOSY, £ 

And maintained by Moral and Physical Hygiene, k 

AND MEDICINE 

By Rev. J. D. L. ZE1VDER, M. D. 



4th Edition Enlarged and Improved from tiiat of 1843. 



"WITH AK ABRIDGED MEDICAL DICTIONART. 



NEW-YORK: 
* For Sale by the Author No. 






f 1869. 






oH -7^ 

























y "^ 

































\ o 






' 



•■ 






^ -n*. 



Uttm 






Deacidified using the Bookkeeper process. 
Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 
Treatment Date: Nov, 2004 

PreservationTechnologies 












A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVATION 

1 1 1 Thomson Park Drive 
Cranberry Township, PA 16066 
(724)779-2111 






• 









y fi! A 









't/> ,\V 






o ^ " 































-7 <t> 















h j- V s - 



* -**> 






1 ^ 






-.^ -»v 















'/- 












<\, 
















LIBRARY 



CONGRESS 




